Transtar
INDUSTRY SAFETY MANUAL
(Revised D)
Transtar Electric
767 Warehouse Rd.
Toledo, Ohio 43615
Phone: 419-385-7573
Fax: 419-385-0747
LMCC Industry Safety Director:
Scott Goodwin
Phone: 419-241-3601
Cell: 419-351-9438
E-mail: [email protected]
TRANSTAR SAFETY MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
Page
Company Safety Policies and Procedures
1
Company Safety Philosophy Statement
2
Types of Written Safety Plans in Place
3
Employer/Employee Responsibilities
4
Disciplinary Policy
6
General Training Format and Policy
Policy
Format
Training
New Employees
Certificates
Tests
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
OSHA Act Responsibilities
10
OSHA Inspections
11
Visitor’s Job Site Approval Form
13
Job Site Safety Check List
14
General Contractors and Subcontractors
15
New Employees
Employee Job Responsibilities
Safety Information Form for New Employees
16
16
17
Occupational Injury and Illness Procedures (for employees on job sites)
OSHA Form 300 Flow Chart
18
19
General Liability Accident Procedures (for injuries to non-employees or personal
property damage)
20
Motor Vehicle Accident Procedures
21
Operation of Company Owned Motor Vehicles
22
Accident Report Form
23
Guidelines for a Job Site Accident Kit
24
Maintenance of Company Owned Motor Vehicles
25
Job Site Security (Equipment, Tools, Trailers, Boxes)
26
First Aid
27
Cylinders – Use and Storage
29
Material Handling
31
Material Storage
32
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
ii
Materials Not Considered Flammable or Combustible
Flammables and Combustible Liquids
32
33
Temporary Heating Devices
35
Welding, Cutting, Brazing (Gas and Arc)
36
Tools – General Requirements
Hand Tools
Fuel-Powered Tools
Power Tools
Powder-Actuated Tools
41
42
42
43
43
Ergonomics (Lifting, repetitive motion, etc.)
45
Confined Space Entry Program (Permit and Non-permit Entry)
50
Confined Space Entry Permit
63
Hazard Assessment (Analysis and Job Site Safety)
72
Emergency Action Plan
Fire
Tornado
Training
Emergency Contact Form
74
76
77
79
80
Hazard Communication (Right to Know)
Material Safety Data Sheets and Chemical Inventory Lists
Training
Hazard Advisement
Carcinogens in Construction
Health Hazards to Welders and Adjacent Workers
Chemical Agents
Physical Agents
Asbestos Hazards
Coal Tar Pitch Volatiles
Lead Awareness
Raynaud’s Phenomenon
Silicosis
Wood Dust
Hazardous Chemicals Commonly Found on Construction Projects
81
81
83
85
88
89
90
92
93
95
96
98
99
100
101
Fire Prevention
105
Fall Protection in Construction
113
Ladders and Stairways
120
Lockout / Tagout
128
Electrical Safety Program
135
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Eye and Face Protection
Arm and Hand Protection
Head Protection
Torso Protection
Foot and Leg Protection
Hearing Protection
Respiratory Protection
143
147
147
148
148
148
149
151
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
iii
Other Special Protection
Heat Stress
PPE Equipment Chart
155
156
156
Cranes, Derricks, and Industrial Trucks
159
Forklift Safety
General Requirements
Training Requirements
Certification Training Outline
OSHA 29 CFR 1910.178(1)
Forklift Certification/Evaluation Form
162
162
165
165
167
170
Scaffolding
171
Excavations – Shoring & Trenching
177
Aerial Lifts – Scissors, Booms, etc
183
Steel Erection Standard
186
New OSHA Record Keeping Rules
188
Access to Employee Records
191
Appendix A (Updates since last revision)
192
Lead
193
Bloodborn Pathogens
195
Appendix B (Additional Company Policy)
204
Compressed Air
205
Benzene
207
H2S
214
Code of Safe Work Practice
219
Crane Operation Requirements
220
Appendix C (Pandemic Illness Emergency Plan)
232
Appendix D NFP 70 E
239
Appendix E Spill Prevention
264
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
iv
SAFETY PLAN
Company Safety Policies and Procedures
If you do not speak English let the office know and we will accommodate the
language barrier.
In order to establish and organize good safety policies and procedures, this General
Safety Policies and Procedures Written Plan summarizes information regarding
safety policies and procedures at this company. This plan includes information for
_______________________________, who is responsible for the safety policies
and procedures. This written program is kept at the office at the job site, as required.
Constant awareness of, and respect for safety hazards, and compliance with all
safety rules are considered conditions of employment. Your company’s supervisors
and safety director reserve the right to issue disciplinary warnings to employees, up
to and including termination, for failure to follow the guidelines of this program.
Companies should individually update this General Safety Policies and Procedures
Written Plan with Site Specific Safety Policies and Procedures. Appendix B is
provided for these written plans. A new section has been added to this manual,
Appendix C. Appendix C will be used to update this manual for any regulatory
changes. The dates of any revisions will be shown in the lower left portion of each
page.
For additional help with your individual plans, contact the LMCC Industry Safety
Director (as of June 1, 2002):
Name:
Phone:
Cell:
E-mail:
Scott Goodwin
419-535-6272
419-351-9438
[email protected]
This manual was authored to provide the electrical industry with a uniform safety
standard. The guidelines established in this manual are general requirements due
to the ever-changing standards of federal and state regulations.
It is recommended that any questions be addressed to the local OSHA Area Director
for interpretation. If legal advice or expert assistance is required, those services
should be pursued.
All rights reserved. Reproduction, in whole or in part, without written permission of
the authors is prohibited.
Reproduction, in whole or in part, of this safety manual is granted to any signatory
IBEW Contractor.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
1
General Company Safety Philosophy Statement
This general company safety philosophy has been developed to reflect and
communicate the proactive safety attitude maintained every day at this company.
The company will comply with appropriate safety laws and regulations such as those
established by:




The Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA)
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
The Department of Transportation (DOT)
All other applicable federal, state, and local safety and health regulations
We believe that the safety of employees is of utmost importance, along with quality,
good workmanship, and cost-control. Maintenance of safe operating procedures at
all times is of both monetary and human value, with the human value being far
greater to the employer, the employee, and the community. The following principles
support this philosophy:

The prevention of bodily injury and safeguarding of health are the first
considerations in all workplace actions and are the responsibility of every
employee at every level.

Written safety plans describing the safe work practices and procedures to be
practiced in all workplace actions are an essential element of the overall
workplace safety program. All employees at every level are responsible for
knowing and following the safety practices described in the written safety
plans.

On/Off the job, all employees should be similarly safe and demonstrate
awareness of potential hazards.
Because we care about our employees and strive to provide a safe workplace, we
have put into place a number of written safety plans. These written plans provide
guidance and direction for the safety issues they cover.
Contact the Program Administrator if you have any questions or require additional
information. Kerry Katafiasz 419-385-7573-ext. 23
Safety Evaluation Program
Transtar Electric recognizes that employee safety evaluation is a continuous
process. Employees are evaluated daily, by the superintendent, foreman, safety
director and our customers. When any of our employees are observed doing an
unsafe act, it is documented, and the individual will be trained or retrained in that
task. He/she will also be trained in Hazard Recognition. If the employee continues
any unsafe behavior, the employee will be suspended or terminated.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
2
Types of Written Safety Plans in Place
The topics covered in written safety plans at this company include the following:
Additional Company Policy
Aerial Lifts (Scissors, Booms, Etc.)
Confined Space
Cranes (Hoisting)
Cylinders (Use and Storage)
Disciplinary Policy
Electrical Safety
Emergency Action Plan
Employee Job Responsibilities
Employer Responsibilities
Ergonomics (Lifting)
Excavations (Shoring and Trenching)
Fall Protection
Fire Prevention (Housekeeping)
First Aid
Fork Lifts
Form 200 Flow Chart
General Contractor and Subs
General Liability Accident Procedures
General Training Format
Hazard Assessment
Hazard Communication
Hazardous Chemical List
Job Site Security
Ladders and Stairways
Lead Awareness
Lockout-Tagout
Material Handling
Material Storage (Not Flammable)
Material Storage (Flammable)
Maintenance of Motor Vehicles
Motor Vehicle Accident Procedures
New Employees
Occupational Injury and Illnesses Procedures
Operation of Motor Vehicles
OSHA Act
OSHA Inspections
Personal Protective Equipment (Eyes, Gloves, Hard Hat, Torso, Foot, Hearing,
Respirators Special)
Philosophy Statement
Record Keeping Rules
Scaffolds
Safety Policies and Procedures
Steel Erection Standard
Temporary Heating Devices
Tools (electric, Air, Power, Fuel-Activated, Hand)
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
3
Employer/Employee Responsibilities Section
This section lists responsibilities of employers and employees. These responsibilities
are to be taken seriously at all times.
Purpose. This section contains requirements for preventing or minimizing the
consequences of catastrophic releases of toxic, reactive, flammable, or explosive
chemicals. These releases may result in toxic, fire or explosion hazards.
It is the policy of this company to provide all of our employees a place of
employment reasonably free from hazards that may cause illness, injury, or death. It
is also the company’s policy to establish an effective and continuous safety program
incorporating educational and monitoring procedures maintained to teach safety,
correct deficiencies, and provide a safe, clean working environment. All company
superintendents, job foremen, supervisors, managers, directors, and officers are
responsible for the enforcement of safety policies and practices. They must ensure
that:

Their staff members are trained in appropriate safety procedures including
chemical specific training as required. Individual safety files are maintained
through the Safety Director.

They notify the Safety Director, and complete the necessary forms if an
accident or work-related health problem occurs in their department.

Equipment and property within their area of responsibility is maintained in a
safe, hazard-free condition.
All employees have a responsibility to themselves and to the company for their
safety and the safety of co-workers. All employees are required to:

Comply with all federal, state, and local rules and regulations relevant to their
work.

Observe all company rules and regulations related to the efficient and safe
performance of their work.

Integrate safety into each job function and live by this philosophy in the
performance of job duties.

Report or correct unsafe equipment and practices.

Report any accidents that occur while on the job.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
4
Additional Employer / Employee Responsibilities Section
The employer shall issue a hot work permit for hot work operations conducted on or
near a covered process.
The permit shall document that the fire prevention and protection requirements in 29
CFR 1910.252(a) have been implemented prior to beginning the hot work
operations; it shall indicate the date(s) authorized for hot work; and identify the
object on which hot work is to be performed. The permit shall be kept on file until
completion of the hot work operations.
Employers shall make all information necessary to comply with the section available
to those persons responsible for compiling the process safety information. those
assisting in the development of the process hazard analysis, those responsible for
developing the operating procedures, and those involved in incident investigations,
emergency planning and response and compliance audits without regard to possible
trade secret status of such information.
Nothing in this paragraph shall preclude the employer from requiring the persons to
whom the information is made available to enter into confidentiality agreements not
to disclose the information as set forth in 29 CFR 1910.1200.
Subject to the rules and procedures set forth in 29 CFR 1910.1200(i)(1) through
1910.1200(i)(12), employees and their designated representatives shall have access
to trade secret information contained within the process hazard analysis and other
documents required to be developed by this standard.
Any additional company policy (if required) will be included into this specific manual,
and shall be provided for in Appendix B.
Contract Employees
The contract employer shall assure that each contract employee is trained in the
work practices necessary to safely perform his/her job.
The contract employer shall assure that each contract employee is instructed in the
known potential fire, explosion, or toxic release hazards related to his/her job and
the process, and the applicable provisions of the emergency action plan.
The contract employer shall document that each contract employee has received
and understood the training required by this paragraph. The contract employer shall
prepare a record which contains the identity of the contract employee, the date of
training, and the means used to verify that the employee understood the training.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
5
The contract employer shall assure that each contract employee follows the safety
rules of the facility including the safe work practices
The employer shall establish and implement written procedures to manage changes
(except for "replacements in kind") to process chemicals, technology, equipment,
and procedures; and, changes to facilities that affect a covered process.
Employees involved in operating a process and maintenance and contract
employees whose job tasks will be affected by a change in the process shall be
informed of, and trained in, the change prior to start-up of the process or affected
part of the process
Disciplinary Policy
The employer is responsible for maintaining a safe work environment. Employees
not adhering to all safety rules create an unsafe environment for both themselves
and those working around them. The employer will discipline employees for unsafe
work practices up to and including termination for cause. Small infractions shall be
handled with a warning and instruction on proper procedures. More serious
infractions shall be handled more severely. Anyone who refuses to adhere to the
safety policies set forth by the employer shall be terminated for cause immediately.
Any person in a supervisory position or foreman on a project that is found in violation
of the safety policy and/or any OSHA regulations will be disciplined in the following
manner.
First Offense – Verbal warning with documentation
Second Offense – Written warning with documentation
Third Offense – Time off
Fourth Offense – Potential discharge
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
6
GENERAL TRAINING FORMAT AND POLICY
Policy:
We expect our employees and subcontractors to adhere to this safety program. Our
company will provide training to ensure all employees have the understanding,
knowledge, and skills necessary for the safe performance of the duties assigned to
them. All incidents are to be immediately reported to the employer.
Format:
The training program format will be designed to use sample equipment, audio-visual
aids, and classroom instruction. At times, training will be provided at the site, or at a
predetermined area as specified by the Safety Director.
Training:
The plan emphasizes these elements:
1. A summary of all required OSHA Standards (and others, as required) that
apply, many of which are already included in this written safety manual.
2. Procedures to protect against hazards (i.e. proper safety practices, personal
protection equipment required, proper use and maintenance, work practices
or methods, etc.) to assure a safe working environment.
3. How an employee may obtain additional information.
4. When a new hazard or required training of a new condition is introduced, all
employees will receive appropriate training.
New Employees:
Any new employee shall be trained on this safety manual. The Safety Director shall
maintain files of this training.
Subcontractors:
All subcontractors shall notify the contractor of unique hazards presented by the
subcontractors work or any hazards found by the subcontractor.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
7
Certificates:
All employees will be issued certificates upon completion of their training, and will be
kept on record by the company Safety Director at the office (at the job site until
completion of the job, if applicable.) The employee will sign an acknowledgement of
training form (upon completion of training), and will receive a card identifying the
type of training they received and the date training was completed. This card shall
be carried with the employee. If at any time the employee is questioned as to the
type of training they have received, this card will provide substantiated proof of
training.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
8
GENERAL TRAINING FORMAT AND POLICY (continued)
Tests:
If a training program requires a test, then at the end of the program the answers will
be reviewed orally to make sure everyone understands the training they received. If
we have reason to believe an employee has deviated from a previously trained
procedure or that their knowledge seems inadequate, we will treat this employee the
same as a new employee, in regards to training (we will retrain them).
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
9
OSHA ACT RESPONSIBILITIES
The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 requires employers to provide a
place of employment reasonably free of hazards that may cause illness, injury, or
death. You must also comply with all rules and regulations issued under the Act.
There are Federal Regulations of OSHA that are enforced in the State of Ohio.
However, there are other non-regulated states (for example, Michigan/MIOSHA) that
have amended regulations similar to the Federal OSHA but mandates the law
differently than Federal OSHA.
Federal OSHA requires under Section 5 Duties that:
(a) Each Employer –
(1) shall furnish to each of his employees employment and a place of
employment which are free from recognized hazards that are causing or are likely to
cause death or serious physical harm to his employees;
(2) Shall comply with occupational safety and health standards promulgated
under this Act.
(b) Each Employee shall comply with occupational safety and health standards and
all rules, regulations, and orders issued pursuant to the Act which are applicable to
his own actions and conduct.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
10
OSHA INSPECTIONS
There are certain minimum OSHA requirements that may be requested by the
compliance officer to review on site. Be prepared to assist the inspector as much as
possible. The job foreman is required to accompany the compliance
officer at all times.
Note: The compliance officer shall fill out the job site approval form before a job
walk-around on the site is allowed (this form is located in the appendix of this
manual.)
It is the responsibility of the job foreman to contact the Safety Director as soon as
possible.
The following is a list of items that the OSHA compliance officer may request for
inspection. This information should always be ready and available for reference:
1. Written safety manual
2. MSDS Book
3. First aid kit
4. Posted emergency telephone numbers
5. Please refer to Job Site Safety Check List.
6. Site Inspections
Job foreman procedures during an OSHA inspection (for Competent Person only):
1. Check the credentials of the OSHA compliance officer (make sure the person
is who he/she claims to be… they could be a competitor, etc.)
2. Make sure the approval form is completed and signed (please refer to the
Visitor’s Job Site Approval.)
3. When an OSHA compliance officer arrives on the job site, contact the Safety
Director immediately.
4. Inform all company employees that an OSHA compliance officer is on the job
site.
5. Inform all other subcontractors on the job site that an OSHA compliance
officer is on the site.
6. Be accommodating and courteous at all times.
7. Answer questions only when asked to do so.
Questions you should not answer:




Rev. (12/3/08)
How long has this condition existed?
How long have you known about it?
What employees work in this area?
What have you done to fix the condition before we arrived?
Page
11
8. Take notes during the walk-around inspection, as well as during the
conference, on what was done and said.
9. Take photos if necessary. Photos taken by a compliance officer must be
duplicated from the same angle and from both sides. Multiple picture angles
help to get a better look at the situation at question.
10. At the end of the walk-around inspection, hold a conference with the OSHA
compliance officer to learn the status of the job site (this is an OSHA
requirement).
11. Take notes during the walk-around inspection, as well as during the
conference, on what was done and said.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
12
VISITOR’S JOB SITE APPROVAL FORM
____________________________
COMPANY NAME
_____________________
Name of Visitor
____________________ __
Name of Foreman
___________________
Date
Note: For safety reasons, this form must be completed before approval can be
received for any visitor job site visit.
Name of agency to be represented:
Name of immediate supervisor for
agency representative:
Telephone number for agency:
Location of area to be
visited:
Job Site Visit:
Signature of Visitor
Approved
Denied
Signature of Foreman
Date
KEEP IN JOB FILE, UNLESS REQUIRED TO SEND IN TO THE OFFICE
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
13
JOB SITE SAFETY CHECK LIST
___________________________
Company Name
_____________________
_________________
Job Location
Date
Note: If all items are OK > Please fill out and file in job folder
If assistance is required > Send a copy of the checklist to the office as soon as possible
OK
ANSWER EACH ITEM
AS LISTED
NOT
NEED
REQ.
ASSIST
Fire extinguisher checked and log signed
Weekly training session records on site and office
Hard hats/Safety Glasses
Safety harness (fall protection equipment)
GFCI cord protectors
Temporary lights supported property with guards
Ladder condition and usage
Lead cords have ground prong/Frayed
Dust masks
Ear protection
Electrical panels labeled properly
Post – U.S. Department of Labor injury and illness report. Posted 2/1-4/30
Written safety manual on site
Poster
Accident investigation kit
First aid kit full (checked weekly)
Emergency telephone numbers posted
MSDS book on site with general contractor (if applicable)
Steps to trailer properly installed
Extension ladder tie-offs
Flammable fuel storage containers
Lockout/tagout
Adequate trash removal
Marked emergency exits
Chemicals (exposures on site)
Other
Job Foreman’s Signature: ________________________
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
14
GENERAL CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS
General contractors and subcontractors shall be informed of the written safety
policy. They shall be provided with the procedures (if required).
It is the company’s policy that all company owned or leased tools,
equipment, etc. will be utilized by company employees at company
job sites only. Personal use of company owned or leased tools
and/or equipment will not be permitted. This policy will be strictly
enforced.
All general contractors, subcontractors, and employees shall immediately inform the
company job foreman if an OSHA Compliance Officer arrives on site.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
15
NEW EMPLOYEES
The employee shall read the written safety policies. If an employee is unsure about
any safety regulations that may be required for the job, the employee shall seek
advise from his/her foreman or the Safety Director before proceeding.
EMPLOYEE JOB RESPONSIBILITIES
The field superintendent, foreman, or any other employee designated by the Safety
Director for site responsibilities must:
1. Report to the Safety Director with any concerns or questions.
2. Have a positive attitude regarding safety first.
3. Protect their fellow workers, including themselves and the public with proper
safe work ethics.
4. Be responsible to conduct and record safety meetings on site as required.
5. Follow OSHA rules, state rules and contractor specific or site specific rules.
6. Be Safe!
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
16
SAFETY INFORMATION FOR NEW EMPLOYEES ON JOB SITES
_________________________________
Company Name
________________________
Name of Employee
_______________________
Name of Foreman
____________________
Job Location
The foreman shall discuss the following topics with new employees on their first day at the job site:
SAFETY ATTITUDE:
No job is so important or urgent that the necessary time cannot be taken to
do it safely. Each employee is responsible for prevention of accidents to
themselves, property, equipment and fellow workers.
2. STANDARD JOB PROCEDURES:
Discuss the employee’s job site duties and how they can be done safely. Job
site hazard analysis should be reviewed before any new job is started.
3. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT:
Discuss how and when to use eye protection, hearing protection, hard hats,
dust masks or respirators, safety shoes, lockout/tagout, and any other means
of protection.
4. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES:
Discuss what to do in case of accident or fire and where to find the written
directions to the job site for the emergency crew. Point out location of fire
extinguisher and how to operate it. Point out emergency shut-offs (electric,
gas, water, etc.)
5. MOTORIZED VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT:
Discuss safe operating procedures, seat belt usage, and defensive driving
requirements. Equipment should not be operated without training.
6. FALL PROTECTION:
Discuss the use of safety harnesses, guardrails, ladder tie-offs, etc.
7. SAFETY AWARENESS:
Safety awareness should be developed by every employee and applied to
every job. Employees should consider it a duty to call unsafe acts or
conditions to the attention of other employees and the foreman.
8. SAFETY MEETINGS:
Employees shall actively participate in all safety meetings.
9. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS (MSDS):
Show the location of the MSDS book and review how items are cataloged
within the book.
10. WRITTEN SAFETY MANUAL:
Show the location of written safety manual and review where items are
located in manual.
1.
_____________________________________________
Signature of Employee
_________________________
Date
KEEP IN JOB FILE UNLESS REQUIRED TO SEND IN TO THE OFFICE
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
17
OCCUPATIONAL INJURY AND ILLNESS PROCEDURES
(FOR EMPLOYEES ON JOB SITES)
This procedure should be copied for use in accident kit.
Note: This is not to be used for vehicle accidents.
This is not to be used for general liability accidents or liability damage.
1. Make the affected person as comfortable as possible, but do not move the
affected person if at all possible.
2. The treatment (temporary) for serious injuries or illnesses should be
administered by someone trained in first aid safety.
3. Contact the local emergency services as soon as possible if injury or illness if
of a serious nature (use posted number at the job site).
4. Contact the Safety Director as soon as possible.
5. If the injury or illness is non-life threatening (such as a bruise, small cut or
sprain), instruct the employee to see a doctor. The supervisor may delegate
someone to transport the employee to the doctor. If this is a job-related injury
or illness, the employee shall report to the supervisor, after medical treatment,
as to the extent of the injury or illness.
6. The accident or illness shall not be discussed or any statements made unless
requested by a public official (police officer.) The Owner/Contractor or Safety
Director will handle all statements concerning any accident or illness.
7. The employee suffering from a job-related injury or illness will not be
permitted to return to the work site without a written release signed by the
treating physician.
8. The employee responsible for safety on the job site shall follow up the injury
or illness, and make any corrections necessary to ensure that the incident
cannot occur again, per the Safety Director’s approval.
9. Make sure illness or injury is logged, if applicable, on OSHA Form 300.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
18
OSHA FORM 300
FOR DEATH, ILLNESS OR INJURY
A.
If a case
Does not result from a work
accident or from an exposure
in the work environment
Results from a work
accident or from an
exposure in the work
environment and is
A death
An Illness
An injury that involves
Medical
Treatment
(other than
first aid)
Loss of
Consciousness
Restriction of
work or motion
Transfer to
another job
None of
these
Then case is
not to be
recorded
Then case must
be recorded
The responsible person must log the required Form 300 and keep current.
For any questions, contact the Safety Director
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
19
GENERAL LIABILITY ACCIDENT PROCEDURES
This procedure should be copied for use in accident kit.
Procedures for:
Injuries to Another Company’s Employee
Damage to Another Company’s Equipment
Damage to Another Company’s Property
Insurance Claims Filed as a Result of Doing Business
Note: This is not for occupational illnesses or injuries.
This is not for vehicular accident procedures
1. Obtain the property owner’s or injured’s:
a. Name
b. Address
c. Telephone number
2. Obtain all witnesses’:
a. Name
b. Address
c. Telephone Number
3. Be prepared to explain the following:
a. Circumstances
b. Extent of the damage
c. Extent of the injury
d. Number of fatalities, injuries (if applicable)
4. Secure the area until an investigation can be made.
5. Don’t place blame, just get the facts.
6. Make the affected person as comfortable as possible, but do not move the affected
person if at all possible.
7. The treatment (temporary) for serious injuries should be administered by someone
trained in first aid safety.
8. Contact the local emergency services as soon as possible if injury of a serious
nature (use posted number at the job site).
9. Contact the Safety Director as soon as possible.
10. The accident shall not be discussed or any statements made unless requested by a
public official (police officer). The Owner/Contractor or Safety Director will handle all
statements concerning any accidents.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
20
MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENT PROCEDURES
This procedure should be copied for use in accident kit.
The purpose of these procedures is not to lay blame against anyone but to
determine the cause of the accident and to prevent any future occurrences.
Note: This is not for occupational illnesses or injuries.
This is not for general liability accidents or liability damage.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Stop the vehicle immediately.
Call the authorities
Don’t move the vehicle unless instructed by the authorities.
Contact the Safety Director.
Don’t place blame – just get the facts.
The accident shall not be discussed or any statements made unless
requested by a public official (police officer). The Owner/Contractor or Safety
Director will handle all statements concerning any accidents.
7. Obtain the following information from all drivers:
a. Name
b. Address
c. Telephone number
d. Insurance company information
e. Drivers license number
f. Vehicle description (year, model, etc.)
g. License plate number
h. Hospital taken to, if applicable.
8. Detail the accident report
9. One person shall be responsible for obtaining the accident report.
10. Be courteous
11. Don’t sign any statement, except as required by the local authorities (police).
12. Take pictures if possible of multiple different angles
Note: Accident kit shall be in every vehicle, at all times.
Accident reports shall be in every vehicle, at all times.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
21
OPERATION OF COMPANY OWNED MOTOR VEHICLES
This procedure should be copied for use in accident kit.
Driving vehicles safely is a priority. You can protect yourself as well as the general
public.
Requirements for all drivers:
1. Only company authorized employees are permitted to drive company motor
vehicles.
2. All employees must abide by all rules and regulations concerning motor
vehicles and motor vehicle laws.
3. All employees operating a motor vehicle shall have a current and valid
driver’s license.
4. All employees shall be able to demonstrate an ability to handle the vehicle
safely.
5. In case of an accident, all drivers are instructed to refer to the accident kit
provided in the vehicle, and complete the required accident report form.
(Note: See Motor Vehicle Accidents)
6. All employees driving a company motor vehicle shall extend all road
courtesies and follow all safety procedures.
7. All vehicles shall be driven reasonably, according to road conditions.
8. If an employee discovers any unsafe vehicle conditions, they are instructed to
contact the Foreman or Safety Director immediately.
9. All vehicles shall be used for company business only (no personal use).
10. Any materials hauled or carried to a job must be properly secured.
11. All vehicles shall be able to stop within an assured clear distance.
12. All vehicles shall be able to stop within an assured clear distance.
13. Employees as operators are not permitted to talk on a cell phone, text, email
or other dangerous activities while operating a motor vehicle of any type.
14. Employees should not be eating while operating a motor vehicle of any type.
15. If your windshield wipers are on in inclement weather your headlights must be
on also!
Note: Certain materials for jobs are very heavy and, if loaded into a motor vehicle,
you will need additional room to stop (because of the weight).
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
22
ACCIDENT REPORT FORM
(MOTOR VEHICLES, GENERAL LIABILITIES, ILLNESSES OR INJURIES)
This form should be copied for use in accident kit.
Company Name: ____________________________ NOTE: Report must be sent to Safety Director
Location of Accident: ______________________________________________________________
Date of Accident: ________________________________
Time: _______________________
Injury or Accident Type (Check as applies:)
Employee illness on site (occupational)
Employee injury on site (occupational)
Motor Vehicle
Injury/illness to another person (other than employee)
Damages to property or equipment (not owned by the company)
Number of People Ill or Injured: ____________
Were authorities contacted?
Was supervisor contacted?
Did you use the accident kit?
Did you take any pictures?
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
If the illness or injury is job related, did you fill out OSHA Form 300 (If applicable): ____ Yes ____ No
Names of Injured
Employer
Telephone Number
Describe illnesses, injuries, or property damage:
Apparent cause of accident (do not assign blame)
Could something have been done to prevent this incident?
_____ Yes
_____ No
If yes, please explain:
Name of Witness
Employer
Telephone Number
Attach any other items to this form that will help describe the illness, injury, or accident better.
Signature of Supervisor:
Rev. (12/3/08)
Date of Report:
Page
23
GUIDELINES FOR A JOB SITE ACCIDENT KIT
Following is a suggested guideline to provide kits, which should be made available
to employees for use on job sites to report accidents or injuries. These kits will be
structured so that they will uniformly provide all items or information necessary to
report accidents or injuries on any job site. These kits should be available in several
locations on every job site (job trailer, glove compartment of every company vehicle,
job boxes, etc.) These kits should be used only for accident or injury reports, and are
not to be opened for any other reason. If any item in the kit is used, it should be
replaced immediately.
Kit should contain:
1. One large Ziploc™ (or equivalent) bag as a container.
2. One disposable camera with flash (only 12 exposures necessary).
3. One copy of the company business card, with telephone number and Safety
Director’s number.
4. One large letter-style envelope to hold the following forms and one pencil:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Occupational injury and illness procedures
General liability accident procedures
Motor vehicle accident procedures
Accident report forms
Blank paper (if more space is needed that form provides)
Page
24
MAINTENANCE OF COMPANY OWNED MOTOR VEHICLES
1. All vehicles will be provided with a maintenance program.
2. If a vehicle is believed to be unsafe, it shall be removed from service until it
can be repaired.
3. Before repairs are made to company owned vehicles, prior company
authorization must be received.
4. All vehicles shall be equipped with the following:
a. Accident report (motor vehicle)
b. Accident kit
c. Emergency equipment as required by law, including
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
Small fire extinguisher
Approved first aid kit
12” square red flag with standards
Three flares or lanterns or reflectors
One jack and wrench to change flat tires
One spare tire
5. All service vehicles should also be further equipped with the companies
safety program and the MSDS’s for the company.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
25
JOB SITE SECURITY
(EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, TRAILERS, BOXES)
It is the company’s policy that all company owned or leased tools,
equipment, etc. will be utilized by company employees only. Personal
use of company owned or leased tools and equipment will not be
permitted. This policy is firm and will be strictly enforced.
1. The job trailer should be secured with proper and safe leveling, and the
temporary steps in place.
2. Once the job trailer has been set in place and has been secured, the job
foreman should contact the local authorities and request that the site is
patrolled on a routine basis in the evening. The job foreman should provide
the correct emergency/security number, as well as the owner/contractor
telephone number to the local authority for this purpose.
3. It is the responsibility of all company employees to make sure that all tool
boxes, trailers, vehicles, storage sheds, etc., are secured or locked prior to
closing the job site down for the day.
4. It is the responsibility of all company employees to safely lock all tools in their
proper storage cabinets:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
De-energize all tools, cords, and equipment, etc.
Remove all regulators and welding hoses from cylinders, etc.
Shut down all heating equipment, if applicable.
Check the security lighting and alarm system, if applicable.
Secure all ladders, scaffolds, etc.
5. If any equipment or tools are stolen or vandalized, it shall be reported to the
company’s owner or designate immediately.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
26
FIRST AID
Requirements:
1. Any employee with current first aid training (approved Red Cross course, etc.)
may temporarily treat an injury or illness victim until a rescue team or
physician arrives.
2. Emergency telephone numbers shall be posted near the first aid kit area.
3. Employees shall be aware of emergency numbers and locations of
telephones.
4. The company encourages employees to notify management of every injury
(regardless of how incidental), to help avoid any aggravation or infection.
Basic Supplies:
First Aid Supplies Shall be easily accessible when required.
1. The company will determine the contents of all first aid kits.
2. The amount and types of supplies in these kits will be determined by the size
and nature of the job. (For example, the first aid kit at a job site without
potable (drinkable) water should include eyewash.)
3. All items supplied in a first aid kit shall be reviewed and approved by a
physician, with a copy of his approval attached to each first aid kit. All first aid
kits shall be in compliance with all state and federal regulations. The following
is an example of what a typical first aid kit may contain:
a. Dust-proof container
 Must be kept clean at all times
 Must be adequately stocked at all times
 All items must be properly labeled and legible (if item is not
properly labeled or legible, it must be destroyed and not used)
b. A record keeping log must be attached to the first aid kit to:
i. Record the dispensing of all materials (even Band-Aids)
ii. A signature is required by the first aid worker.
4. Contents of all first aid kits shall be reviewed annually.
5. Typical supplies which may be found in a job site first aid kit are:






Rev. (12/3/08)
Latex gloves
Tweezers
Scissors
Arm and leg splints
Cotton compresses
Two-ounce bottle of antiseptic
Page
27














Plastic bottle of eye irrigation solution
Two ounce package of sterile cotton
One package of small paper cups
One package of cleansing tissues
Cotton tipped applicators
Disposable mask for mouth-to-mouth resuscitation
3” x 3” sterile gauze compresses
1” x 5 yard roll of adhesive
2” x 5 yard roll of adhesive
2” elastic bandage
1” elastic bandages (band-aids)
1” roll of gauze bandages
2” roll of gauze bandages
One magnifying glass
In the absence of an infirmary, clinic, or hospital in near proximity to the workplace
which is used for the treatment of all injured employees, a person or persons shall
be adequately trained to render first aid. Adequate first aid supplies shall be readily
available.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
28
FIRST AID SUPPLY & USE
(POST NEAR FIRST AID KIT)
__________________________________________________________
Company Name
NAME
DATE
TIME
REASON FOR
SUPPLIES
DISPENSED
TREATMENT
USED
BY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
29
CYLINDERS – USE AND STORAGE
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. Caps in place before moving and storage.
2. Secured and transported in the vertical position.
3. Cylinders shall be legibly marked for gas content.
4. Keep away from flames and sparks (use shield).
5. Keep away from all electrical power.
6. Oxygen cylinder storage shall be separated from fuel gas cylinders or
combustible materials by 20’ or noncombustible barrier 5’ high (1/2 hour fire
resistance rating).
7. Cylinders shall not be used in confined spaces.
8. All empty cylinders shall have valves closed and marked empty.
9. All cylinders shall be closed with hand wheels only (no wrenches, pliers, etc.).
10. If cylinders leak, take them outside immediately. Slowly empty the cylinder
and tag it out of service.
11. Leaks can be detected by using soapy water.
12. All cylinders must be secured when stored or used with a suitable chain, hand
truck, etc.
13. Pneumatic power tools shall be secured to the hose or whip by some positive
means to prevent the tool from becoming accidentally disconnected.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
30
MATERIAL HANDLING
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. Prior to unloading material, examine the load to make sure it hasn’t shifted,
which would cause a hazard.
2. A warning label (red flag, etc.) shall be attached to any load trailing out of a
vehicle or trailer, and an illuminated warning device shall be used in the event
of darkness.
3. Do not try to move materials alone. If there is any question concerning the
material being either too heavy or unsafe, refer to the Ergonomics/Lifting
section of this manual.
4. If any lifting device is to be used, you shall apply all manufacturer’s
specifications and OSHA safety requirements. For further information, please
refer to the JLG Boom Scissors or the Fork Lift sections of this manual.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
31
MATERIAL STORAGE
(NOT FOR FLAMMABLES OR COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS)
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. All temporary buildings used for storage must be at least 10’ away from other
buildings or structures.
2. Any temporary storage area located inside a building must be constructed
with a one hour fire resistance rated assembly.
3. “No Smoking” signs shall be posted inside temporary storage areas.
Open Yard Storage (Outside):
1. Materials must be stacked safely, no higher than 20 feet.
2. Materials cannot be closer than 10’ from any building or structure.
3. Driveways around the material must be 15’ wide for fire fighting purposes.
4. Materials shall be in piles no larger than 50’ by 150’ maximum.
5. Area used for storage must be free of high grass, weeds, or combustibles.
6. Approved portable fire extinguishers must be within 100’ travel distance of the
storage pile.
Indoor Storage:
1. Cannot obstruct exits or means of egress.
2. Incompatible materials which could create a fire hazard must be separated
with a one hour fire resistance barrier.
3. Material cannot be piled higher than proper fire fighting purposes permits (any
questions on this point, contact the local fire department for details).
4. Material must be piled no higher than 3’ below the sprinklers.
5. Clearance of combustible materials must be maintained around lighting, etc.
6. A travel path of 24” wide must be maintained next to doors. Material cannot
be stored within 36” of a fire door.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
32
MATERIAL STORAGE (continued)
(FLAMMABLES AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS)
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. “No Smoking” signs shall be posted.
2. Only approved containers shall be used (metal safety cans).
3. Cannot be stored in areas of exits, stairways, or means of egress to exits.
4. Approved fire extinguishers shall be within 10’ of storage area.
5. This policy does not address liquid, petroleum, gas (see current OSHA
standard).
Indoor Storage:
1. No more than 25 gallons can be stored per room, outside of an approved
storage cabinet.
2. Only approved metal storage cabinets shall be used, or see the OSHA
regulations for wood storage cabinets.
3. All approved metal storage cabinets shall be labeled “Flammable, Keep Fire
Away”.
4. No more than 60 gallons of flammable or 120 gallons of combustible liquids
shall be stored in any one approved storage cabinet.
5. No more than three cabinets shall be in any one storage area.
6. Please refer to OSHA requirements for using a storage room (one hour fire
resistance rating, etc.).
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
33
MATERIAL STORAGE (continued)
(FLAMMABLES AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS)
Outdoor Storage:
1. No more than 60 gallons can be contained.
2. Minimum 20’ away from any building or structure.
3. Grade is to be sloped away from the building or structure.
4. No combustibles shall be located near any storage tanks, etc.
5. Grass and weeds must be kept down.
6. Approved fire extinguisher must be located within 75’ of travel.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
34
TEMPORARY HEATING DEVICES
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. Proper ventilation is required.
2. Clearances shall be per manufacturer’s specifications.
3. Can only be placed on noncombustible floors, or per manufacturer’s
specifications.
4. Must be kept 10’ away from tarps, or other combustible materials, etc.
5. Must be placed in a stable location.
6. Fuel must be stored in a proper container, as required.
7. Heating appliances must be approved by:
a. AGA (gas)
b. UL (electrical)
c. Or, as regulated by OSHA
8. Only safety cans shall be used for refueling purposes. This container shall
be an approved container of no more than five gallons, with a springclosing lid, and safety pressure relief.
9. Wood burners (solid fuel) will not be used for any reason.
10. A properly rated fire extinguisher shall be provided at all points of open
flames, such as welding, cutting, propane torches, butane torches and
propane heaters
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
35
WELDING, CUTTING, BRAZING
(GAS AND ARC)
Most of the time, welding will not be utilized by an electrical contracting company.
However, if an employee is working near someone who is welding, it is necessary
that you are aware of potential hazards. Before any welding and or cutting is
performed, the area shall be inspected by the Safety Coordinator.
Employees working on welding, cutting, or brazing jobs shall be knowledgeable in
this field, and adhere to all manufacturer’s specifications as well as OSHA rules and
regulations. Cutters, Welders and their supervisors will be suitably trained in the
safe operation of their equipment. All equipment shall be safe and in good working
condition at all times, otherwise welding work should not be performed.
General Rules and Hazards:
1. Permits are required for all (hot work).
2. Welding in hazardous areas will not be permitted without written instructions,
etc.
3. When welding operations are suspended, all power will be shut down, all
valves and regulators will be turned off, all hose and cables, etc., will be
properly stored.
4. All employees assigned to fire watch will be trained on the use of approved
fire extinguisher and an approved fire extinguisher shall be provided adjacent
to the welding site.
5. Check one-half hour after the welding job has been completed for smoldering
fire.
6. Keep all combustibles away from the work area.
7. Scaffolds, etc., must be shielded from any sparks or flames.
8. Closed containers must be maintained (monitored) for explosives and oxygen
depletion.
9. Use of proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) shall be used and
enforced (eye and face protection, gloves, welding helmets, filter lenses, etc.)
10. Shielding shall be provided for protection against arcing and rays.
11. Fire buckets will be provided for welding stubs at the welding site.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
36
12. Welding of lead, zinc, cadmium, or other toxic materials shall be done in
accordance with all OSHA rules and regulations (ventilation, gloves,
respirators, etc.)
13. Defective torches shall be tagged, declared out of service, and removed from
the welding site.
14. Torches shall be lit by friction lighters only (no matches are permitted).
15. All torches and hoses shall be protected when in use and lying across the
floor at the welding site, or put away in a storage area.
16. Oxygen cylinders and fittings shall be kept away from all oil and grease (these
are explosive). Do not handle with oily hands or gloves.
17. Inspect all hoses at the start of each shift, to assure safety.
18. All current-carrying arc welding equipment and cables shall be properly
insulated and grounded.
19. Fire hazards. If the object to be welded or cut cannot readily be moved, all
movable fire hazards in the vicinity shall be taken to a safe place.
20. Guards. If the object to be welded or cut cannot be moved and if all the fire
hazards cannot be removed, then guards shall be used to confine the heat,
sparks, and slag, and to protect the immovable fire hazards.
21. Fire watchers shall be required whenever welding or cutting is performed in
locations where other than a minor fire might develop, or any of the following
conditions exist: Appreciable combustible material, in building construction or
contents, closer than 35 feet (10.7 m) to the point of operation. Appreciable
combustibles are more than 35 feet (10.7 m) away but are easily ignited by
sparks. Wall or floor openings within a 35-foot (10.7 m) radius expose
combustible material in adjacent areas including concealed spaces in walls or
floors. Combustible materials are adjacent to the opposite side of metal
partitions, walls, ceilings, or roofs and are likely to be ignited by conduction or
radiation.
22. As used herein confined space is intended to mean a relatively small or
restricted space such as a tank, boiler, pressure vessel, or small
compartment of a ship.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
37
23. Contamination. The requirements in this paragraph have been established on
the basis of the following three factors in arc and gas welding which govern
the amount of contamination to which welders may be exposed: Dimensions
of space in which welding is to be done (with special regard to height of
ceiling). Number of welders.Possible evolution of hazardous fumes, gases, or
dust according to the metals involved.
24. First-aid equipment. First-aid equipment shall be available at all times. All
injuries shall be reported as soon as possible for medical attention. First aid
shall be rendered until medical attention can be provided.
25. Accidental contact. When arc welding is to be suspended for any substantial
period of time, such as during lunch or overnight, all electrodes shall be
removed from the holders and the holders carefully located so that accidental
contact cannot occur and the machine be disconnected from the power
source.
26. Torch valve. In order to eliminate the possibility of gas escaping through leaks
or improperly closed valves, when gas welding or cutting, the torch valves
shall be closed and the gas supply to the torch positively shut off at some
point outside the confined area whenever the torch is not to be used for a
substantial period of time, such as during lunch hour or overnight. Where
practicable, the torch and hose shall also be removed from the confined
space.
27. Personnel. Workmen in charge of the oxygen or fuel-gas supply equipment,
including generators, and oxygen or fuel-gas distribution piping systems shall
be instructed and judged competent by their employers for this important work
before being left in charge. Rules and instructions covering the operation and
maintenance of oxygen or fuel-gas supply equipment including generators,
and oxygen or fuel-gas distribution piping systems shall be readily available.
28. Cylinders and containers Approval and marking.
All portable cylinders used for the storage and shipment of compressed gases
shall be constructed and maintained in accordance with the regulations of the
U.S. Department of Transportation, 49 CFR Parts 171-179.
Compressed gas cylinders shall be legibly marked, for the purpose of
identifying the gas content, with either the chemical or the trade name of the
gas. Such marking shall be by means of stenciling, stamping, or labeling, and
shall not be readily removable. Whenever practical, the marking shall be
located on the shoulder of the cylinder.
Compressed gas cylinders shall be equipped with connections complying with
the American National Standard Compressed Gas Cylinder Valve Outlet and
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
38
Inlet Connections, ANSI B57.1-1965, which is incorporated by reference as
specified in Sec. 1910.6.
All cylinders with a water weight capacity of over 30 pounds (13.6 kg) shall be
equipped with means of connecting a valve protection cap or with a collar or
recess to protect the valve.
Storage of cylinders-general.
Cylinders shall be kept away from radiators and other sources of heat.
Inside of buildings, cylinders shall be stored in a well-protected.
29. Apparatus. Only approved apparatus such as torches, regulators or pressurereducing valves, acetylene generators, and manifolds shall be used.
Service piping systems Materials and design.
Piping and fittings shall comply with section 2, Industrial Gas and Air Piping
Systems, of the American National Standard Code for Pressure Piping ANSI B31.11967, Pipe shall be at least Schedule 40 and fittings shall be at least standard
weight in sizes up to and including 6-inch nominal. Copper tubing shall be Types K
or L in accordance with the Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water
Tube, ASTM B88-66a. Piping shall be steel, wrought iron, brass or copper pipe, or
seamless copper, brass or stainless steel tubing. Oxygen piping and fittings at
pressures in excess of 700 psi (4.8 MPa), shall be stainless steel or copper alloys.
Hose connections may be used to connect the outlet of a manifold pressure
regulator to piping providing the working pressure of the piping is 250 psi (1.7 MPa)
or less and the length of the hose does not exceed 5 feet (1.5 m). Hose shall have a
minimum bursting pressure of 1,000 psig (6.8 MPa). When oxygen is supplied to a
service piping system from a low-pressure oxygen manifold without an intervening
pressure regulating device, the piping system shall have a minimum design pressure
of 250 psig (1.7 MPa). A pressure regulating device shall be used at each station
outlet when the connected equipment is for use at pressures less than 250 psig (1.7
MPa). Piping for acetylene or acetylenic compounds shall be steel or wrought iron.
Unalloyed copper shall not be used for acetylene or acetylenic compounds except in
listed equipment.
Piping joints.
Joints in steel or wrought iron piping shall be welded, threaded or flanged. Fittings,
such as ells, tees, couplings, and unions, may be rolled, forged or cast steel,
malleable iron or nodular iron. Gray or white cast iron fittings are prohibited.
Joints in brass or copper pipe shall be welded, brazed, threaded, or flanged. If of the
socket type, they shall be brazed with silver-brazing alloy or similar high melting
point (not less than 800 deg. F (427 deg. C)) filler metal.
Joints in seamless copper, brass, or stainless steel tubing shall be approved gas
tubing fittings or the joints shall be brazed. If of the socket type, they shall be brazed
with silver-brazing alloy or similar high melting point (not less than 800 deg. F (427
deg. C)) filler metal.
Installation.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
39
Distribution lines shall be installed and maintained in a safe operating
condition.
All piping shall be run as directly as practicable, protected against physical
damage, proper allowance being made for expansion and contraction, jarring and
vibration.
Pipe laid underground in earth shall be located below the frost line and
protected against corrosion. After assembly, piping shall be thoroughly blown out
with air, nitrogen, or carbon dioxide to remove foreign materials. For oxygen piping,
only oil-free air, oil-free nitrogen, or oil-free carbon dioxide shall be used.
Only piping which has been welded or brazed shall be installed in tunnels,
trenches or ducts. Shutoff valves shall be located outside such conduits. Oxygen
piping may be placed in the same tunnel, trench or duct with fuel-gas pipelines,
provided there is good natural or forced ventilation.
Low points in piping carrying moist gas shall be drained into drip pots
constructed so as to permit pumping or draining out the condensate at necessary
intervals. Drain valves shall be installed for this purpose having outlets normally
closed with screw caps or plugs. No open end valves or petcocks shall be used,
except that in drips located out of doors, underground, and not readily accessible,
valves may be used at such points if they are equipped with means to secure them
in the closed position.
Pipes leading to the surface of the ground shall be cased or jacketed where
necessary to prevent loosening or breaking.
Gas cocks or valves shall be provided for all buildings at points where they will be
readily accessible for shutting off the gas supply to these buildings in any
emergency. There shall also be provided a shutoff valve in the discharge line from
the generator, gas holder, manifold or other source of supply.
Shutoff valves shall not be installed in safety relief lines in such a manner that the
safety relief device can be rendered ineffective.
Fittings and lengths of pipe shall be examined internally before assembly and,
if necessary freed from scale or dirt. Oxygen piping and fittings shall be washed out
with a suitable solution which will effectively remove grease and dirt but will not react
with oxygen. Hot water solutions of caustic soda or trisodium phosphate are effective
cleaning agents for this purpose.
Piping shall be thoroughly blown out after assembly to remove foreign
materials. For oxygen piping, oil-free air, oil-free nitrogen, or oil-free carbon dioxide
shall be used. For other piping, air or inert gas may be used.
When flammable gas lines or other parts of equipment are being purged of air or
gas, open lights or other sources of ignition shall not be permitted near uncapped
openings.
No welding or cutting shall be performed on an acetylene or oxygen pipeline,
including the attachment of hangers or supports, until the line has been purged. Only
oil-free air, oil-free nitrogen, or oil-free carbon dioxide shall be used to purge oxygen
lines.
Painting and signs.
Underground pipe and tubing and outdoor ferrous pipe and tubing shall be covered
or painted with a suitable material for protection against corrosion.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
40
Aboveground piping systems shall be marked in accordance with the
American National Standard Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems, ANSI
A13.1-1956, which is incorporated by reference as specified in Sec. 1910.6.
Station outlets shall be marked to indicate the name of the gas.
Testing.
Piping systems shall be tested and proved gastight at 1 1/2 times the
maximum operating pressure, and shall be thoroughly purged of air before being
placed in service. The material used for testing oxygen lines shall be oil free and
noncombustible. Flames shall not be used to detect leaks.
When flammable gas lines or other parts of equipment are being purged of air or
gas, sources of ignition shall not be permitted near uncapped openings
TOOLS
(ELECTRIC, AIR-ACTUATED, POWDER ACTUATED,
FUEL-POWERED & HAND TOOLS)
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
When using any kind of a tool, you shall use the correct Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE) with that tool. The suggested PPE for this type of work would be:
1. Safety glasses.
2. Face shields (for protection against flying chips or sparks).
3. Safety shoes (to protect feet and toes).
4. Safety belts, for high areas (for protection against shocks that may throw
you).
5. Loose clothing should not be worn when using this equipment (could get
caught in the equipment).
6. Jewelry should not be worn (rings, chains, etc., could get caught in the
equipment).
7. Hard hats.
8. Hearing protection.
9. Mask (for dust or respirator).
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
41
Guarding:
When power operated tools are designed to accommodate guards, they shall be
equipped with such guards when in use.
Hand Tools:
1. Any tool furnished by the Company shall be maintained in a safe working
condition.
2. It is the responsibility of the job foreman to make sure company tools are
repaired and kept in good working order.
3. Tools shall be inspected prior to use, to assure they are in a safe working
condition.
4. Do not use dull tools, as they will contribute to accidents.
5. When finished using a tool, don’t leave it lying around. This could create a
tripping hazard. Put the tool back where it belongs.
6. All guards and safety devices shall be maintained at all times (never remove).
7. Common sense items to think about:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Use constant pressure switches.
Don’t use hand for drill guide.
Don’t use leg for support (vise).
Clamp material properly
Don’t remove safety guards.
Don’t blow off equipment with air hoses on sites (over 30 PSI can cut
into skin).
g. Don’t hold tools by cord.
h. Watch cords – can be cut by tools.
i. Don’t drag cords over rough areas (concrete is an abrasive).
j. No tension on cords.
Fuel-Powered Tools:
1. Tools shall be shut off while refueling.
2. Fuel shall be stored in an approved container.
3. When using in a confined area, you shall use a well-ventilated air supply.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
42
TOOLS (continued)
(ELECTRIC, AIR-ACTUATED, POWDER ACTUATED,
FUEL-POWERED & HAND TOOLS)
Power Tools:
1. Remember – speed kills! Recognize and know the tool’s speed of operation.
2. Understand the functions of the tool as well as the hazards.
3. Tools shall be kept clean and lubricated. Check the cords for any breaks or
fraying, etc.
4. Always be aware of possible shock hazards:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Use GFCI’s.
Watch for wet areas.
Use double insulation if possible.
Check the plug for reverse polarity.
5. Tool Storage:
a. Store safely (not in damp or wet areas, etc.)
b. If a tool is found to be defective, remove it from use, tag it and turn it in
for repair.
Powder-Actuated Tools
1. Only trained employees will be permitted to operate any powder-actuated
power tool. When operating any powder-actuated power tool, the operator
must adhere to all manufacturer’s requirements.
2. The tool shall be tested daily (before loading) to make sure all safety devices
are in proper working order.
3. If any tool is found to be defective, it must be removed from service
immediately, tagged, and turned in for repair.
4. All operators must use the required Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
specified by OSHA and the manufacturer.
5. Loaded tools will not be left unattended.
6. Tools will be loaded only just before they are used.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
43
TOOLS (continued)
(ELECTRIC, AIR-ACTUATED, POWDER ACTUATED,
FUEL-POWERED & HAND TOOLS)
7. Regardless of whether the tool is loaded, it will not be pointed at any
employee, for any reason.
8. Hands will be kept clear of the barrel end of the tool.
9. Fasteners cannot be used on very hard or brittle materials (no case iron,
glazed tile, surface-hardened steel, face brick, or hollow tile, etc.)
10. Tools cannot be used on soft areas to create a missile.
11. Tools cannot be used in explosive or flammable atmospheres.
12. Tools requiring special operator training shall be provided to employees using
those tools.
13. Operators shall carry their training cards at all times
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
44
ERGONOMICS
(LIFTING, ETC.)
Our company is committed to improving our employees’ comfort and well-being by
identifying and correcting ergonomic risk factors on the job. This program applies to
all work operations, including office areas.
The Safety Director shall review the Ergonomics Program and provide guidance, as
needed.
Under this program, we will evaluate jobs that have been identified as having
“problem areas” and develop and implement solutions to reduce job-related worker
injury and illness.
Our goal through this Ergonomics Program is to prevent the occurrence of workrelated musculoskeletal disorders by controlling or eliminating the risk factors that
cause them.
Our company promotes continuous improvement for the efficiency, comfort, and
well-being of all employees.
After reading this program, if you feel improvements can be made, please contact
the Safety Director. We encourage all suggestions because we are committed to
the success of our Ergonomics Program. We strive for clear understanding, safe
and efficient work practices, and involvement in the program from every level of the
company.
Injury/Medical Management:
Employees are encouraged to immediately report any symptoms of discomfort that
may be associated with their job duties. In most cases, employees are to report to
their immediate supervisor. Those supervisors are responsible to recommend
alternative work or medical evaluation for injured or ill employees. Supervisors shall
record and file written reports from the first observation of illness or injury through all
subsequent follow-up activities. They must also forward information about the worker
injury or illness for recording on the OSHA 300 Injury and Illness Form. The
supervisor may recommend that the job receive an evaluation from the Safety
Director or his designate.
The Safety Director (or designate) is responsible for filling out the OSHA 300 Injury
and Illness Form. Every work procedure that causes a worker injury or illness will be
investigated and reported. This documentation provides vital information for the
identification of job related risk factors so that the problems can be corrected to
prevent other injuries. After an injured employee has been treated by the health care
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
45
ERGONOMICS (continued)
(LIFTING, ETC.)
provider, we will monitor their recovery process and return to work.
After verification of an employee’s job-related injury or illness, the Safety Director will
review this plan and re-evaluate the workstation to determine if additional practices,
procedures, or redesign could be implemented to prevent similar injuries.
Identifying Problem Jobs:
There are several methods used to identify problem jobs, which are most likely to
result in ergonomic disorders. The Safety Director initially reviewed and periodically
monitors the Company’s injury and illness records such as the OSHA 300 Form and
workers’ compensation data to identify patterns of ergonomics-related injuries and
illnesses.
Stress, repetitive strain injury and sick-building syndrome are just some of the workrelated illnesses that ergonomic planning could help prevent. The importance of
applying sound ergonomic principles to the design of jobs and workplaces has been
highlighted in recent years by issues such as the sick-building syndrome, repetitive
strain injury (RSI), and claims for compensation due to the effects of stress.
Ergonomic principles need to be applied to all work aspects, including procedures
and systems, as well as equipment and the physical environment. In the words of
the Ergonomics Society, “ergonomics is about fit” – the fit between people, their
work activities, equipment, work systems, and environment. The application of
sound ergonomics to job and workplace design can boost performance, improve
morale, and reduce the incidence of ill-health and accident absences.
Nevertheless, indications of possible ergonomic problems may be drawn from:
1. What employees who resign say about their work at exit interviews.
2. Performance records, particularly where adverse trends appear after changes
to equipment.
3. Records of quality and error rates.
4. Patterns of sickness and other absence, particularly when absences are
concentrated in particular jobs or work locations.
5. The reasons given for sickness absence.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
46
ERGONOMICS (continued)
(LIFTING, ETC.)
Back Injury Prevention:
The following recommendations will help reduce pressure on the back and prevent
injuries when lifting objects:
1. Do not reach for loads.
2. Never lift with one hand.
3. Never lift in front of bent knees.
4. Avoid twisting when lifting.
5. Determine the weight of the load.
6. Balance and secure the load.
7. Bend at the knees.
8. Keep the load close to the body.
9. Keep the back straight.
10. Tighten abdominal muscles when lifting.
11. Group lifting should be used when the object is too heavy for one person to
handle. If group lifting is not possible, then a mechanical lifting device should
be utilized. (Group lifting should only be made when all workers are lifting in
unison with an established plan of action.)
Lifting Instructions:
1. Get close to the object. Place one foot along one side of the object in the
direction you will be traveling. Place the other foot behind the object. Feet
should be securely planted with the object between your knees.
2. Bend at the knees as you lower to the object. Keep your back straight. If you
maintain your pelvis in a level stance this will help keep your back straight
and prevent twisting.
3. Get a secure grip on the object.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
47
ERGONOMICS (continued)
(LIFTING, ETC.)
4. Contract or tighten your diaphragm and stomach muscles. Hold this during
the lift.
5. Lift the object in a steady motion with your legs and keep it close to your
body. Do not jerk when you lift.
Stress:
Common causes of stress include:
1. Frequent interruptions to work that require concentration.
2. Work overloads, particularly if quality or output target failures are penalized.
3. Insufficient or uninteresting work, resulting in inattention and boredom.
4. Uncertainty about responsibilities or accountability.
5. Inadequate training for the required task.
6. Inconsistent supervision or inadequate support when facing stressful tasks.
7. Inadequate resources to achieve the required output or quality standards.
8. Rules that prevent employees from applying common sense to resolve
everyday problems.
This list illustrates the value of checking every aspect of work to assess whether
there are conditions that will likely cause frustration, anxiety or boredom. It is as
important for work systems to be “people-shaped” in terms of mental and behavioral
demands as it is for chairs, desks and tools to fit people’s physical dimensions.
The Safety Director participates in evaluating new equipment and processes for
potential risk factors. They also evaluate hand tools to determine if the designs are
ergonomically suitable for the intended use and appropriate for the workers who use
them.
Solutions:
For each problem task identified, we maintain a record of the improvements. The file
contains documentation of the ergonomic-related illnesses or injuries, the actual
changes made, and any similar incidents that occurred after the changes were
implemented. These files are available from the Safety Director.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
48
ERGONOMICS (continued)
(LIFTING, ETC.)
Employee Training:
These are the ergonomic elements on which we provide information to all
employees:
1. How to recognize workplace risk factors associated with work related
musculoskeletal disorders, and the ways to reduce exposure to those risks.
2. The signs and symptoms of work related musculoskeletal disorders, the
importance of early reporting, and medical management procedures.
3. Reporting procedures and the person to whom the employee is to report
workplace risk factors and work-related musculoskeletal disorders.
This company will not implement any policy or practice which discourages reporting
or which results in discrimination or reprisal against any employee who makes a
report.
Enforcement:
Constant awareness of and respect for ergonomics hazards, and compliance with all
safety rules are considered conditions of employment. Supervisors and individuals in
the Safety and Personnel Department reserve the right to issue disciplinary warnings
to employees, for failure to follow the guidelines of this program.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
49
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM
(PERMIT AND NON-PERMIT ENTRY)
General Company Policy:
The purpose of this program is to ensure company compliance with the OSHA
Confined Space Standard, Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations 1910 and 1926
Standards. We have determined that this workplace needs written procedures for
the evaluation of confined spaces. Where permit-required spaces are identified, we
have developed and implemented a permit-required confined space entry program.
This program applies to all work operations where employees must enter a permitrequired confined space as part of their job duties.
The Safety Director (or his designate) has overall responsibility for coordinating
safety and health programs in this company. The Safety Director is the person
having overall responsibility for the Permit-Required Confined Space Program. The
Safety Director will review and update the program as necessary. Copies of the
written program may be obtained from the Safety Director, as required.
Under this program, we identify permit-required spaces and provide training for our
employees according to their responsibilities in the permit space. These employees
receive instructions for safe entry into our specific type of confined spaces, including
testing and monitoring, appropriate personal protective equipment, rescue
procedures, and attendant responsibilities. This program is designed to ensure that
safe work practices are utilized during all activities regarding the permit space to
prevent personal injuries and illnesses. After reading this program, if you find that
improvements can be made, please contact the Safety Director. We encourage all
suggestions because we are committed to creating a safe workplace for our
employees. A safe and effective permit-required confined space entry program is an
important component of our overall safety plan. We strive for clear understanding,
safe work practices, and involvement in the program from every level of the
company.
If questions arise concerning the determination of permit-required confined spaces,
the Safety Director will conduct a hazard evaluation of the workplace an on any job
site as required. This evaluation will provided us with the information necessary to
identify the existence and location of permit-required confined spaces that must be
covered by the Permit-Required Confined Space Entry Program. This written hazard
evaluation will be kept at the Safety Director’s office and on-site, as required.
To provide a safe work environment and to prevent exposed employees from
accidentally entering a permit space, we have implemented the following procedures
to inform all employees of the existence, location, and danger posed by permit
spaces at the work place or on the job site. To inform our employees of the
existence of a permit space, we will provide training to them. To ensure that
unauthorized employees do not enter and work in permit spaces, we will provide
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
50
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM (continued)
(PERMIT AND NON-PERMIT ENTRY)
barriers and signs, as required, around the space indicating a hazard.
The Safety Director will designate the Entry Supervisor responsible for authorizing
entry and issuing entry permits for work in our permit spaces. The file of permits and
related documents will be kept with the written safety manual located at the office, or
on the job site, as required (see Confined Space Entry Permit forms at the end of
this section). The procedures we follow for preparing, issuing, and canceling entry
permits include the following elements.
Do not enter a confined space until the following points have been
considered:
1. Is entry necessary?
2. Know the hazards in the confined space.
3. Be aware of the behavioral effects of exposure.
4. Are the instruments used in atmospheric testing properly calibrated?
5. Was the atmosphere in the confined space tested?
6. Was oxygen at 19.5% - not more than 23.5%?
7. Were toxic, flammable, or oxygen-displacing gasses or vapors present?
a)
b)
c)
d)
Hydrogen sulfide
Carbon Monoxide
Methane
Carbon Dioxide
8. Will the atmosphere in the space be monitored while work is going on?
a) Continuously?
b) Periodically?
9. Has the space been cleaned before entry is made?
10. Was the space steamed?
11. If so, was it allowed to cool?
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
51
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM (continued)
(PERMIT AND NON-PERMIT ENTRY)
12. Has the space been ventilated before entry?
13. Will ventilation be continued during entry?
14. Is the air intake for the ventilation system located in an area that is free of
combustible dusts and vapors and toxic substances?
15. If atmosphere was found unacceptable and then ventilated, was it re-tested
before entry?
16. Has the space been isolated from other systems?
17. Has electrical equipment been locked out?
18. Have disconnects been used where possible for isolation?
19. Has mechanical equipment been blocked, choked, and disengaged where
necessary?
20. Have lines under pressure been blanked and bled?
21. Is special clothing required (the proper PPE equipment)?
22. Is special rescue equipment/communication equipment, etc. needed?
23. Are special tools required (explosion proof)?
24. Has respiratory protection been provided?
25. Has each employee been trained in confined space entry, etc.?
26. Will a standby person be able to see and/or hear the person inside at all
times, etc.?
27. Are company rescue procedures ready to be followed in the event of an
emergency?
28. Are employees familiar with emergency rescue procedures, etc.?
29. Are safety lines and harnesses required to remove a person?
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
52
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM (continued)
(PERMIT AND NON-PERMIT ENTRY)
30. Do employees know who to notify and how in the event of an emergency?
31. An entry permit can be canceled for any reason, by any employee, as they
see fit.
32. Make sure the necessary permits have been signed and posted at the site.
33. Provide a pre-task briefing. These are the employees who have current
authorization to work in or near our permit spaces. This list also includes the
work activities they are expected to perform. Employees trained in confined
space shall be the only employees authorized to work in or near a confined
space. They shall be an attendant, entrant, and entry supervisor, approved by
the Safety Director.
Functions of Entry Supervisor:
1. Know the hazards in the confined space.
2. Verify testing and confirm equipment availability before endorsing permits.
3. Terminate entry and cancel permits as needed.
4. Verify that a rescue team is available.
5. Remove unauthorized personnel.
6. Determine that operations are consistent with the terms of the permit.
Functions of the Attendant:
If multiple spaces are to be monitored by a single attendant, include in the permit
program the means and procedures to enable the attendant to respond to an
emergency affecting one or more of the permit spaces being monitored without
distraction from the attendant's responsibilities.
1. Know the hazards of the confined space.
2. Be aware of the behavioral effects of exposure.
3. Maintain an accurate count of entrants.
4. Monitor activities in confined space and order evacuation if necessary.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
53
5. Summon rescue team when necessary.
6. Prohibit unauthorized entry.
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM (continued)
(PERMIT AND NON-PERMIT ENTRY)
7. Perform non-entry rescue if necessary.
8. Perform no other duties.
Functions of the Entrant:
1. Know the hazards faced during entry.
2. Properly use the required equipment.
3. Communicate with the attendant as necessary.
4. Alert attendant of possible exposure or changes in conditions.
5. Exit the space quickly when conditions warrant.
Space Evaluation:
To ensure the safety and health of our employees, before allowing authorized
workers to enter a permit space, we evaluate conditions in that space to determine if
the conditions are safe for entry. These are the procedures we follow to evaluate
each permit space before entry. Do not enter a confined space until the following
points have been considered:
1. Is entry necessary?
2. Know the hazards in the confined space.
3. Be aware of the behavioral effects of exposure.
4. Are the instruments used in atmospheric testing properly calibrated?
5. Was the atmosphere in the confined space tested?
6. Was oxygen at 19.5% - not more than 23.5%?
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
54
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM (continued)
(PERMIT AND NON-PERMIT ENTRY)
7. Were toxic, flammable, or oxygen-displacing gasses or vapors present?
a)
b)
c)
d)
Hydrogen sulfide
Carbon Monoxide
Methane
Carbon Dioxide
8. Will the atmosphere in the space be monitored while work is going on?
a. Continuously?
b. Periodically?
9. Has the space been cleaned before entry is made?
10. Was the space steamed?
11. If so, was it allowed to cool?
12. Has the space been ventilated before entry?
13. Will ventilation be continued during entry?
14. Is the air intake for the ventilation system located in an area that is free of
combustible dusts and vapors and toxic substances?
15. If atmosphere was found unacceptable and then ventilated, was it re-tested
before entry?
16. Has the space been isolated from other systems?
17. Has electrical equipment been locked out?
18. Have disconnects been used where possible for isolation?
19. Has mechanical equipment been blocked, choked, and disengaged where
necessary?
20. Have lines under pressure been blanked and bled?
21. Is special clothing required (the proper PPE equipment)?
22. Is special rescue equipment/communication equipment, etc. needed?
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
55
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM (continued)
(PERMIT AND NON-PERMIT ENTRY)
23. Are special tools required (explosion proof)?
24. Has respiratory protection been provided?
25. Has each employee been trained in confined space entry, etc.?
26. Will a standby person be able to see and/or hear the person inside at all
times, etc.?
27. Are company rescue procedures ready to be followed in the event of an
emergency?
28. Are employees familiar with emergency rescue procedures, etc.?
29. Are safety lines and harnesses required to remove a person?
30. Do employees know who to notify and how in the event of an emergency?
31. Can Alternative Protection Procedures reduce the hazard to a non-permit
space?
The Training Program For Permit Space Entry Supervisors
Includes:
1. Dangerous or potentially dangerous areas, such as hazards involved,
precautions, protective equipment, and emergency equipment required.
2. Characteristics of confined spaces.
3. OSHA requirements for a permit-required space.
4. Atmospheric hazards.
5. Proper testing and monitoring of atmospheric hazards.
6. Mechanical hazards (lockout/tagout).
7. Ventilation options.
8. Respiratory protection.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
56
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM (continued)
(PERMIT AND NON-PERMIT ENTRY)
9. Proper personal equipment and communications.
10. Proper lighting.
11. Rescue procedures.
12. General hazards.
13. The job responsibilities of the confined space team.
Permit Space Attendants:
Those persons who have completed training and have been designated as permit
space attendants are assigned specific duties and responsibilities that they must
perform. These job duties include:
1. Know the hazards of the confined space.
2. Be aware of the behavioral effects of exposure.
3. Maintain an accurate count of entrants.
4. Remain outside until relieved by another attendant.
5. Maintain communication with entrants.
6. Monitor activities in confined space and order evacuation if necessary.
7. Summon rescue team when necessary.
8. Prohibit unauthorized entry.
9. Perform non-entry rescue if necessary.
10. Perform no other duties.
The Training Program For Permit Space Attendants Includes:
1. Dangerous or potentially dangerous areas, such as hazards involved,
precautions, protective equipment, emergency equipment required.
2. Characteristics of confined spaces.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
57
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM (continued)
(PERMIT AND NON-PERMIT ENTRY)
3. OSHA requirements for a permit-required space.
4. Atmospheric hazards.
5. Proper testing and monitoring of atmospheric hazards.
6. Mechanical hazards (lockout/tagout).
7. Ventilation options.
8. Respiratory protection.
9. Proper personal equipment and communications.
10. Proper lighting.
11. Rescue procedures.
12. General hazards.
13. The job responsibilities of a confined space team.
Permit Space Authorized Entrants:
Those persons who have completed training and are authorized to enter our permit
spaces are assigned specific duties and responsibilities which they must perform
when working in the permit space. Their duties and responsibilities include:
All Authorized Entrants Duties and Responsibilities Include:
1. Dangerous or potentially dangers areas, such as hazards involved,
precautions, protective equipment, and emergency equipment required.
2. Characteristics of confined spaces.
3. OSHA requirements for a permit-required space.
4. Atmospheric hazards.
5. Proper testing and monitoring of atmospheric hazards.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
58
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM (continued)
(PERMIT AND NON-PERMIT ENTRY)
6. Mechanical hazards (lockout/tagout).
7. Ventilation options.
8. Respiratory protection.
9. Proper personal equipment and communications.
10. Proper lighting.
11. Rescue procedures.
12. General hazards.
13. The job responsibilities of a confined space team.
The Training Program For Permit Space Entrants Includes:
1. Dangerous or potentially dangerous areas, such as hazards involved,
precautions, protective equipment, and emergency equipment required.
2. Characteristics of confined spaces.
3. OSHA requirements for a permit-required space.
4. Atmospheric hazards.
5. Proper testing and monitoring of atmospheric hazards.
6. Mechanical hazards (lockout/tagout).
7. Ventilation options.
8. Respiratory protection.
9. Proper personal equipment and communications.
10. Proper lighting.
11. Rescue procedures.
12. General hazards.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
59
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM (continued)
(PERMIT AND NON-PERMIT ENTRY)
13. The job responsibilities of a confined space team.
TRAINING POLICY
Every employee at our company who faces the risk of confined space entry is
provided with training so that each designated employee acquires the
understanding, knowledge and skills necessary for the safe performance of the
duties assigned to them. The Safety Director (or his designate) is responsible for
providing confined space training, and conducts our permit-required confined space
training. All training related materials, documents, and signed certificates are kept at
the office of the Safety Director or at the job site as required.
Our company will provide training to all employees prior to entry into permit spaces.
When we conduct the training, we will use a training program that includes
classroom and audiovisual materials. At the end of the training program, a test is
given and the answers are reviewed orally to make sure everyone understands the
training they have received. All new employees are trained prior to initial
assignments. When changes occur in permit-required confined space areas, all
personnel shall immediately exit the space and ask for authorization by the entry
supervisor to re-evaluate the confined space entry permit. If we have reason to
believe that an employee has deviated from established procedures, or that their
knowledge seems inadequate, we will treat this employee the same as a new
employee in regard to training. We will retrain this employee and not allow him/her to
work in a confined space.
Upon successful completion of our company’s permit-required confined space
training program, each participant receives a signed certificate, which verifies that
they understand the material presented.
As a general rule, the local rescue emergency services, upon notification, shall be
used to perform rescue and emergency services in the event of a permit space
incident. To ensure a quick response to emergencies, we will post the emergency
telephone numbers to be used and the supervisor shall be provided with the proper
emergency procedures to use.
Upon completion of work in a permit space, follow these procedures to close off the
space and cancel the permit. Upon completion of work in a permit space, the permit
required forms shall be filed into the proper job file, with copies filed in the office
under “Confined Space Entries”.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
60
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM (continued)
(PERMIT AND NON-PERMIT ENTRY)
To ensure that all employees participating in entry operations are protected from
permit space hazards, our company will review the Permit-Required Confined Space
Entry Program on a regular basis. We use the retained canceled permits from the
past 12 months to evaluate and revise the program as necessary. Our company will
perform a single annual review covering all entries performed during a 12-month
period. If no entry is performed during a 12-month period, no review will be
performed.
ENFORCEMENT:
Constant awareness of and respect for permit-required confined space entry
hazards, and compliance with all safety rules are considered conditions of
employment. Supervisors and individuals in the Safety and Personnel Department
reserve the right to issue disciplinary warnings to employees, for failure to follow the
guidelines of this permit entry program.
ALTERNATIVE PROTECTION PROCEDURES:
There is an exception to the Permit-Required Confined Space. For permit spaces
where only hazards are atmospheric, and ventilation alone can control the hazard,
employers may use alternative procedures for entry.
Note:
If a permit space poses no actual or potential atmospheric hazards,
and if all other hazards can be eliminated without entering the space, it
may be downgraded to a non-permit space.
1. Safe to remove the entrance cover.
2. Determine that ventilation alone is sufficient to maintain safe entry and work
conditions (no additional hazards).
3. Gather monitoring and inspection data to support findings (initially use permitrequired testing and documentation).
4. Guard against falling objects.
5. Air remains without hazard whenever anyone is inside space.
6. Continuous forced-air ventilation.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
61
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM (continued)
(PERMIT AND NON-PERMIT ENTRY)
7. Space is tested periodically.
8. Must exit immediately if a hazard has been detected.
9. The use of flow charts, barricades, written permit, manual, MSDS, etc., must
be at the entry, for compliance.
NOTE:
Test Technician
Rescue Service Supervisor
Emergency Supervisor
if assigned to the project, they may have other duties, but must be nearby.
When an employer (host employer) arranges to have employees of another
employer (contractor)
perform work that involves permit space entry, the host employer shall:
Inform the contractor that the workplace contains permit spaces and that
permit space
entry is allowed only through compliance with a permit space program meeting the
requirements of this section;
Apprise the contractor of the elements, including the hazards identified and
the host
employer’s experience with the space, that make the space in question a permit
space;
Apprise the contractor of any precautions or procedures that the host
employer has
implemented for the protection of employees in or near permit spaces where
contractor
personnel will be working;
Coordinate entry operations with the contractor, when both host employer
personnel
and contractor personnel will be working in or near permit spaces
Debrief the contractor at the conclusion of the entry operations regarding the
permit
space program followed and regarding any hazards confronted or created in permit
spaces
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
62
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT
PERMIT I.D. NO.
CO. NAME:
CONFINED SPACE I.D.
FROM (Date):
(Time)
TO: (Date):
(Time)
PURPOSE OF ENTRY:
HAZARDS REQUIRING ELIMINATION, CONTROL OR PERSONAL PROTECTION:
 OXYGEN IS LESS THAN 19.5%
 OXYGEN IS MORE THAN 23.5%
 FLAMMABLE VAPORS EQUAL
 MATERIALS HARMFUL TO
EYES OR TO/THROUGH SKIN
__________________________
OR EXCEED 10% LFL
 AIRBORNE COMBUSTIBLE
DUST EQUALS OR EXCEEDS
LFL
 HAZARDS AFFECTING ENTRY,
PASSAGEWAY, OR EXIT
__________________________
__________________________
 TOXIC VAPOR/GASES
EXCEEDING THEIR PELs
(Personal Exposure Limits)
 MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL
AND STORED-ENERGY HAZARDS REQUIRING LOCKOUT/
TAGOUT
__________________________
__________________________
 BIOLOGICALLY HAZARDOUS
 HOT-WORK HAZARDS
MATERIALS
__________________________
 ENGULFMENT HAZARDS
__________________________
 ADJACENT-ACTIVITY HAZARDS
__________________________
____________________________
 OTHER HAZARDS
___________________________
___________________________
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
63
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR ENTRY, TASKS AND RESCUE
PERSONAL EQUIPMENT
 GOGGLES
 FULL-FACE SHIELD
 HARD HAT
 SAFETY SHOES
 BOOTS
 HEARING PROTECTION
 LIFE JACKET
 FULL COVERAGE CLOTHING
 GLOVES
 RESPIRATOR
 LIFELINE
 SAFETY NET
 OTHER: _________________________
_________________________________
TASK EQUIPMENT:
 LIGHTING TO BE EXPLOSION-PROOF
 LIGHTING AND TOOLS TO BE
LOW VOLTAGE
 POWER TOOLS TO BE AIR DRIVEN
 GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT
INTERRUPTERS ON ALL EQUIPMENT
AND LIGHTING
OTHER: __________________________
__________________________________
TEAM EQUIPMENT:
VENTILATION:
COMMUNICATIONS METHOD/EQUIPMENT:
RESCUE EQUIPMENT:
OTHER:
EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS:
FUNCTION
NO.
NAME
Rescue Supervisor
Emergency Supervisor
Fire Department
Medical
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
64
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT
PREPARATION CHECK LIST (INITIAL EACH WHEN COMPLETED
OR MARK “NA” IF NOT APPLICABLE)
AFFECTED DEPARTMENTS NOTIFIED OF SERVICE INTERRUPTION
HAZARDOUS ENERGY DE-ENERGIZED AND LOCKED OUT
INCOMING LINES BLINDED, DISCONNECTED OR CAPPED
BARRIERS ARE INSTALLED TO PROTECT AGAINST EXTERNAL HAZARDS
VENTILATION IS MAINTAINING A NON-HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE
TESTS INDICATE ATMOSPHERE IS WITHIN ALLOWANCE LIMITS
RESCUE TEAM NOTIFIED AND “READY”
INVOLVED PERSONNEL BRIEFED ON HAZARDS & PROCEDURES
“HOT WORK” PERMIT POSTED WITH ENTRY PERMIT
OTHER PERMITS POSTED (SPECIFY):
OTHER (SPECIFY):
TESTING & MONITORING RECORD
CHEMICAL
OR ATTRIBUTE
ALLOWABLE
UNITS
DATE
TIME
/
OXYGEN
19.5 – 23-5%
FLAMMABILITY
TOXICS:
<10% LFL
/
:
AM
PM
/
/ /
:
AM / PM
/ /
:
AM / PM
/ /
:
AM / PM
/ /
:
AM / PM
/ /
:
AM / PM
/ /
:
AM / PM
/ /
:
AM / PM
TEMPERATURE
TESTER’S
INITIALS
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
65
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT
ALTERNATIVE PROTECTION PROCEDURES
SPACE DOES NOT REQUIRE CONFINED SPACE PERMIT
(NO POTENTIAL HAZARDS)
YES
NO
N/A
WORKPLACE DECISION FLOW CHART PROCESS WAS APPLIED AND
“PERMIT REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE” DOES NOT APPLY.
DETERMINED THAT VENTILATION ALONE IS SUFFICIENT TO
MAINTAIN THE PERMIT SPACE SAFE FOR ENTRY AND WORK TO BE
PERFORMED WITHIN THE SPACE INTRODUCES NO ADDITIONAL
HAZARD.
DATA GATHERED PREVIOUSLY UNDER FULL PERMIT PROGRAM, AND
IS AVAILABLE.
OPENINGS ARE GUARDED TO PROTECT FROM FALLING OBJECTS.
INTERNAL ATMOSPHERIC TESTING WILL BE PROVIDED
PERIODICALLY (EVERY HOUR)
FLOW CHART IS PROVIDED TO SHOW COMPLIANCE
_______________________________________
SUPERVISOR
____________________________
DATE
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL:
ENTRY SUPERVISORS:
ATTENDANTS:
RESCUE SUPERVISORS:
EMERGENCY SUPERVISORS:
TEST TECHNICIANS:
CONTRACTOR REPS:
ENTRANTS:
OTHERS:
ENTRY AUTHORIZATION BY ENTRY SUPERVISOR: I HAVE VERIFIED THAT APPROPRIATE
ENTRIES HAVE BEEN MADE ON THIS PERMIT, THAT ALL TESTS SPECIFIED BY THE PERMIT
HAVE BEEN CONDUCTED AND THAT ALL PROCEDURES AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED BY
THE PERMIT ARE IN PLACE. I HAVE CONCLUDED THAT THIS PROVIDES SAFE CONDITIONS
FOR ENTRY AND WORK IN THIS CONFINED SPACE.
PRINTED NAME: _______________________ SIGNATURE: ______________________________
DATE: ________________________________ TIME: ____________________________________
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
66
General Requirements
The employer shall evaluate the workplace to determine if any spaces are permitrequired confined spaces.
If the workplace contains permit spaces, the employer shall inform exposed
employees, by posting danger signs or by any other equally effective means, of the
existence and location of and the danger posed by the permit spaces.
NOTE: A sign reading DANGER -- PERMIT-REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE, DO
NOT ENTER or using other similar language would satisfy the requirement for a
sign.
If the employer decides that its employees will not enter permit spaces, the employer
shall take effective measures to prevent its employees from entering the permit
spaces.
If the employer decides that its employees will enter permit spaces, the employer
shall develop and implement a written permit space program that complies with this
section. The written program shall be available for inspection by employees and their
authorized.
An employer may use the alternate procedures for entering a permit space.
An employer whose employees enter a permit space need not comply provided that:
The employer can demonstrate that the only hazard posed by the permit space is an
actual or potential hazardous atmosphere;
The employer can demonstrate that continuous forced air ventilation alone is
sufficient to maintain that permit space safe for entry;
The employer develops monitoring and inspection data that supports the
demonstrations.
If an initial entry of the permit space is necessary to obtain the data, the entry is
performed in compliance.
The determinations and supporting data are documented by the employer and are
made available to each employee who enters the permit space or to that employee's
authorized representative; and
Entry into the permit space is performed in accordance with the requirements.
The following requirements apply to entry into permit spaces.
Any conditions making it unsafe to remove an entrance cover shall be eliminated
before the cover is removed.
When entrance covers are removed, the opening shall be promptly guarded by a
railing, temporary cover, or other temporary barrier that will prevent an accidental fall
through the opening and that will protect each employee working in the space from
foreign objects entering the space.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
67
Before an employee enters the space, the internal atmosphere shall be tested, with
a calibrated direct-reading instrument, for oxygen content, for flammable gases and
vapors, and for potential toxic air contaminants, in that order. Any employee who
enters the space, or that employee's authorized representative, shall be provided an
opportunity to observe the pre-entry testing required by this paragraph.
Oxygen content,
Flammable gases and vapors, and
Potential toxic air contaminants.
There may be no hazardous atmosphere within the space whenever any employee
is inside the space.
Continuous forced air ventilation shall be used, as follows:
An employee may not enter the space until the forced air ventilation has eliminated
any hazardous atmosphere;
The forced air ventilation shall be so directed as to ventilate the immediate areas
where an employee is or will be present within the space and shall continue until all
employees have left the space;
The air supply for the forced air ventilation shall be from a clean source and may not
increase the hazards in the space.
The atmosphere within the space shall be periodically tested as necessary to ensure
that the continuous forced air ventilation is preventing the accumulation of a
hazardous atmosphere. Any employee who enters the space, or that employee's
authorized representative, shall be provided with an opportunity to observe the
periodic testing required by this paragraph.
If a hazardous atmosphere is detected during entry:
Each employee shall leave the space immediately;
The space shall be evaluated to determine how the hazardous atmosphere
developed; and
Measures shall be implemented to protect employees from the hazardous
atmosphere before any subsequent entry takes place.
The employer shall verify that the space is safe for entry and that the pre-entry
measures have been taken, through a written certification that contains the date, the
location of the space, and the signature of the person providing the certification. The
certification shall be made before entry and shall be made available to each
employee entering the space or to that employee's authorized representative.
When there are changes in the use or configuration of a non-permit confined space
that might increase the hazards to entrants, the employer shall reevaluate that space
and, if necessary, reclassify it as a permit-required confined space.
A space classified by the employer as a permit-required confined space may be
reclassified as a non-permit confined space under the following procedures:
If the permit space poses no actual or potential atmospheric hazards and if all
hazards within the space are eliminated without entry into the space, the permit
space may be reclassified as a non-permit confined space for as long as the nonatmospheric hazards remain eliminated.
If it is necessary to enter the permit space to eliminate hazards, such entry shall be
performed. If testing and inspection during that entry demonstrate that the hazards
within the permit space have been eliminated, the permit space may be reclassified
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
68
as a non-permit confined space for as long as the hazards remain eliminated.
NOTE: Control of atmospheric hazards through forced air ventilation does not
constitute elimination of the hazards. The Employer can demonstrate that forced air
ventilation alone will control all hazards in the space.
The employer shall document the basis for determining that all hazards in a permit
space have been eliminated, through a certification that contains the date, the
location of the space, and the signature of the person making the determination. The
certification shall be made available to each employee entering the space or to that
employee's authorized representative.
If hazards arise within a permit space that has been declassified to a non-permit
space, each employee in the space shall exit the space. The employer shall then
reevaluate the space and determine whether it must be reclassified as a permit
space, in accordance with other applicable provisions of this section.
When an employer (host employer) arranges to have employees of another
employer (contractor) perform work that involves permit space entry, the host
employer shall:
Inform the contractor that the workplace contains permit spaces and that permit
space entry is allowed only through compliance with a permit space program
meeting the requirements of this section;
Apprise the contractor of the elements, including the hazards identified and the host
employer's experience with the space, that make the space in question a permit
space;
Apprise the contractor of any precautions or procedures that the host employer has
implemented for the protection of employees in or near permit spaces where
contractor personnel will be working;
Coordinate entry operations with the contractor, when both host employer personnel
and contractor personnel will be working in or near permit spaces.
Debrief the contractor at the conclusion of the entry operations regarding the permit
space program followed and regarding any hazards confronted or created in permit
spaces during entry operations.
In addition to complying with the permit space requirements that apply to all
employers, each contractor who is retained to perform permit space entry operations
shall:
Obtain any available information regarding permit space hazards and entry
operations from the host employer;
Coordinate entry operations with the host employer, when both host employer
personnel and contractor personnel will be working in or near permit spaces.
Inform the host employer of the permit space program that the contractor will follow
and of any hazards confronted or created in permit spaces, either through a
debriefing or during the entry operation.
Entry permit.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
69
The entry permit that documents compliance with this section and authorizes entry
to a permit space shall identify:
The permit space to be entered;
The purpose of the entry;
The date and the authorized duration of the entry permit;
The authorized entrants within the permit space, by name or by such other means
(for example, through the use of rosters or tracking systems) as will enable the
attendant to determine quickly and accurately, for the duration of the permit, which
authorized entrants are inside the permit space;
NOTE: This requirement may be met by inserting a reference on the entry permit as
to the means used, such as a roster or tracking system, to keep track of the
authorized entrants within the permit space.
The personnel, by name, currently serving as attendants;
The individual, by name, currently serving as entry supervisor, with a space for the
signature or initials of the entry supervisor who originally authorized entry;
The hazards of the permit space to be entered;
The measures used to isolate the permit space and to eliminate or control permit
space hazards before entry;
NOTE: Those measures can include the lockout or tagging of equipment and
procedures for purging, inerting, ventilating, and flushing permit spaces.
The acceptable entry conditions;
The results of initial and periodic tests performed under paragraph (d)(5) of this
section, accompanied by the names or initials of the testers and by an indication of
when the tests were performed;
The rescue and emergency services that can be summoned and the means (such
as the equipment to use and the numbers to call) for summoning those services;
The communication procedures used by authorized entrants and attendants to
maintain contact during the entry;
Equipment, such as personal protective equipment, testing equipment,
communications equipment, alarm systems, and rescue equipment, to be provided
for compliance with this section;
Any other information whose inclusion is necessary, given the circumstances of the
particular confined space, in order to ensure employee safety; and (15) Any
additional permits, such as for hot work, that have been issued to authorize work in
the permit space.
Know the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information on the
mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences of the exposure;
Properly use equipment as required by paragraph (d)(4) of this section;
Communicate with the attendant as necessary to enable the attendant to monitor
entrant status and to enable the attendant to alert entrants of the need to evacuate
the space as required by paragraph (i)(6) of this section;
Alert the attendant whenever:
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
70
The entrant recognizes any warning sign or symptom of exposure to a dangerous
situation, or
The entrant detects a prohibited condition; and
Exit from the permit space as quickly as possible whenever:
An order to evacuate is given by the attendant or the entry supervisor,
The entrant recognizes any warning sign or symptom of exposure to a dangerous
situation,
The entrant detects a prohibited condition, or
An evacuation alarm is activated.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
71
HAZARD ASSESSMENT
(ANALYSIS AND JOB SITE SAFETY)
Many different regulations require that a hazard assessment be done. Some
regulations call it a “hazard analysis”, some call it a “hazard assessment.” This
written plan contains detailed hazard information that may be part of several different
regulatory compliance programs.
Administrative Duties:
The Safety Director is responsible for developing and maintaining our facility’s
Hazard Assessment Plan. Our company performs regular hazard assessments. It is
the best way to review the hazards in the work place, and protect employees from
those hazards.
Job Foreman/Supervisor:
Our company provides a job site checklist to determine if there are any deficiencies.
The job foreman will fill out this checklist and send a copy to the office to obtain
assistance in correcting any deficiencies found. If no deficiencies are found on the
job, then the foreman will file the checklist in the job file, on site.
General Conditions at the Work Site to Consider:
1. Materials on the floor that could trip a worker.
2. Adequate temporary lighting.
3. No electrical hazards associated with operations.
4. Tools, equipment, and hand tools are in good repair.
5. Make sure that fire protection (emergency equipment) is readily accessible.
6. Emergency exits are clearly marked.
7. Trucks and motorized vehicles are safely equipped (horns, overhead guards,
backup signals, etc.).
8. Employees have been trained to operate equipment and vehicles properly.
9. Employees are wearing proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) for the
jobs they are performing.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
72
HAZARD ASSESSMENT (continued)
(ANALYSIS AND JOB SITE SAFETY)
10. Proper ventilation is available, especially in confined spaces.
11. Any chemical exposures on the job site are carefully and accurately recorded.
12. Double check your job site to make sure adequate safety gear is available for
all employees. Some possible sources of hazards would be:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Equipment guarding
Lockout/tagout
Objects that can be dropped, or fall from above.
Light or radiation (brazing, welding, etc.)
Sharp objects
Pulling, pinching, crushing objects
Conclusion:
Obviously, human factors affect hazards too. It is everyone’s responsibility to make
sure that any known hazards be acted upon. A complete assessment of job site
hazards is an important part of our safety procedures, after which our company can
take the appropriate precautions. We utilize the information that comes from the
assessment to correct potential problems to ensure that a safe environment exists
for our employees as well as the surrounding community.
NOTE:
Rev. (12/3/08)
A job site safety checklist can be found on page 17.
Page
73
EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN
Written Emergency Action Plan:
OSHA’s Emergency Action Plan standard, found at 29 CFR 1910.38(a), requires our
company to have a written emergency action plan (EAP). This plan applies to all
operations in our company where employees may encounter an emergency
situation.
The EAP notifies employees of the policies and procedures to follow in emergencies.
This written plan is available, upon request, to employees and any OSHA officials
who ask to see it.
Under this plan, employees will be informed of the plan’s emergency escape
procedures and route assignments. The plan will include instructions to be followed
by employees before evacuation, how to account for all employees after emergency
evacuation has been completed, the preferred means of reporting fires and other
emergencies, and the types of evacuations to be used in various emergency
situations. The Safety Director has overall responsibility for the plan and will review
and update the plan as necessary.
After reading this program, if you find that improvements can be made, please
contact the Safety Director. We encourage all suggestions that may enhance the
success of our emergency action plan. We strive for clear understanding, safe
behavior, and involvement in the program from every level of the company.
Our emergency escape procedures and assignments are designed to respond to
many emergencies including accidents, fires, tornado, etc.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
74
EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN (continued)
Employees need to know what to do when they discover or are alerted to a specific
emergency. The Safety Director has developed procedures for responding to an
emergency, depending on what the emergency is. The following guidelines apply:
1. All employees are trained in safe evacuation procedures, and refresher
training is conducted whenever the employee’s responsibilities or designated
actions under the plan change, and whenever the plan itself is changed. In
addition, the employer must review with each employee, upon initial
assignment, the parts of the plan that the employee must know to protect
him/herself in the event of an emergency.
2. The training includes use of floor plans and workplace maps that clearly show
the emergency escape routes included in the Emergency Action Plan. Colorcoding aids employees in determining their route assignments. These floor
plans and maps are available and appropriately posted to provide guidance in
an emergency.
3. As a matter of general practice, stairwells are the primary means for
evacuation. Elevators are used only when authorized by a fire or police
officer, or to assist physically disabled personnel.
4. No employee is permitted to re-enter the building until advised by the Safety
Director (after determination has been made that such re-entry is safe).
5. A list of refuges/safe zones will be provided. A refuge zone is a safe meeting
area designated for each group of employees within each department.
Trained Personnel:
Trained evacuation personnel conduct head counts once evacuation has been
completed. There is at least one trained evacuation person for each twenty
employees in the workplace to provide adequate guidance and instruction at the
time of an emergency. The employees selected are trained in the complete
workplace layout and the various alternative escape routes from the workplace. All
trained personnel are made aware of employees with disabilities who may need
extra assistance, and of hazardous areas to be avoided during emergencies. Before
leaving, these employees check rooms and other enclosed spaces in the workplace
for employees who may be trapped or otherwise unable to evacuate the area.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
75
EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN (continued)
Each department head, for each shift, will be trained to help evacuate personnel.
Once each evacuated group of employees have reached their assigned
destinations, each trained evacuation employee:
1. Takes a roll call for his or her group.
2. Makes sure all persons are accounted for.
3. Reports to a central checkpoint managed by the company Safety Director.
4. Assumes role of department contact to answer questions any employees may
have.
Local Rescue:
Local emergency services and rescue units responding to an emergency will direct
all rescue and medical duty assignments upon their arrival on site.
In the Event of a Fire:
Not every job site or workplace will have the same system to handle a fire or other
emergency. Therefore, either:
1. When a fire is detected, if applicable, go to the nearest fire alarm station and
activate the alarm by pulling on the lever. The alarms will notify the local fire
department closest to the facility. Fire alarms are located on each floor near
the elevators, and also near each entry/exit door.
OR…
2. When a fire is detected, if applicable, sound the designated fire warning
signal (bell, whistle, alarm, or horn, etc.), then contact the local fire
department (closest to the facility). Exit the building immediately.
Upon arrival of the local fire department, head counts should be given to the Fire
Chief or fire fighter. No employees are to return to the buildings until the Safety
Director or local fire department gives the “all clear”.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
76
EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN (continued)
In the event of a tornado:
The Safety Director is responsible for monitoring local weather conditions. When the
National Weather Service has issued a tornado watch, the Safety Director (or his
designee) will closely monitor the National Weather Service reports. In the event of
an announced tornado warning, the Safety Director will use the tornado horn to alert
employees.
In the event of a tornado, it is corporate policy to provide emergency warning and
shelter.
1. At the time the tornado horn sounds, all employees will evacuate to their
assigned shelters or areas away from all windows, etc.
2. Check with the Safety Director for possible refuge locations.
Safety Director Responsibilities:
1. Develop a written emergency action plan for regular and after hours work
conditions.
2. Immediately notify the local fire or police departments, and the building
owner/superintendent in the event of an emergency affecting the office.
3. Distribute to each employee procedures for reporting a fire, bomb threat, or
other emergency, and the location of fire exits and evacuation routes.
4. Conduct drills to acquaint the employees with emergency procedures, and to
judge the effectiveness of each plan.
5. Satisfy all local fire codes and regulations as specified.
6. Train designated employees in the use of fire extinguishers.
7. Keep key management personnel home telephone numbers in the office for
immediate use in the event of an emergency. Distribute a copy of the list to
key persons to be retained in their homes for use in communicating an
emergency occurring during non-working hours.
8. Decide whether evacuation is warranted in the event of an emergency.
9. If evacuation is deemed necessary, the Safety Director ensures that:
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
77
EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN (continued)
a. All employees are notified and a head count is taken to confirm
evacuation of all employees.
b. When practical, equipment is placed and locked in storage rooms or
desks for protection.
c. The building owner is contacted, informed of the action plan taken, and
asked to assist in coordinating security protection.
d. In locations where the building owner is not available, security
measures to protect employee records and property are arranged as
necessary.
Training:
At the time of an emergency, employees should know what type of evacuation is
necessary and what their role is in carrying out the plan. In cases of immanent
danger, total and immediate evacuation of all employees is necessary. In other
emergencies, a partial evacuation of nonessential employees with a delayed
evacuation of others may be necessary for continued operation. We must be sure
that employees know what is expected of them during an emergency to assure their
safety.
This document is not one for which casual reading is intended or will suffice in
getting the message across. If passed out as a statement to be read to oneself,
some employees will choose not to read it, or will not understand the plan’s
importance. In addition, training on the plan’s content is required by OSHA.
A better method of communicating the emergency action plan is to give all
employees a thorough briefing and demonstration. Our company will have all
managers and supervisors present the plan to their staffs in small meetings.
If this building houses several places of employment, if applicable, we will set up a
plan coordinating all EAP’s including all employers in the building to avoid confusion
and conflicts during an emergency.
Note:
See the Appendix for a copy of the building plans with a means of egress
procedures for each group evacuating an area or building.
See the Appendix for emergency exit information.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
78
EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN (continued)
This is a suggested form to use for the Emergency Exit Layout for your company.
You will include copies with this manual as well as post copies at all exits, on each
floor, and in each department.
Sample information includes:
1. Travel plan to exit, showing floor plan.
2. Location of fire extinguishers
3. Location of safe refuge
4. Local fire department telephone number
5. Local police department telephone number
6. Safety Director’s telephone number and extension
7. Company’s telephone number and address.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
79
EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS
PLEASE POST IN ALL OBVIOUS LOCATIONS, AS REQUIRED
COMPANY NAME
EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES:
POLICE:
FIRE DEPARTMENT:
HOSPITAL:
COMPANY OFFICE:
JOB LOCATION
(ADDRESS)
LOCATION OF
EMERGENCY TELEPHONE:
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
80
HAZARD COMMUNICATION
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
The purpose of this program is to ensure our company and our employees comply
with the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard by compiling a hazardous
chemicals list, using material safety data sheets (MSDS’s), ensuring that containers
are labeled, and by providing our employees with training and information availability
for routine and non-routine tasks.
This program applies to all work operations in our company where employees may
be exposed to hazardous substances under normal working conditions or during an
emergency situation.
The Safety Director, who has overall responsibility for the program, will review and
update the program, as necessary. Copies of the written program may be obtained
from the Safety Director. All efforts will be made to make available all necessary
information in your native language if not English.
All employees can obtain the applicable material safety data sheets (MSDS’s) and
chemical information lists from the Safety Director. Under this program, our
employees will be informed of the contents of the Hazard Communication Standard,
the hazardous properties of chemicals with which they work, safe handling
procedures, and measures to take to protect themselves from these chemicals. Our
employees will also be informed of the hazards associated with non-routine tasks,
such as working in reactor vessels, and the hazards associated with chemicals in
unlabeled pipes.
If after reading this program, you find that improvements can be made, please
contact the Safety Director. We encourage all suggestions because we are
committed to the success of our written hazard communication program. We strive
for clear understanding, safe behavior, and involvement in the program from every
level of the company.
Chemical Inventory List:
Our chemical inventory is a list of hazardous chemicals known to be present in our
workplace. Anyone who has contact with the hazardous chemicals on the list needs
to know what those chemicals are and how to protect themselves. That is why it is
so important to have MSDS’s available to our workers.
The chemical inventory list identifies and evaluates each hazardous chemical in the
workplace whether it is found in a container or generated in work operations (for
example, welding fumes, dusts, and exhaust fumes). Sometimes hazardous
chemicals can be identified using purchase orders. The hazardous chemicals on the
list can cover a variety of physical forms including liquids, solids, gases, vapors,
fumes, and mists. The Safety Director updates the inventory as necessary.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
81
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
The Safety Director keeps the chemical inventory list, along with the written safety
manual. It shall be available at the office and on all job sites, as required.
The MSDS’s we use are fact sheets for chemicals that pose a physical or health
hazard in the workplace. MSDS’s provide our employees with specific information on
the chemicals they use.
The Safety Director is responsible for the obtaining/maintaining the MSDS’s at our
facility. He/she will contact the chemical manufacturer or vendor if additional
research is necessary. The Safety Director must clear all new procurements for the
company.
The material safety data sheets (MSDS’s) are kept with the written safety manual at
all job sites as required, and at the office, so that employees will have ready access
to them.
Procedures if MSDS not Received in Shipment:
If the MSDS is not received at time of first shipment, attach a list to the written
program of those chemicals without MSDS's and copies of request letters you have
sent to the manufacturer or supplier. Those attachments will remain with the written
safety program until the MSDS’s have been secured.
Labeling:
Labels on most containers identity the chemical, appropriate hazard warnings, and
the name and address of the manufacturer, importer, or other responsible party. The
chemical identity is found on the label, the MSDS, and the chemical inventory.
Therefore, the chemical identity links these three sources of information. The
chemical identity used by the supplier may be a common or trade name, or a
chemical name. The hazard warning is a brief statement of the hazardous effects of
the chemical (i.e., “flammable,” or “causes lung damage”). Labels frequently contain
other information, such as precautionary measures (i.e., “do not use near open
flame”) but this information is provided voluntarily by the manufacturers, and is not
required by the rule on open flame.
The Safety Director is responsible for ensuring that all hazardous chemicals at the
office are properly labeled and updated, as necessary. The Purchasing Agent must
ensure that newly purchased materials are checked for labels prior to use, or does
not allow their use until approved by the Safety Director.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
82
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
The Purchasing Agent will refer to the corresponding MSDS to assist employees in
verifying label information.
Poster:
A poster is displayed to inform employees about the hazard communication
standard.
The labeling system to be used is:
1. Containers contents are clearly labeled
2. Appropriate hazard warning is noted
3. The name and address of the manufacturer is listed
4. It is the responsibility of the supervisor to ensure that all containers have
labels
If employees transfer chemicals from a labeled container to a portable container that
is intended only for their immediate use, no labels are required on the portable
container. No alternatives to labeling are used in this workplace.
Labels That Fall Off Containers:
The following procedures are used to review and update label information when
necessary and to ensure that missing or unreadable labels are immediately
replaced. All containers shall be checked to ensure that labels stay affixed and
completely legible.
Training:
Everyone who works with, or has the potential for exposure to, hazardous chemicals
will receive initial training and any necessary retraining on the Hazard
Communication Standard and the safe use of those hazardous chemicals by the
Safety Director. “Exposure” means an employee is subjected to a hazardous
chemical in the course of employment through any route of entry (inhalation,
ingestion, skin contact or absorption, etc.) and includes potential (e.g., accidental or
possible) exposure. Whenever a new hazard is introduced or an old hazard
changes, additional training is provided.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
83
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
Information and training is a critical part of the hazard communication program. We
train our employees to read and understand the information on labels and MSDS’s,
determine how to obtain and use the information in their daily work, to understand
the risks of exposure to the chemicals in their work environments, and the methods
to protect themselves.
Our goal is to ensure employee comprehension and understanding including
awareness of exposure to hazardous chemicals, knowing how to read and use
labels and MSDS’s, and appropriately following the established protective measures.
We encourage our employees to submit questions to the Safety Director or his
designate. As part of the assessment of the training program, the Safety Director
asks for input from employees regarding the training they have received and their
suggestions for improving it. In this way, we hope to reduce the possibility of
chemical related illness or injury.
Training Format:
The training program format used includes Audiovisual, classroom instruction, etc.
The training plan emphasizes these elements:
1. Summary of the standard and this written program.
2. Chemical and physical properties of hazardous materials (e.g., flash point,
reactivity) and methods that can be used to detect the presence or release of
chemicals (including chemicals in unlabeled pipes).
3. Physical hazards of chemicals (e.g., potential for fire, explosion, etc.)
4. Health hazards, including signs and symptoms of exposure, associated with
exposure to chemicals and any medical condition known to be aggravated by
exposure to the chemical.
5. Procedures to protect against hazards (e.g., personal protective equipment
required, proper use and maintenance, work practices or methods to assure
proper use and handling of chemicals, and procedures for emergency
response).
6. Procedures to follow to assure protection when cleaning hazardous chemical
spills or leaks.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
84
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
7. Where MSDS’s are located, how to read and interpret the information on both
labels and MSDS’s, and how employees may obtain additional hazard
information.
All new employees shall be thoroughly trained before job assignment. The Safety
Director shall keep track of their training.
When a new hazard is introduced, all employees shall be thoroughly retrained
before job assignment if they will be involved with the new hazard. The Safety
Director shall keep track of their retraining.
Certificates:
See General Training Format Policy.
Hazard Advisement:
We will inform employees of chemical hazards. Any unlabeled pipe shall be
considered hazardous, unless advised to the contrary by the Safety Director.
When a contractor’s or any other employer’s personnel (i.e. Painters, electricians, or
plumbers) will be working at any job site, the Safety Director (or his designate), will
provide the other employer(s) with MSDS’s for any of our chemicals to which their
employees may be exposed in the following manner:
1. On the multi-employer sites, we shall provide the MSDS information at one
location so that all employees can be informed of possible exposure to
chemicals in use at the site (see General Contractors and Sub-Contractors in
this safety manual).
2. Relay necessary label and/or emergency precautionary information to the
other employer(s) verbally to the supervisor responsible for multi-employer
contractors.
Each contractor bringing chemicals on site must provide all contractors (general and
sub-contractors) with the appropriate hazard information on these substances
including the MSDS’s, the labels used and the precautionary measures to be taken
in working with these chemicals.
We have attached to this plan some additional training information we thought would
ensure a better understanding of our written safety program.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
85
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS)
IS AVAILABLE AT THE OFFICE AND
JOB SITES TO PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING:
CHEMICAL INFORMATION/NAME
EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBER
STRUCTURAL FORMULAS
HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS
CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS
FIRE/EXPLOSIVENESS
REACTIVITY
HEALTH HAZARD INFORMATION
SAFE HANDLING AND USE
TYPE OR PROTECTIVE MEASURES, ETC.
FIRST AID, ETC.
INDUSTRY’S PURPOSE FOR DATA SHEET IS TO BETTER
CONTROL HAZARDS
EXPOSURE MAY BE AVOIDED BY REDUCING
THE AMOUNT OF CHEMICAL OR HAZARDOUS
MATERIAL PRESENT OR BY REDUCING THE
LENGTH OF USAGE TIME.
KNOW THE HAZARDS AND PROTECT YOURSELF!
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
86
PLEASE POST AT THE OFFICE AND ON SITE
(THE RIGHT TO KNOW ACT)
OUR WRITTEN HAZZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM COMPLIES
WITH THE CURRENT OSHA STANDARD. YOU MAY REQUEST COPIES
OF THE FOLLOWING ITEMS FROM THE COMPANY’S SAFETY
DIRECTOR.
1. THE OSHA HAZARD COMMUNICATIONS STANDARD
2. OUR COMPANY’S LIST OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS FOR THE
WORKPLACE.
3. THE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS (MSDS) TO WHICH YOU MAY BE
EXPOSED.
4. OUR COMPANY’S WRITTEN HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM.
5. OUR COMPANY’S WRITTEN SAFETY PROGRAM
COMPANY NAME:
COMPANY ADDRESS
COMPANY PHONE NUMBER
SAFETY DIRECTOR
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
87
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
CARCINOGENS IN CONSTRUCTION
1. Arsenic – found in flyash in power plants, and in pressure treated lumber,
OSHA regulated carcinogen.
2. Asbestos – OSHA carcinogen, found in all manners of insulation.
3. Benzene – OSHA carcinogen, found in process stream in refineries, old
solvent in painting compounds.
4. Coal tar pitch – OSHA carcinogen, found in roof insulation.
5. Dichloromethane (methylene chloride) – NTP Carcinogen, used as a solvent
in paint removers, contact cement, wood floor cleaners, wood stains, silicone
lubricants, aerosol spray cans.
6. Diesel fuel exhaust – IARC Human suspect Class 2A, found in exhaust of
construction equipment. Gasoline engine exhaust is IARC Class 2B.
7. Fiberglass – IARC Human Suspect (glass wool) Class 2B, used in insulation.
Included are rockwool, slagwool, and ceramic fibers.
8. Formaldehyde – OSHA carcinogen, found in resins, adhesives,and
particleboard.
9. Hexavalent Chromium (Chromium 6) NTP Human suspect carcinogen, found
in some stainless steel fumes.
IARC CLASSIFICATIONS:
CLASS 1
CLASS 2A
CLASS 2B
-
HUMAN POSITIVE
HUMAN PROBABLE
HUMAN POSSIBLE
Crystalline silica is considered animal positive by IARC but not yet classified as a
human suspect carcinogen.
Amorphous silica has inadequate evidence for the carcinogenicity to animals or
humans.
Methylene chloride (dichloromethane) is an IARC animal positive, but there is
inadequate evidence for the carcinogenicity to humans.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
88
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
HEALTH HAZARDS TO WELDERS AND ADJACENT WORKERS
I. CHEMICAL AGENTS:
Zinc:
Zinc is used in large quantities in the manufacture of brass, galvanized
metals, and various other alloys. Inhalation of zinc oxide fumes can
occur when welding or cutting on zinc-coated metals. Exposure to
these fumes is known to cause metal fume fever. Symptoms of metal
fume fever are very similar to those of common influenza. They include
fever (rarely exceeding 102 degrees F), chills, nausea, dryness of the
throat, cough, fatigue, and general weakness and aching of the head
and body. The victim may sweat profusely for a few hours, after which
the body temperature begins to return to normal. The symptoms of
metal fume fever have rarely, if ever, lasted beyond 24 hours. The
subject can then appear to be more susceptible to the onset of this
condition on Mondays or on weekdays following a holiday than they
are on other days.
Cadmium: Cadmium is frequently used as a rust-preventive coating on steel and
as an alloying element. Acute exposure to high concentrations of
cadmium fumes can produce severe lung irritation. Long-term
exposure to low levels of cadmium in air can result in emphysema (a
disease affecting the ability of the lung to absorb oxygen) and can
damage the kidneys.
Beryllium: Beryllium is sometimes used as an alloying agent with copper and
other base metals. Acute exposure to high concentrations of beryllium
can result in chemical pneumonia. Long-term exposure can result in
shortness of breath, chronic cough, and significant weight loss,
accompanied by fatigue and general weakness.
Iron Oxide:
Rev. (12/3/08)
Iron is the principal alloying element in steel manufacture.
During the welding process, iron oxide fumes arise from both the base
metal and the electrode. The primary acute effect of this exposure is
irritation of nasal passages, throat, and lungs. Although long-term
exposure to iron oxide fumes may result in iron pigmentation of the
lungs, most authorities agree that these iron deposits in the lungs are
not dangerous.
Page
89
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
CHEMICAL AGENTS (Continued)
Mercury:
Mercury compounds are used to coat metals to prevent rust or inhibit
foliage growth (marine paints). Under the intense heat of the arc or gas
flame, mercury vapors will be produced. Exposure to these vapors may
produce stomach pain, diarrhea, kidney damage, or respiratory failure.
Long-term exposure may produce tremors, emotional instability, and
hearing damage.
Lead:
The welding and cutting of lead-bearing alloys or metals whose
surfaces are painted with lead-based paint can generate lead oxide
fumes. Inhalation and ingestion of lead oxide fumes and other lead
compounds will cause lead poisoning. Symptoms include metallic taste
in the mouth, loss of appetite, nausea, abdominal cramps, and
insomnia. In time, anemia and general weakness (chiefly in the
muscles of the wrists) can develop.
Fluorides: Fluoride compounds are found in the coatings of several types of flux
used in welding. Exposure may irritate the eyes, nose, and throat.
Lont-term exposure to high concentrations of fluorides in the air may
cause pulmonary edema (fluid in the lungs) and bone damage.
Exposure to fluoride dusts and fumes has also produced skin rashes.
Chlorinated Hydrocarbon Solvents:
Various chlorinated hydrocarbons
are used in degreasing or other cleaning operations. The vapors of
these solvents are a concern in welding and cutting because the heat
and ultraviolet radiation from the arc will decompose the vapors and
form highly toxic and irritating phosgene gas (see Phosgene).
Phosgene: Phosgene is formed by decomposition of chlorinated hydrocarbon
solvents by ultraviolet radiation. It reacts with moisture in the lungs to
produce hydrogen chloride, which in turn destroys lung tissue. For this
reason, any use of chlorinated solvents should be well away from
welding operations or any operation in which ultraviolet radiation or
intense heat is generated.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
90
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
CHEMICAL AGENTS (Continued)
Carbon Monoxide:
Carbon monoxide is a gas usually formed by the
incomplete combustion of various fuels. Welding and cutting may
produce significant amounts of carbon monoxide. In addition, welding
operations that use carbon dioxide as the inert gas shield may produce
hazardous concentrations of carbon monoxide in poorly ventilated
areas. This is caused by a “breakdown” of shielding gas. Carbon
monoxide is odorless and colorless. Common symptoms of
overexposure include pounding of the heart, a dull headache, flashes
before the eyes, dizziness, ringing in the ears, and nausea.
Nitrogen Oxides:
The ultraviolet light of the arc can produce nitrogen
oxides (NO1, NO2) from the nitrogen (N) and oxygen (O2) in the air.
Nitrogen oxides are produced by gas metal arc welding (GMAW or
short-arc), gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW or HELI-ARC), and
plasma arc cutting. Even greater quantities are formed if the shielding
gas contains nitrogen. Nitrogen dioxide (NO2), one of the oxides
formed, has the greatest health effect. This gas is irritating to the eyes,
nose and throat but dangerous concentrations can be inhaled without
any immediate discomfort. High concentrations can cause shortness of
breath, chest pain, and fluid in the lungs (pulmonary edema).
Ozone:
Rev. (12/3/08)
Ozone (O3) is produced by ultraviolet light from the welding arc. Ozone
is produced in greater quantities by gas metal arc welding (GMAW or
short-arc), gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW or Heli-arc), and plasma
arc cutting. Ozone is a highly active form of oxygen and can cause
great irritation to all mucous membranes. Symptoms of ozone
exposure include headache, chest pain, and dryness of the eyes, nose
and throat. Excessive exposure can cause fluid in the lungs
(pulmonary edema). Both nitrogen dioxide and ozone are thought to
have long-term effects on the lungs.
Page
91
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
II. PHYSICAL AGENTS
Ultraviolet Radiation: Ultraviolet radiation (UV) is generated by the electric arc
during welding. Skin exposure to UV can result in severe burns, in
many cases without prior warning. UV radiation can also damage the
lens of the eye. Many arc welders are aware of the condition as “arceye”, a sensation of sand in the eyes. This condition is caused by
excessive eye exposure to UV. Ultraviolet rays also increase the skin
effects of some industrial chemicals (coal tar and cresol compounds).
Infrared Radiation:
Exposure to infrared radiation (IR), produced by the
electric arc and other flame cutting equipment may heat the skin
surface and the tissues immediately below the surface. Except for this
effect, which can progress to thermal burns in some situations, infrared
radiation is not dangerous. Most welders protect themselves from IR
(and UV) with a welder’s helmet (or glasses) and protective clothing.
Intense Visible Light: Exposure of the human eye to intense visible light can
produce adaptation, papillary reflex, and shading of the eyes. Such
actions are protective mechanisms to prevent excessive light from
being focused on the retina. In the arc welding process, eye exposure
to intense visible light is prevented by the welder’s helmet; however,
some individuals have sustained retinal damage due to careless
“viewing” of the arc. At no time should the arc be observed without eye
protection.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
92
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
RECOGNITION OF ASBESTOS HAZARDS IN THE CONSTRUCTION
INDUSTRY
The first step in recognition of asbestos hazards is to develop knowledge of the
types of construction materials that historically have contained asbestos. Common
materials that may contain asbestos include:
Sprayed on insulation on ceilings or walls
Sprayed on insulation on beams
Insulation around or in ductwork
Boiler insulation
Pipe coverings
Ceiling, floor, and wall tiles or panels
Fire walls and doors
Sprayed on decorative surfaces
Gaskets in piping or other systems
Automotive braking systems (covered under general
industry standard even when found in a construction
environment.)
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
93
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
RECOGNITION OF ASBESTOS HAZARDS IN THE CONSTRUCTION
INDUSTRY (CONTINUED)
The second step is positive identification of asbestos in the material. This is done by
submitting a sample of the material to a laboratory for analysis. Only a small amount
of the material is needed for analysis. The samples should be shipped to the
laboratory in 20-milliliter scintillation vials, 35-milliliter film canisters, or small
prescription bottles from pharmacies. Do not send samples in plastic bags or
envelopes as these may break or leak and contaminate other samples in the same
shipment and/or the laboratory environment and personnel. The recommended
analytical technique is polarized light microscopy.
To obtain samples from some materials it may be necessary to use a scraping or
cutting tool such as pen knife, putty knife, or sheetrock knife. In some cases it may
be necessary to patch-up places where a sample has been taken. For example, duct
tape may be applied over a hole in pipe lagging.
In all cases, be careful not to expose yourself when taking a sample. Use of an
appropriate respirator and other protective equipment may be required.
Note: OSHA does not recommend the use of commercially available kits for
screening for the presence of asbestos in construction materials because of the
following problems:
1. The chemical processes involved, which test for the presence of iron and
magnesium, produce a large number of false positives. As one source said,
“even the surface of my lawn mower will test positive!”
2. The kits involve the use of hydrofluoric acid (HF), which is a dangerous
chemical that should not be used outside of a laboratory hood. Explosions
have occurred during use of this chemical by OSHA laboratory personnel.
3. The reliability of the kits is only good down to 1% asbestos. However, the
OSHA asbestos standards have requirements covering materials containing
as little as 0.1% asbestos.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
94
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
COAL TAR PITCH VOLATILES
The term “coal tar products”, as used by NIOSH, includes coal tar and two of the
fractionation products of coal tar, creosote and coal tar pitch, derived from the
carbonization of bituminous coal. These chemicals contain identifiable components
by themselves which are carcinogenic, such as benzo(a)pyrene, benzanthracene,
chrysene, and phenanthrene.
In construction operations, coal tar pitch volatiles exposure occurs primarily from
roofing materials and foundation coatings used in waterproofing and damp proofing.
Exposure to coal tar pitch vapors can cause severe dermatitis, damage to the
bladder and kidneys, emphysema, and bronchitis or asthma. Many types of cancer
have been related to coal tar pitch including mouth, esophagus, lung, skin,
pancreas, colon, rectum, prostate and leukemia. Cancer may not show up for 10, 20
or 30 years, but each exposure can increase the chances.
Methods to prevent coal tar pitch exposure include:
1. Substitution - Where possible, use other less harmful materials such as coal
tar enamel.
2. Protective clothing and equipment impervious to coal tar products should be
worn by employees whenever liquid coal tar products may contact the skin.
Eye and face shields should also be worn.
3. Reduce kettle emissions – Kettle covers should be closed whenever possible.
The use of load insertion devices such as a dual cylinder loader eliminates
the need to open the cover for loading. Exposure can be further reduced by
use of kettle emission filtration or recycling devices.
4. Engineering controls – Engineering controls such as enclosures, emission
eliminators, or temperature regulators can reduce exposure.
5. Work practices – Work practices can also prevent exposure. Wetting down
old pitch roofs before and after tear-off is one method.
The OSHA permissible exposure limit for coal tar pitch volatiles is 0.2 MG/M3.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
95
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
LEAD AWARENESS
Blood Lead Level:
The measurement of blood lead level indicates how much lead was absorbed by the
body. However, this measurement only shows the amount of lead circulating in the
bloodstream. It does not show the amount of lead stored in the body.
The blood lead level of employees who are exposed to lead should not be above 40
micrograms of lead per deciliter of blood.
Permissible Exposure Limit:
The Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) is 50 micrograms of airborne lead per cubic
meter of air in the work environment over an eight-hour period. If the concentration
of lead particles in the air is above the PEL, then regulated activities must be
established. This includes the use of respiratory protection, personal protective
equipment, and engineering and work practice controls.
Engineering controls such as enclosures and vacuums equipped with high efficiency
particulate filters lessen the chances of lead particles becoming airborne. This is
important because airborne lead particles can attach to dust and be carried long
distances from where they were released.
Before leaving the work area, remove all surface dust from your protective clothing
and equipment. Use a vacuum equipped with a high efficiency particulate filter or
other cleaning method that does not cause an uncontrolled release of lead into the
air.
Respiratory Protection and PPE:
Since exposure to lead mainly occurs when you inhale airborne lead particles, the
respirator is the most important piece of protective equipment you will use. The
purpose of the respirator is to provide you with a continuous supply of clean air. This
is done in one of two ways:

Air supplying respirators provide breathable air from an outside source.

Air purifying respirators filter contaminated air through high efficiency
particulate filters.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
96
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
LEAD AWARENESS (continued)
The type of respiratory protection you use will depend on the level of airborne lead
particles in the work environment. The higher the concentration, the greater the
protection you will need.
Paper dust-mask respirators do not provide enough protection from airborne lead
particles and must never be used when working with lead.
Because of the important role the respirator plays in protecting you from health
hazards caused by lead, you must also be trained to properly use, care for, and
store your respirator.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
97
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
RAYNAUD’S PHENOMENON
Vibration sources in the 10 to 125 HZ frequency range have been implicated in
causing Raynaud’s Phenomenon also know as “dead hand” or “vibration white
finger”.
Raynaud’s Phenomenon is characterized by numbness, pain and blanching of the
fingers with loss of muscular strength and finger control and decreased sensitivity to
heat and cold. Localized vibrational changes can also occur in bones and joints with
muscular weakness and functional degeneration of the ulnar and median nerves.
Typical sources of employee exposures are pneumatic drivers or hammers, chain
saws, rotary grinders, and sanding machines. In construction work, one source of
exposure is during the support work for the foundation where hand-held tools are
used.
Methods of reducing vibration transmission include:
1. Proper tool selection and maintenance.
2. Vibration damping of the tool or workstation.
3. Personal protective equipment (warm, dry gloves with or without viscoelastic
inserts).
4. Limiting daily exposure time.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
98
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
CONSTRUCTION HEALTH HAZARDS
Silicosis:
Silicosis is a disease of the lungs caused by the inhalation of silica dust. Only the
crystalline (free silica) material found in quartz, tridymite, cristobalite, and a few other
non-silicate materials is able to cause silicosis. Silicosis is a progressive disease
with symptoms increasing in severity as time goes on, especially with continued
exposure to silica dust.
Silicosis is well known in industries and occupations where the crystalline form of
free silica dust is present, such as foundries, mining, and glass manufacturing.
Silica exposure in construction work can occur in various ways. These include
sandblasting, rock crushing, batching and mixing concrete, drilling through granite
and sandstone, and tunneling through rock.
In construction work, silica dust can be controlled using the following examples:
1. Engineering controls – An enclosed cab using filtered air can be used to
protect employees.
2. Work practices – Wetting down the area before clean up and during rock
crushing and mixing can keep silica dust from rising.
3. Substitute material – The substitution of another product such as shot quartzfree grit or coal ash for sand in abrasive blasting can prevent silica exposure.
4. Respirators – Respirators such as supplied air respirators should be worn by
the blaster during abrasive blasting.
OSHA has set permissible exposure limit for silica, crystalline quartz respirable dust
at 0.1MG/M3.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
99
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
WOOD DUST
Woods, wood dusts, and substances from wood may be toxic, irritant, allergenic, or
carcinogenic.
Toxic woods, such as eastern satinwood, South African Boxwood, and IPE, contain
substances that cause systemic symptoms when absorbed, inhaled, or ingested.
Wood toxins are often alkaloids. Effects may include headache, anorexia, vomiting,
bradycardia, or somnolence.
Irritant woods cause injury to mucous membranes upon contact, and severe irritants
may affect skin, causing dermatitis. Examples of irritant woods are Dahoma and
Mansonia.
Allergic woods, such as certain species of birch, pine, dogwood, beech, or
mahogany, cause allergic reactions including asthma and contact dermatitis in
sensitized individuals.
In construction work, hardwoods such as beech, birch, mahogany, oak, and
satinwood cause the most problems. Wood dust exposure can occur in construction
during the support work for the foundation. Other possibilities for exposure occur
during installation of drywall and sanding of wood surfaces.
Some ways to prevent wood dust exposure in construction work include:
1. Respirator protection: An air-purifying respirator can be used to prevent
employees from inhaling wood dust.
2. Eye and skin protection: Eyes can be guarded against wood particles by
using safety glasses with side protection, goggles, and face shields. Long
sleeved shirts, coveralls, and gloves are recommended for wood dust that
causes skin irritations.
3. Substitution and isolation: In some cases where wood dust is causing
problems, it may be feasible to substitute a less sensitive wood. Dusty
operations, such as sawing and sanding, can be carried out in isolated areas
to reduce exposure. Local exhaust ventilation is also recommended.
4. Housekeeping – Cleaning at regular intervals is important in minimizing wood
dust.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
100
HAZARD COMMUNICATION (continued)
(RIGHT TO KNOW)
WOOD DUST(continued)
5. Substitution of less hazardous types of preserved wood may be feasible in
some situations. Using preserved wood that is urethane coated will help
reduce exposure to preservatives.
POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
COMMONLY FOUND ON CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
2-BUTOXYETHANOL (BUTYL CELLULOSIVE)
CALCIUM OXIDE (LIME
ABRASIVE, ALUMINUM OXIDE
CARBON BLACK
ACETONE (PROPANE)
CARBON DIOXIDE (DRY ICE)
ACETYLENE GAS
CARBON MONOXIDE (COAL GAS)
ACID, ACETIC (ETHANOIC ACID
CARBON MONOXIDE (IN CYLINDERS)
ADHESIVE, INSTANT
CARBON STEEL (SCRAP, GENERIC)
ADHESIVES
CARBURETOR & CHOKE CLEANER
AGGREGATE
CAULKING, SEALANT AGENTS
AIR FRESHENER (PARA CRYSTALS)
CAUSTIC SODA (SODIUM HYDROXIDE)
ALUMINUM ETCHING AGENT
CEMENT
ALUMINUM METAL
CEMENT, PORTLANT (CONCRETE, GROUT,
MORTAR)
AMMONIA
CHLORINE
AMMONIA, ANHYDROUS (AMMONIA GAS)
CHROMATE SALTS
ANTIFREEZE (ETHYLENE GLYCOL)
CHROMIUM
ARGON
CHRYSOLITE ASBESTOS (ASBESTOS)
ARSENIC COMPOUNDS
CLAY (KAOLIN)
ASBESTOS
CLEANER, BOWL
ASPHALT
CLEANER, DETERGENT
ASPHALT FUMES (PETROLEUM)
CLEANER, HAND
ASPHALT, LIQUID (MINERAL PITCH)
CLEANER, RESIN
BATTERY
CLEANING AGENTS
BATTERY, GEL CELL
COAL TAR
BATTERY, TERMINAL CLEANER
COAL TAR PITCH
BELT DRESSING
COATINGS (BRUSH OR SPRAY)
BENTOTITE CLAY
COMPOUND, ANTISEIZE
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
101
BENZENE (BENZOL)
CONCRETE
BENZENE (AND DERIVATIVES)
CONCRETE, CURING COMPOUNDS
BLEACHING AGENTS
CONDUIT, METAL
BUTADIENE
CONDUIT, PLASTIC
CADMIUM METAL
COPIER, DEVELOPER
CADMIUM OXIDE
COPPER
CALCIUM CHLORIDE, ANHYDROUS
CREOSOL (CREOSITE)
POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
COMMONLY FOUND ON CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (CONTINUED)
DICHLOROTETRAFLUOROETHANE (FREON)
GASKET, ADHESIVE
DIESEL FUEL OIL NO. 2-D
GASKET, PERMATEX
DIESEL GAS
GASKET ELIMINATOR
DRYWALL
GYPSUM (CALCIUM SULFATE)
DUST (BRICK, CEMENT BLOCK)
GASOLINE (PETROL, ETHYL)
ENAMEL
GASOLINE (PETROL, ETHYL)
EPOXY, LOCTITE
GASOLINE, AUTOMOTIVE, LEAD-FREE
EPOXY RESIN, CURING AGENTS (HARDENER)
GLASS CLEANER
ETCHING AGENTS
GLUES
ETHYL ALCOHOL (GRAIN ALCOHOL)
GRAPHITE
ETHYLENE GLYCOL (ANTI-FREEZE)
GERASES
EXPLOSIVES, AMMONIUM NITRATE
GROUTS
EXPLOSIVES, DETONATING CORD
GYPSUM
FIBERGLASS, MINERAL WOOD
HELIUM
FIBERGLASS, REPAIR
HELIUM (IN CYLINDERS)
FIBROUS GLASS (SILICATE BASE, FIBERGLASS)
HYDRAULIC BRAKE FLUID
FIRE EXTINGUISHER (HALON)
HYDRAULIC OIL
FLUID, BRAKE
HYDROCHLORIC (MURIATIC) ACID
FLUID, CUTTING (HOGWASH)
HYDROGEN (IN CYLINDERS)
FLUID, ENGINE STARTING
HYDROGEN, GAS
FLUID, POWER STEERING
IPS TR 250 (COMPONENT B) URETHANE RESIN
FOAM INSULATION & FIREPROOFING
INKS
FORM OILS
INSULATION (FORM, ROLL OR BATT, ETC.)
FORMALIN (FORMALDEHYDE)
IRON
FREON 20, R20 (AND OTHERS)
KEROSENE
FUEL, ANTI-GEL
LEAD
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
102
FUEL, GASOLINE
LIME (CALCIUM OXIDE)
GALVANIZED JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLETS
LIMESTONE (DOLOMITE)
SWITCHES
GAS, ACETYLENE
LIQUEFIED PROPANE (LP GAS)
GAS, CARBON DIOXIDE
LUBRICANT, CABELOK
GAS, HELI-ARC WELDING
LUBRICANT, GEAR
GAS, NITROGEN
LUBRICANT, RUBBER
GAS, OXYGEN
LUBRICANT. SPRAY
POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
COMMONLY FOUND ON CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (CONTINUED)
LYE (SODIUM HYDROXIDE, POTASSIUM
HYDROXIDE)
MAGNESIUM
MANGANESE METAL/POWDER
MASONRY MATERIALS (BRICKS, STONE,
CEMENT BLOCK, PANELS)
METAL CONDUIT
METALS (ALUMINUM, NICKEL, COPPER,
ZINC, CADMIUM, IRON, ETC.
METHANE (MARSH GAS)
METHANOL (METHYL ALCOHOL)
METHYL ETHYL KETONE (BUTANONE)
METHYL ETHYL KETONE (2-BUTANONE)
METHYLENE CHLORIDE (METHANE
DICHLORIDE)
MINERAL SPIRITS (TYPES I & II)
MORTAR
MOTOR OIL ADDITIVES
MURIATIC ACID (HYDROCHLORIC ACID)
NAPTHA (COAL TAR)
NITROGLYCERIN
NITROGEN DIOXIDE (IN CYLINDERS)
OIL
OIL, MINERAL
OIL, PENETRATING
OIL, TRANSFORMER PCB
OXALIC ACID
OXYGEN
OZONE (TRATOMIC OWYGEN)
PAINT
PAINT, KILRUST
PAINT, LACQUERS
PAINT, REMOVER
PAINT, SPRAY CAN
PAINT STRIPPER
Rev. (12/3/08)
PIPE (FIBERGLASS, COPPER, PVC)
PIPE THREADING OIL
PLASTICS
POLISHES (WOOD, METAL)
POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE (POTASH LYE)
PRESSURE TREATED WOOD (TREATED
LUMBER)
PROPANOL
PULLING SOAP
PUTTY
PVC PIPE CEMENT
QUARTZ (FLINT, AGATE, SAND)
RADIATOR FAST FLUSH
RESINS, EPOXY/SYNTHETICS
ROCK DUST
ROOFING FELTS (ASBESTOS, GLASS FIBER,
TARRED, ETC.)
ROPE, WIRE
SANDPAPER
SEALERS
SHELLAC
SHRINK TUBE
SODIUM HYDROXIDE (SODA LYE)
SOLDER,
FLUX
(ZINC
CHLORIDE,
FLUORIDES, ETC.)
SOLDER, SOFT (LEAD, TIN)
SOLVENT, XYLOL
SOLVENTS
SPIRIT, MINERAL
SULPHURIC ACID, CONCENTRATED (OIL OF
VITRIOL)
TALC (TALCUM)
TAPE, DUCT
TEFLON EEP
TETRAHYDROFURAN
(OXOLANE,
FURANIDINE)
Page
103
PAINT, ZINC
PARTICLEBOARD (FLAKEBOARD)
PENTACHLOROPHENOL
PESTICIDE
PESTICIDE, WASP SPRAY
PHOTOGRAPHIC DEVELOPERS AND FIXERS
PHOTOGRAVURE INK (COPY MACHINE)
THINNER, PAINT/LACQUER
TIN, METAL/POWDER (STANNUM)
TOLUENE (METHYL BENZENE
TRANSITE
TRICHLOROETHYLENE (ETYLENE
TRICHLORIDE)
TUNGSTON CARBIDE (CEMENTED WITH
COBALT BINDER)
TURPENTINE,
GUM
SPIRIT,
OIL
OF
TURPENTINE
POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
COMMONLY FOUND ON CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (CONTINUED)
VARNISHES
WATERPROOFING AGENTS
WAXES
WELDING CONSUMABLES AND PRODUCTS
WELDING ROD
WELDING SPRAY
Rev. (12/3/08)
WOOD ALCOHOL (METHANOL)
WOOD DUST (HARD WOOD/SOFT WOOD
SAWDUST)
WOOD PRESERVATIVE
XYLENE (MIXED ISOMERS, XYLOL)
ZINC CHLORIDE SOLDERING (FLUX)
ZINC METAL/POWDER (SPELTER)
Page
104
FIRE PREVENTION
(HOUSEKEEPING)
Purpose:
OSHA’s Fire Prevention Plan regulation, found at 29 CFT 1910.38(b), requires the
company to have a written fire prevention plan (FPP). This plan applies to all
operations in our company where employees may encounter a fire.
This FPP is in place at this company to control and reduce the possibility of fire and
to specify the type of equipment to use in case of fire. This plan lists the following
information:
1. Major workplace fire hazards and their proper handling and storage
procedures.
2. Potential ignition sources for fires and their control procedures.
3. The type of fire protection equipment or systems, which can control a fire
involving them.
4. Personnel responsible for maintenance of equipment and systems installed to
prevent or control ignition of fires and for control of fuel source hazards.
Under this plan, our employees will be informed of the plan’s purpose, preferred
means of reporting fires and other emergencies, types of evacuations to be used in
various emergency situations, and the alarm system. The plan is closely tied to our
emergency action plan where procedures are described for emergency escape
procedures and route assignments, procedures to account for all employees after
emergency evacuation has been completed, rescue and medical duties for those
employees who perform them. Please see the emergency action plan for this
information.
The Safety Director will review and update the plan as necessary.
The FPP communicates to employees the policies and procedures to follow in case
of a fire. This written plan is available upon request to employees, their designated
representatives, and any OSHA officials who ask to see it.
If, after reading this program, you find that improvements can be made, please
contact the Safety Director. We encourage all suggestions because we are
committed to the success of our emergency action plan. We strive for clear
understanding, safe behavior, and involvement in the program from every level of
the company.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
105
FIRE PREVENTION (continued)
(HOUSEKEEPING)
The Safety Director is responsible for the following activities:
1. Develop a written fire prevention plan for regular and after-hours work
conditions.
2. Immediately notify the local fire or police departments, and the building
owner/superintendent in the event of a fire affecting the office.
3. Integrate the fire prevention plan with the existing general emergency plan
covering the building occupied.
4. Distribute procedures for reporting a fire, the location of fire exits, and
evacuation routes to each employee.
5. Conduct drills to acquaint the employees with fire procedures, and to judge
their effectiveness. A set number of fire drills per year is required. (See
“Training” section.)
6. Satisfy all local fire codes and regulations as specified.
7. Train designated employees in the use of fire extinguishers. Monthly visual
inspections of extinguishers. And maintaining records of annual inspections
of fire extinguishers.
8. Keep key management personnel home telephone numbers in a safe place in
the office for immediate use in the event of a fire. Distribute a copy of the list
to key personnel to be kept in their homes for use in communicating during a
fire emergency occurring during non-work hours.
9. Decide whether to evacuate the workplace in the event of a fire.
10. If evacuation is deemed necessary, the Safety Director ensures that:
a. All employees are notified and a head count is taken to confirm total
evacuation of all employees.
b. When practical, equipment is placed and locked in storage rooms or
desks for protection.
c. The building owner/superintendent is contacted, informed of the action
taken, and asked to assist in coordinating security/protection.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
106
FIRE PREVENTION (continued)
(HOUSEKEEPING)
d. In locations where the building owner/superintendent is not available,
security measures to protect employee records and property are
arranged as necessary.
e. Overall responsibilities at the office, which includes training of all
employees.
It is the intent of this company to assure that hazardous accumulations of
combustible waste materials are controlled so that a fast developing fire, rapid
spread of toxic smoke, or an explosion will not occur. Employees must be made
aware of the hazardous properties of materials in their workplaces, and the degree
of hazard each poses.
Work Area/Fire Hazard:
Fire prevention measures must be developed for all identified hazards. Once
employees are made aware of the fire hazards in their work areas, they must be
trained in the fire prevention measures developed and use them in the course of
their work. For example, oil soaked rags must be treated differently than general
paper trash in office areas. In addition, large accumulations of waste paper or
corrugated boxes, etc., can pose a significant fire hazard. Accumulations of
materials that can cause large fires, generate dense smoke, that are easily ignited,
or may start from spontaneous combustion are the types of materials with which this
fire prevention plan is concerned. Such combustible materials may be easily ignited
by matches, welder’s sparks, cigarettes, or similar low-level energy ignition sources.
It is the intent of this company to prevent accumulation of such materials.
Flammable/Combustible Material Work Area Fire Prevention Steps:
Fuel, oxygen, and heat are the basic ingredients of fire; the objective is to keep
these factors from coming together in dangerous amounts. Extinguishing a fire
requires the reduction or removal of the fuel, oxygen, or heat.
1. Keep aisles clear and exits marked so people inside can readily exit the
building in an emergency and fire department personnel have ready access to
all areas.
2. Store materials with regard to their fire hazard characteristics (keep to a
minimum)
3. No smoking signs should be prominently displayed where appropriate.
Careless disposal of smoking materials has caused many fires.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
107
FIRE PREVENTION (continued)
(HOUSEKEEPING)
4. Cardboard, wood, and paper should be kept at a minimum (scrap).
5. Spills of gasoline, oil, or flammable solvents must be cleaned up promptly.
6. Keep areas around furnaces free from combustible materials.
7. Provide adequate trash containers and empty them regularly.
8. Monitor potential fire causing activities such as welding. Make sure that no
potential fire condition exists after the operation is completed.
9. Emergency telephone numbers, etc. shall be posted in a prominent place.
10. Fire extinguishers shall be maintained in a good working condition, and
employees shall be trained on their proper use.
11. Yard area must be kept clean (i.e. dry grass and weeds, paper, etc.)
Fuel storage (See Material Storage/Flammables and Combustible Liquids):
Flammable or combustible materials may not ignite on their own without an external
source of ignition.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
108
FIRE PREVENTION (continued)
(HOUSEKEEPING)
Fire Protection Equipment:
Fire protection equipment will be selected and purchased by Safety Director. The
extinguishers to use when combating various sources of fire are:
TYPE OF FIRE/HAZARD
TYPE OF
EXTINGUISHER
1.
Combustibles such as wood, paper, etc.
Water or dry chemical:
Type A or ABC
2.
Flammable liquids, gases and greases
Foam, carbon dioxide,
dry chemical:
Type B or ABC
3.
Electrical fires
Non-conducting agent
such as carbon dioxide
or dry chemical:
Type C or ABC
4.
Combustible metals such as titanium and sodium
This type of fire calls for specialized techniques
used by the fire department.
Type D
NOTE: When using a fire extinguisher, follow these rules:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Keep 8’ to 10’ away when extinguishing a fire.
Point extinguisher to the base of the fire.
Use side-to-side motions.
Extinguishers may only last 15 seconds.
Lay extinguisher on its side after use.
Page
109
FIRE PREVENTION (continued)
(HOUSEKEEPING)
Maintenance of Fire Protection Equipment:
Once hazards are evaluated and equipment is installed to control them (i.e., smoke
detectors, etc.), that equipment must be regularly monitored to make sure it
continues to function properly.
The Safety Director is responsible for choosing an appropriate system and
developing a maintenance schedule for fire prevention equipment and systems.
Most fire hazards can be controlled through proper housekeeping methods.
Fire Prevention Plan:
At the time of a fire, employees should know what type of evacuation is necessary
and what their role is in carrying out the plan. In cases where the fire is large, total
and immediate evacuation of all employees is necessary. In smaller fires, a partial
evacuation of nonessential employees with a delayed evacuation of others may be
necessary for continued operation. We must be sure that employees know what is
expected of them during a fire to assure their safety.
This document is not one for which casual reading is intended or will suffice in
getting the message across. If passed out as a statement to be read t o oneself,
some employees will choose not to read it, or will not understand the plan’s
importance. In addition, training on the plan’s content is required by OSHA.
The method for communicating our fire prevention plan is to give our
managers/supervisors a thorough briefing and demonstration. The Safety director
has all managers/supervisors present the plan to their staffs in small meetings.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
110
FIRE PREVENTION (continued)
(HOUSEKEEPING)
Training, conducted on initial assignment, includes:
1. What to do if employee discovers a fire.
In the event of a fire:
Not every job site or workplace will have the same system or arrangements to
handle a fire or emergency. Therefore, either:
A. When a fire is detected, if applicable, go to the nearest fire
alarm station and activate the alarm by pulling on the lever.
The alarms will notify the local fire department closest to the
facility. Fire alarms are located on each floor near the
elevators, and also near each entry/exit door.
OR…
B. When a fire is detected, if applicable, sound the designated
fire warning signal (bell, whistle, alarm, or horn, etc.), then
contact the local fire department (closest to the facility). Exit
the building immediately.
Upon arrival of the local fire department, head counts should be given to the
Fire Chief or fire fighter. No employees are to return to the buildings until the
Safety Director or local fire department gives the “all clear”.
2. If the Safety Director has reason to believe an employee does not have a
thorough understanding of the fire prevention plan, the employee must be
retrained.
3. The Safety Director (or designate) will provide training and make sure the
employee understands the fire prevention plan.
4. Because failure to comply with company policy concerning fire prevention can
result in employee injury in addition to OSHA citations and, an employee who
does not comply with this program will be disciplined.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
111
FIRE PREVENTION (continued)
(HOUSEKEEPING)
Fire Prevention Equipment:
The Safety Director provides training for each employee who is required to use fire
prevention equipment. Employees shall not use fire prevention equipment without
appropriate training. Training, before an individual is assigned responsibility to fight a
fire, includes:
1. Types of fires
2. Types of fire prevention equipment
3. Location of fire prevention equipment
4. How to use fire prevention equipment
5. Limitations of fire prevention equipment
6. Where the emergency telephone numbers are posted
7. Proper care and maintenance of assigned fire prevention equipment
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
112
FALL PROTECTION IN CONSTRUCTION
This program must meet the requirements of ANSI, ASTM or OSHA requirements.
Employees authorized to make an inspection, investigation, or assessment of
workplace conditions prior to the actual start of construction work or after all work
has been completed are exempt from the fall protection rule during the performance
of these duties.
Any duly authorized employee will determine if all walking and working surfaces are
inspected and have the strength and structural integrity to support the employees
safely. Our employees will not be allowed to work on these surfaces until they have
the requisite strength and structural integrity. This person will be a foreman with
OSHA 30 hr course or the Safety Director.
Our Duty to Provide Fall Protection:
To prevent falls, we have a duty to anticipate the need to work at heights and to plan
our work activities accordingly. Careful planning and preparation lay the necessary
groundwork for an accident-free job site.
Worksite Assessment and Fall Protection System Selection:
This plan will be used at all work sites, and as required by OSHA. There will be
situations on work sites that require fall protection. This fall protection plan is
implemented with reasonable effort to anticipate exposure to hazards. The company
(or it’s designate) will:
1. Inspect the area to determine what hazards exist or may arise during the
work.
2. Identify the hazards and select the appropriate measures and equipment.
3. Give specific and appropriate instructions to workers to prevent exposure to
unsafe conditions.
4. Will ensure employees follow the procedures given and understand the
training provided.
5. Determine the safety efforts our specialty subcontractors have implemented
in completing their fall protection requirements.
The fall protection rules allow us to make choices for each fall situation that may be
present at this worksite. After workplace assessment, we have decided that the
following selected systems will best serve our employees for each situation selected.
Our fall protection systems criteria will follow the requirements established in 29
CFR 1926.502—Fall protection systems criteria and practices. Each employee that
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
113
FALL PROTECTION IN CONSTRUCTION (continued)
may be exposed to these situations will be trained prior to working in that
environment. The company who has trained its employee(s) will keep the training
certificates at the office and certificate training cards will be issued to each
successfully trained employee.
Unprotected Sides and Edges:
Our employees must be protected when they are exposed to falls from unprotected
sides and edges of walking/working surfaces (horizontal and vertical surfaces) that
are six feet or more above lower levels. We know that OSHA has determined that
there is no “safe” distance from an unprotected side or edge that would render fall
protection unnecessary. We will maintain the system(s) chosen until all work has
been completed or until the permanent elements of the structure are in place that
eliminate the exposure to falling hazards.
Written Safety Plan:
We have chosen a number of fall protection systems for unprotected sides and
edges. Generally, if we can provide proper guardrails for protection of unprotected
sides and edges, we will do so. If that is not possible, we will use personal fall arrest
systems as a second option, with safety nets as the last option.
Leading Edge Work:
There may be leading edge work at a construction site. Leading edges are defined
as the edge of a floor, roof, or formwork that changes location as additional floor,
roof, or formwork sections are placed, formed, or constructed. If work stops on a
leading edge, it will be considered an “unprotected side or edge” and will be covered
by the section of this plan on unprotected sides and edges.
When we are constructing leading edges six-feet or more above lower levels, we will
protect our workers by the following methods for each specific location. Generally, if
we can provide proper guardrails for protection of unprotected sides and edges, we
will do so. If that is not possible, we will use personal fall arrest systems as a second
option, with safety nets as the last option.
When we have employees on walking/working surfaces where leading edges are
under construction, but who are not constructing the leading edge, we will protect
our workers by the following methods for each specific location.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
114
FALL PROTECTION IN CONSTRUCTION (continued)
Any leading edge work required by the company shall be done with the use of
guardrails or personal fall arrest systems. If a guardrail system is chosen to provide
the fall protection, and a controlled access zone has already been established for
leading edge work, the control line may be used instead of a guardrail along the
edge that parallels the leading edge.
Equipment/Material Hoisting:
In all situations where equipment and material hoisting operations occur, we will
provide fall protection equipment for our employees. If our operations do not require
an employee to lean through the access opening or out over the edge to receive or
guide materials, but the materials are being lifted by crane to a landing zone, we will
select either personal fall arrest equipment or a guardrail system. When we are
involved in hoisting operations, we will use the following fall protection systems at
these specific locations: For all hoist areas, if guardrails are used with a gate
system, this will be the type of fall protection to be used. If the hoist area is not
provided with a gate area, a personal fall arrest system will be used, such as a
retractable lifeline, etc.
When guardrails, chains, or gates are removed to facilitate hoisting operations, and
one of our employees must lean through the access opening or out over the edge to
receive or guide materials, they will be protected by a personal fall arrest system.
We recognize the importance of protecting employees from:
1. Tripping in or stepping into or through holes (including skylights).
2. Objects falling through holes (including skylights).
We understand that OSHA does not intend that a guardrail be erected around holes
while employees are working at or passing materials through an opening.
When we are involved in operations where there are holes present, we will use the
following fall protection systems at these specific locations: On most hole openings,
the hole will be covered and marked “Hole Opening”, or we will provide the proper
barrier or guardrail around the hole opening.
There are situations at this worksite where an employee could trip or step into or
through a hole (including skylights) or an object could fall through a hole and strike a
worker. In these instances, we will use covers to prevent accidents.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
115
FALL PROTECTION IN CONSTRUCTION (continued)
Ramps/Runways:
We will equip all ramps, runways, and other walkways with guardrails when
employees are subject to falling six feet or more to lower levels.
Excavations:
If there will be an excavation six feet or more in depth, which will not be readily seen,
fall protection will be provided. Any location excavated shall be provided with the
proper fencing, guardrail, or barricade, as required.
Pits/Shafts, Etc.:
All wells, pits, shafts, etc., six feet or more in depth shall be provided with the proper
guardrails, fences, barricades, or covers as required.
Dangerous Equipment:
We are committed to protecting our employees from falling onto dangerous
equipment. When this equipment is less than six feet below an employee but
because of form or function is dangerous, our employees will be protected by
equipment guards.
Employees will need fall protection when working above this equipment at a height
of six feet or more.
In general, if a work site is above a dangerous area, it shall be protected with a
guardrail, and if that can’t be achieved, then a personal fall arrest system or safety
net shall be used.
Controlled Access Zones:
We realize that we cannot expose our workers to fall hazards, such as holes, or
hoist areas, within a controlled access zone. If these hazards exist, the employee
will be protected by a fall protection means addressing the specific hazard.
In areas in which employees must reach more than ten inches below a working and
walking surface where they could fall, we shall provide a guardrail, personal fall
arrest, or safety net.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
116
FALL PROTECTION IN CONSTRUCTION (continued)
Roofs:
Employees engaged in roofing activities shall use fall protection, or alternatives, as
required by the OSHA standards (example, alternative is a warning line or safety
monitoring, etc.)
We have the option to provide roof jacks to our employees. While roof jacks provide
a foothold, which may reduce the possibility of falling, they cannot be used as a
substitute for all protection.
Wall Openings, Etc.:
Employees exposed to the hazard of falling out or through wall openings (including
those with chutes attached), where the outside bottom edge of the wall opening is
six feet or more above lower levels and the inside bottom edge of the wall opening is
less than 39 inches above the walking/working surface, must be protected from falls.
We have selected more than one method of protection: Guardrails will be used as a
first selection. If necessary, a personal fall arrest system or safety nets will be used
as alternate options.
Other Situations:
We realize there will be situations that are not covered by our written safety plan,
that we have the duty to provide fall protection, and will do so. The OSHA rules
clearly state that all employees exposed to falls of six feet or more to lower levels
must be protected by a guardrail system, safety net system, or personal fall arrest
system except where otherwise provided in Section 1926.501(b), or by fall protection
standards in other subparts of Part 1926.
Falling Objects:
Any employees exposed to falling objects must wear hard hats and we will also
implement one of the following measures:
1. Erect toeboards, screens, or guardrail systems to prevent objects from falling
from higher levels.
2. Erect a canopy structure and keep potential fall objects far enough from the
edge of the higher level so that those objects would not go over the edge if
they were accidentally moved.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
117
FALL PROTECTION IN CONSTRUCTION (continued)
3. Barricade the area to which objects could fall, prohibit employees from
entering the barricaded area, and keep objects that may fall far enough away
from the edge of a higher level so that those objects would not go over the
edge if they were accidentally moved.
4. Cover holes (including skylight openings) six feet or more above lower levels,
or erect a guardrail system around the hole.
Training:
The Safety Director will be responsible for each aspect of the training program, and
will train each employee who could be exposed to fall hazards.
The Company’s Safety Director (or designate) has overall responsibility for the
safety of employees and will verify training compliance.
The Safety Director has the responsibility of determining when an employee, who
has already been trained, does not appear to have the understanding and skill
required. At this time, the employee shall be retrained.
NOTE: See General Training Format and Policy in the written safety manual.
Rescue:
The employer shall provide for prompt rescue of employees in the event of a fall or
shall assure that employees are able to rescue themselves.
Where no other alternative measure has been implemented, the employer shall
implement a safety monitoring system as follows
The employer shall designate a competent person to monitor the safety of other
employees and the employer shall ensure that the safety monitor complies with the
following requirements:
The safety monitor shall be competent to recognize fall hazards;
The safety monitor shall warn the employee when it appears that the employee is
unaware of a fall hazard or is acting in an unsafe manner;
The safety monitor shall be on the same walking/working surface and within visual
sighting distance of the employee being monitored;
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
118
The safety monitor shall be close enough to communicate orally with the employee;
and
The safety monitor shall not have other responsibilities which could take the
monitor's attention from the monitoring function.
Mechanical equipment shall not be used or stored in areas where safety monitoring
systems are being used to monitor employees engaged in roofing operations on lowslope roofs.
No employee, other than an employee engaged in roofing work [on low-sloped roofs]
or an employee covered by a fall protection plan, shall be allowed in an area where
an employee is being protected by a safety monitoring system.
Each employee working in a controlled access zone shall be directed to comply
promptly with fall hazard warnings from safety monitors.
"Fall protection plan."
This option is available only to employees engaged in leading edge work, precast
concrete erection work, or residential construction work who can demonstrate that it
is infeasible or it creates a greater hazard to use conventional fall protection
equipment. The fall protection plan must conform to the following provisions.
The fall protection plan shall be prepared by a qualified person and developed
specifically for the site where the leading edge work, precast concrete work, or
residential construction work is being performed and the plan must be maintained up
to date.
Any changes to the fall protection plan shall be approved by a qualified person.
A copy of the fall protection plan with all approved changes shall be maintained at
the job site.
The implementation of the fall protection plan shall be under the supervision of a
competent person.
The fall protection plan shall document the reasons why the use of conventional fall
protection systems (guardrail systems, personal fall arrest systems, or safety nets
systems) are infeasible or why their use would create a greater hazard.
The fall protection plan shall include a written discussion of other measures that will
be taken to reduce or eliminate the fall hazard for workers who cannot be provided
with protection from the conventional fall protection systems. For example, the
employer shall discuss the extent to which scaffolds, ladders, or vehicle mounted
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
119
work platforms can be used to provide a safer working surface and thereby reduce
the hazard of falling.
The fall protection plan shall identify each location where conventional fall protection
methods cannot be used. These locations shall then be classified as controlled
access zones and the employer must comply with the criteria in paragraph (g) of this
section.
Where no other alternative measure has been implemented, the employer shall
implement a safety monitoring system. The fall protection plan must include a
statement which provides the name or other method of identification for each
employee who is designated to work in controlled access zones. No other
employees may enter controlled access zones.
In the event an employee falls, or some other related, serious incident occurs, (e.g.,
a near miss) the employer shall investigate the circumstances of the fall or other
incident to determine if the fall protection plan needs to be changed (e.g. new
practices, procedures, or training) and shall implement those changes to prevent
similar types of falls or incidents.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
120
LADDERS AND STAIRWAYS
(General Requirements)
Stairways:
1. Stairs are needed when elevation changes by 19” or more.
a. No temporary spiral stairs in construction. Tanks wider than 5’ are
okay.
b. Two or more ladders or double-cleated ladder needed on projects with
25 or more employees.
c. Keep access to ladder/stairway clear.
d. One access point shall be kept clear at all times.
2. Employers must provide safe ladderways/stairways prior to any other work at
the elevated areas.
3. When you provide temporary stairways on job sites, you must provide a
minimum 22” x 30” landing for every 12’ of steps.
4. Stairways must be installed with a 30 to 50 degree horizontal.
5. When providing temporary stairways for a job trailer:
a. The steps shall be even.
b. A top platform is needed.
c. An additional 20” must be provided beyond the door swing radius on
the platform to avoid anyone backing down a step to open the door.
d. A 36” handrail must be provided.
e. If the temporary stairway is less than 30” high or less than four risers,
guardrails will not be required.
f. If guardrails are needed, you must provide a 42” high guardrail with a
midrail.
g. Openings between any guardrails or midrails shall be no larger than
19”.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
121
LADDERS AND STAIRWAYS (continued)
(General Requirements)
h. Temporary stairs must be metal or construction-grade wood.
6. All metal pan stairs/landings shall be filled with solid materials the full width
and depth of the stairs (temporary treads).
7. All parts of a stairway shall be free of obstructions and projections.
8. Eliminate slippery conditions before use (snow, grease, oil, etc.).
9. Guardrails and stair rails must be provided for stairways with four or more
risers or at least 30” high.
10. Handrails shall be installed parallel with the steps and at a height of 36” from
the front of the step.
11. On open sides of stairs, you may use screens, mesh, vertical members, or
horizontal members, but the openings shall not be larger than 19”.
12. The handrail must start with the first step and end with the last step.
13. Rails must be adequate as a hand-hold (pipes or 2 x 4s are okay).
14. The minimum handrail distance away from the wall shall be 3”.
15. Stairway landings must be guarded.
Ladderways:
Ladders shall be used only for the purpose for which they were designed.
1. Ladders shall be capable of supporting the loads without failure.
2. Ladders shall not be tied or fastened together unless specifically designed for
such use.
3. Where access requires using two or more portable ladders, there must be an
offset platform.
4. Do not varnish wood ladders.
5. Four types of ladders and respective weight limits:
a. Type 1A / extra heavy industrial ladder: 300 lbs.
b. Type 1 / heavy-duty industrial ladder: 250 lbs.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
122
LADDERS AND STAIRWAYS (continued)
(General Requirements)
c. Type 2 / medium-duty commercial ladder: 225 lbs.
d. Type 3 / light-duty household ladder: 200 lbs.
6.
Ladder rungs, cleats, and steps shall be parallel, level, and uniformly spaced
when the ladder is in position for use.
NOTE: Your weight plus the weight of any tools and materials you carry should not
exceed limits.
Stepladders:
1. Make sure the ladder is fully open and the spreaders are locked.
2. Do not climb, stand, or sit on the top two rungs.
3. Provide a barrier or warning around your ladder when working in a hallway or
exit way.
Extension Ladders:
1. Have a co-worker help you raise and lower the ladder.
2. Never raise or lower the ladder with the fly section extended (second section).
3. Be sure to secure or foot the ladder firmly before extending it.
4. Calculate and use the correct setup angle or pitch. The foot of ladder should
be set from the base of the wall at a distance of ¼ of the height of the ladder.
5. The ladder should extend approximately three feet above the working
surface.
6. No longer than 24 feet per section.
General Ladder Safety Tips:
1. Must be on firm/level surface.
2. Use both hands in climbing.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
123
LADDERS AND STAIRWAYS (continued)
(General Requirements)
3. Don’t stretch to reach something – climb down and move your ladder.
4. Properly tie off the ladder.
5. Use wood or fiberglass ladders for electrical work, NEVER METAL.
6. Fixed ladders:
a. They are very dangerous to climb.
b. Longer than 24 feet – must have a cage.
c. Qualified Climbers (climbing silos and towers – special training, etc.).
Inspection and Maintenance:
1. Look for broken rungs.
2. Look for split side rails or other defects.
3. Look for soft wood.
4. Check for rust or weakness in the rungs.
5. Look for corrosion on the inside of hollow, metal rungs.
6. Check fallen ladders for excessive dents or damage.
7. Make sure the connection between rungs and side rails have not come loose.
8. TAG DEFECTIVE LADDERS OUT OF ORDER AND DO NOT USE!
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
124
LADDERS AND STAIRWAYS
(General Requirements)
Stairways:
16. Stairs are needed when elevation changes by 19” or more.
a. No temporary spiral stairs in construction. Tanks wider than 5’ are
okay.
b. Two or more ladders or double-cleated ladder needed on projects with
25 or more employees.
c. Keep access to ladder/stairway clear.
d. One access point shall be kept clear at all times.
17. Employers must provide safe ladderways/stairways prior to any other work at
the elevated areas.
18. When you provide temporary stairways on job sites, you must provide a
minimum 22” x 30” landing for every 12’ of steps.
19. Stairways must be installed with a 30 to 50 degree horizontal.
20. When providing temporary stairways for a job trailer:
a. The steps shall be even.
b. A top platform is needed.
c. An additional 20” must be provided beyond the door swing radius on
the platform to avoid anyone backing down a step to open the door.
d. A 36” handrail must be provided.
e. If the temporary stairway is less than 30” high or less than four risers,
guardrails will not be required.
f. If guardrails are needed, you must provide a 42” high guardrail with a
midrail.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
125
LADDERS AND STAIRWAYS (continued)
(General Requirements)
g. Openings between any guardrails or midrails shall be no larger than
19”.
h. Temporary stairs must be metal or construction-grade wood.
21. All metal pan stairs/landings shall be filled with solid materials the full width
and depth of the stairs (temporary treads).
22. All parts of a stairway shall be free of obstructions and projections.
23. Eliminate slippery conditions before use (snow, grease, oil, etc.).
24. Guardrails and stair rails must be provided for stairways with four or more
risers or at least 30” high.
25. Handrails shall be installed parallel with the steps and at a height of 36” from
the front of the step.
26. On open sides of stairs, you may use screens, mesh, vertical members, or
horizontal members, but the openings shall not be larger than 19”.
27. The handrail must start with the first step and end with the last step.
28. Rails must be adequate as a hand-hold (pipes or 2 x 4s are okay).
29. The minimum handrail distance away from the wall shall be 3”.
30. Stairway landings must be guarded.
Ladderways:
Ladders shall be used only for the purpose for which they were designed.
6. Ladders shall be capable of supporting the loads without failure.
7. Ladders shall not be tied or fastened together unless specifically designed for
such use.
8. Where access requires using two or more portable ladders, there must be an
offset platform.
9. Do not varnish wood ladders.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
126
LADDERS AND STAIRWAYS (continued)
(General Requirements)
10. Four types of ladders and respective weight limits:
a. Type 1A / extra heavy industrial ladder: 300 lbs.
b. Type 1 / heavy-duty industrial ladder: 250 lbs.
c. Type 2 / medium-duty commercial ladder: 225 lbs.
d. Type 3 / light-duty household ladder: 200 lbs.
6.
Ladder rungs, cleats, and steps shall be parallel, level, and uniformly spaced
when the ladder is in position for use.
NOTE: Your weight plus the weight of any tools and materials you carry should not
exceed limits.
Stepladders:
4. Make sure the ladder is fully open and the spreaders are locked.
5. Do not climb, stand, or sit on the top two rungs.
6. Provide a barrier or warning around your ladder when working in a hallway or
exit way.
Extension Ladders:
7. Have a co-worker help you raise and lower the ladder.
8. Never raise or lower the ladder with the fly section extended (second section).
9. Be sure to secure or foot the ladder firmly before extending it.
10. Calculate and use the correct setup angle or pitch. The foot of ladder should
be set from the base of the wall at a distance of ¼ of the height of the ladder.
11. The ladder should extend approximately three feet above the working
surface.
12. No longer than 24 feet per section.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
127
LADDERS AND STAIRWAYS (continued)
(General Requirements)
General Ladder Safety Tips:
7. Must be on firm/level surface.
8. Use both hands in climbing.
9. Don’t stretch to reach something – climb down and move your ladder.
10. Properly tie off the ladder.
11. Use wood or fiberglass ladders for electrical work, NEVER METAL.
12. Fixed ladders:
a. They are very dangerous to climb.
b. Longer than 24 feet – must have a cage.
c. Qualified Climbers (climbing silos and towers – special training, etc.).
Inspection and Maintenance:
9. Look for broken rungs.
10. Look for split side rails or other defects.
11. Look for soft wood.
12. Check for rust or weakness in the rungs.
13. Look for corrosion on the inside of hollow, metal rungs.
14. Check fallen ladders for excessive dents or damage.
15. Make sure the connection between rungs and side rails have not come loose.
16. TAG DEFECTIVE LADDERS OUT OF ORDER AND DO NOT USE!
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
128
LOCKOUT / TAGOUT
(General Requirements)
This procedure establishes the company’s requirements for the lockout and tagout of
energy isolating devices whenever maintenance or servicing is done on machines or
equipment, in accordance with the requirements of OSHA’s 1910.147. It is used to
ensure that the machinery or equipment is stopped, isolated from all potentially
hazardous energy sources, and locked out and tagged out before employees
perform any service or maintenance where the unexpected start-up of the machinery
or equipment or release of stored energy could cause injury.
The Safety Director has the responsibility for coordinating this program, as required.
The procedure establishes the company’s requirements for lockout/tagout. Please
contact the Safety Director if you have any questions.
What Is Lockout / Tagout?
Lockout / Tagout is a method of keeping equipment from being started, to prevent
injury to workers performing service and maintenance.
Lockout:
Lockout procedures utilize locks or other positive means to hold energy
disconnects in a safe position. Since lockout procedures actively
prevent the flow of energy, they are preferred method of energy control
according to the OSHA standard.
Tagout:
Tagout procedures use tags that warn against operating energy
disconnects that have been placed in a safe position. Tagout
procedures DO NOT actively prevent the passage of energy.
According to OSHA, tagout procedures may only be used:
1. When a company can prove that a tagout will provide the same degree of
protection as a lockout.
2. Until current equipment that has no provisions for applying a lock is rebuilt or
replaced. Replaced or modified equipment must have lockout capabilities and
lockout procedures must be established and followed.
Requirements of Lockout / Tagout:
1. Employer must develop an “Energy Control Program.”
2. Lockouts must be used whenever possible.
3. When lockout cannot be used, a tagout may be used.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
129
LOCKOUT / TAGOUT (continued)
(General Requirements)
4. All new or rebuilt equipment must be capable of accepting a lock.
5. Identify and implement procedures for control of hazardous energy.
6. Periodic inspection (minimum, annual).
7. Training and communication (must document).
When Should You Lockout / Tagout?
Lockout / Tagout whenever you are performing service or maintenance around any
machine where you could be injured by:
1. Unexpected start-up of the equipment, or
2. Release of stored energy.
Situations Where Lockout / Tagout Is Most Likely Needed:
1. When you must remove a guard or safety device to perform service or
maintenance.
2. When you must place any part of your body where it could be caught in
moving machinery.
Jobs Where Lockout / Tagout Should Be Used:
1. Repairing electrical circuits
2. Cleaning or oiling machinery with moving parts.
3. Clearing jammed mechanisms.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
130
LOCKOUT / TAGOUT (continued)
(General Requirements)
Types of Energy:
1. Electrical
2. Hydraulic
3. Pneumatic
4. Mechanical
5. Chemical
6. Thermal
How to Lockout / Tagout:
1. Announce the shutdown to all affected employees who work on or near the
equipment.
2. Turn the equipment off, using the normal shut-down procedure.
3. Disconnect the energy source(s). In the case of electrically powered
machines, this means taking action at the feeder disconnect or breaker, not
just the push-button control or switch on the machine itself.
Caution:
Always disconnect the energy source after turning off the
machine. If you disconnect a machine under load, you risk the
possibility of arcing and explosion.
4. Test to make sure equipment is isolated. After you have shut the equipment
off and isolated it from the power source, test the on/off controls. Remember
to leave these controls in the “off” or neutral position.
5. Release stored energy: After you are sure all energy has been cut off to the
equipment, release stored energy and bring the equipment to a “zero”
mechanical state.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
131
LOCKOUT / TAGOUT (continued)
(General Requirements)
6. Lockout the energy sources to ensure that energy cannot be restored while
you are working on the equipment. Use your own lock to lockout the
equipment on which you are working. Locks used for lockouts should be used
only for lockouts. Also, never borrow someone else’s lock.
7. Tagout the equipment at the disconnect points. Before you place your tag at
the disconnect point, sign your name and put down the date and type of work
being done.
8. Retest all on/off controls, then return them to the “off” or neutral position.
When the machinery is completely de-energized, and when it has stopped
moving completely, it is safe for you to go to work.
One last “double check” before you service or repair:
1. Inspect system to insure all moving parts have stopped.
2. Discharge capacitors and install ground wires.
3. Relieve trapped pressure downstream.
4. Release tension on springs, or block movement of spring driven parts.
5. Block or brace parts that could fall because of gravity or loss of hydraulic or
pneumatic pressure.
6. Drain process piping systems, and close valves to prevent flow of hazardous
materials.
7. Use blank flange to block flow of hazardous materials if valve not available.
8. Purge reactor tanks and process lines.
9. Dissipate extreme cold or heat, or wear protective clothing.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
132
LOCKOUT / TAGOUT (continued)
(General Requirements)
The repairs are made. Before you put the equipment back in service:
1. Remove all tools from the work area.
2. Make sure the system is fully assembled.
3. Conduct a head count to ensure everyone is clear of the equipment.
4. Notify everyone in the area that the Lockout/Tagout is being removed.
5. Remove Lockout/Tagout devices. Employees may only remove their
own personal lockout/tagout devices. NEVER remove another
worker’s lockout/tagout.
Lockout / Tagout for Outside Personnel (Contractors):
1. The on-site employer and the contractor shall inform each other of their
lockout / tagout procedures.
2. The on-site employer shall insure that his/her personnel understand and
comply with the outside employer’s procedures.
Group Lockout / Tagout:
1. If more than one individual if required to work on a machine:
a. Each person shall place their own personal lockout / tagout device on
the energy isolating device.
b. When an energy-isolating device cannot accept multiple locks or tags,
a multiple lockout or tagout hasp may be used.
c. A single lock may be used to lockout the machine or equipment with
the key being placed in a lockout box or cabinet, which allows the use
of multiple locks to secure it. Each employee will use his/her own lock
to secure the box. As each person no longer needs to maintain his/her
lockout protection, that person will remove his/her lock from the box or
cabinet.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
133
LOCKOUT / TAGOUT (continued)
(General Requirements)
Before you place equipment back in service, you must:
1. Announce that equipment is being turned on again.
2. Remove your lock and tag.
3. Restore energy.
4. Test run equipment
Locks:
Everyone should remove his/her own lock. Consult your company policies before
doing anything. If you are the last one to unlock, notify your supervisor before
restoring energy. Tags should be turned in immediately after the job is finished.
When your shift is over, remove your lock after the next shift arrives. Let the new
shift snap their locks in place before you remove your own lock.
Lock Types:
1. Must be able to withstand all temperatures, elements, etc.
2. Must have one regular key (properly identified, such as color coding or brass
tags).
Tag Types:
1. Must be easy to read.
2. Must feature clear warning.
3. Must be secure enough to withstand accidental removal (nylon cable tie that
is self-locking by hand, and must resist more than 50 lbs pressure).
4. Must be durable to withstand extreme temperatures, fumes, chemicals and
conditions.
5. NO MATTER HOW GOOD THE TAG IS, IT IS STRICTLY A
VISUAL WARNING AND DOESN’T PROVIDE PHYSICAL
PROTECTION!!!
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
134
LOCKOUT / TAGOUT (continued)
(General Requirements)
General Company Policy:
The purpose of this program ensure this company’s compliance with the OSHA
Electrical Safety Standard, Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations 1910.333, by
determining that this workplace needs written procedures for preventing electric
shock or other injuries resulting from direct/indirect electrical contacts to employees
working on or near energized or de-energized parts. This program applies to all work
operations where employees may be exposed to live parts and/or those parts that
have been de-energized.
Under this program, our employees receive instruction in the purpose and use of
energy control procedures, as well as the other required elements of the Control of
Hazardous Energy standard. This instruction includes the de-energizing of
equipment, applying locks and tags, verifying de-energization, and equipment
reenergizing.
If, after reading this program, you find that improvements can be made, please
contact the Safety Director. We encourage all suggestions because we are
committed to creating a safe workplace for all our employees and a successful
electrical safety program is an important component of our overall safety plan. We
strive for clear understanding, safe work practices, and involvement in the program
from every level of the company.
Our company shall meet all requirements of the National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA.70 Standard/National Electric Code, or the most current edition at the time).
The National Electric Code shall be interpreted by the authority having jurisdiction.
NOTE:
The 1926, and 1910 OSHA Standards include wording similar to the
NFPA.70 Standard (NEC). In many cases, OSHA Standards may not
be current with the National Electric Code (NEC). It is best to use the
most stringent standard required. In this way, safety will always be
assured.
In most cases, all electrically powered equipment should be de-energized before
service or maintenance. Only qualified electricians shall be allowed to work on or
near any energized circuits. (Qualified employees are current members of or
affiliated with the local electrical union, or it’s Joint Apprenticeship Training School.)
Every employee who faces the risk of electric shock from working on or near
energized or de-energized electrical sources will receive training in electrical-related
safety work practices pertaining to the individual’s job assignment.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
135
ELECTRICAL SAFETY PROGRAM
(General Requirements)
All employees will follow all OSHA guidelines for the NFPA 70 E.
The goal of our electrical safety training program is to ensure that all employees
understand the hazards associated with electric energy and that they are capable of
performing the necessary steps to protect themselves and their coworkers.
Our Electrical Training Program covers these basic elements:
1. Lockout / tagout of conductors and parts of electrical equipment.
2. Safe procedures for de-energizing circuits and equipment.
3. Application of locks and tags.
4. Verification that the equipment has been de-energized.
5. Procedures for reenergizing the circuits or equipment.
6. Other electrically related information that is necessary for employee safety
(i.e. training through the electrical JATC.)
All personnel working on or near energized or de-energized electric sources are
considered “qualified” to work safely with electrical energy and must have received
the appropriate training and certification to do so. In addition to the basic training
elements, our “qualified” employees are trained in the skills and techniques
necessary to identify exposed live parts, determine nominal voltages, and clearance
distances and corresponding voltages. This group of employees has also received
additional training, which includes complete first aid, CPR, and safety training, in
relation to their job and as required by Federal guidelines.
Our program provides classroom instruction and on-the-job training with qualified
journeyman electricians as training instructors. Our apprenticeship program requires
a minimum of 8,000 hours of on-the-job training, sponsored by the IBEW and NECA.
Apprentices will earn while they learn. Within this five-year program, apprentices will
have to complete a minimum of 800 hours of classroom training. Apprentices will
participate in on-the-job training supervised by qualified journeymen craftsmen.
Upon completion of the apprenticeship program, apprentices will be presented with a
diploma of graduation, which signifies their readiness to begin their career as an
IBEW-NECA trained electrical worker. The standards that apply have been adopted
and used nationwide, to select and train thousands of qualified men and women.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
136
ELECTRICAL SAFETY PROGRAM (continued)
(General Requirements)
All new employees are provided with orientation of the policies for each work
assignment, as required. Employees will not engage in any work assignment unless
they have been informed of all required policies within the company for safety, etc.
When changes in our company occur that involve electrical elements (equipment or
regulations), we provide additional employee training to ensure the safety of all
affected workers. All employees will be trained and kept up-to-date when there are
changes in the workplace or new equipment is purchased which could affect the
employee in connection with proper safety procedures or requirements.
The company sponsor (or designate) shall have the responsibility for electrical
training, etc. This can be accomplished by providing a professional to teach new
techniques for new equipment or materials, or providing education through the local
Joint Apprenticeship Program (JATC). Every employee who participates in the
Electrical Safety Program receives a certificate, which they sign, verifying that they
have completed the course, understand the information presented, and that they will
follow all company policies and procedures regarding electrical safety.
It is the company’s policy that circuits and equipment must be disconnected from all
electric energy sources before work on them begins (unless instructed otherwise).
We use lockout and tagout devices to prevent the accidental re-energizing of
equipment. These lockout/tagout procedures are the main component of our
electrical safety program (see Lockout/Tagout in the written safety manual).
Only qualified electricians are authorized to de-energize, verify, and reenergize
electric circuits and equipment in our company.
Ground-fault circuit interrupters. All 120-volt, single-phase 15- and 20-ampere
receptacle outlets on construction sites, which are not a part of the permanent wiring
of the building or structure and which are in use by employees, shall have approved
ground-fault circuit interrupters for personnel protection. Receptacles on a two-wire,
single-phase portable or vehicle-mounted generator rated not more than 5kW, where
the circuit conductors of the generator are insulated from the generator frame and all
other grounded surfaces, need not be protected with ground-fault circuit interrupters.
Ground-fault protection General. The employer shall use either ground fault circuit interrupters or an assured
equipment grounding conductor program to protect employees on construction sites.
These requirements are in addition to any other requirements for equipment
grounding conductors.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
137
Each cord set, attachment cap, plug and receptacle of cord sets, and any equipment
connected by cord and plug, except cord sets and receptacles which are fixed and
not exposed to damage, shall be visually inspected before each day's use for
external defects, such as deformed or missing pins or insulation damage, and for
indications of possible internal damage. Equipment found damaged or defective
shall not be used until repaired.
The following tests shall be performed on all cord sets, receptacles which are not a
part of the permanent wiring of the building or structure, and cord- and plugconnected equipment required to be grounded:
All equipment grounding conductors shall be tested for continuity and shall be
electrically continuous.
Each receptacle and attachment cap or plug shall be tested for correct attachment of
the equipment grounding conductor. The equipment grounding conductor shall be
connected to its proper terminal.
All required tests shall be performed:
Before first use; Before equipment is returned to service following any repairs;
Before equipment is used after any incident which can be reasonably suspected to
have caused damage (for example, when a cord set is run over); and at intervals not
to exceed 3 months, except that cord sets and receptacles which are fixed and not
exposed to damage shall be tested at intervals not exceeding 6 months.
Illumination
Employees may not enter spaces containing exposed energized parts, unless
illumination is provided that enables the employees to perform the work safely.
Where lack of illumination or an obstruction precludes observation of the work to be
performed, employees may not perform tasks near exposed energized parts.
Employees may not reach blindly into areas which may contain energized parts.
Confined or enclosed work spaces.
When an employee works in a confined or enclosed space (such as a manhole or
vault) that contains exposed energized parts, the employer shall provide, and the
employee shall use, protective shields, protective barriers, or insulating materials as
necessary to avoid inadvertent contact with these parts. Doors, hinged panels, and
the like shall be secured to prevent their swinging into an employee and causing the
employee to contact exposed energized parts.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
138
Conductive materials and equipment.
Conductive materials and equipment that are in contact with any part of an
employee's body shall be handled in a manner that will prevent them from contacting
exposed energized conductors or circuit parts. If an employee must handle long
dimensional conductive objects (such as ducts and pipes) in areas with exposed live
parts, the employer shall institute work practices (such as the use of insulation,
guarding, and material handling techniques) which will minimize the hazard.
Portable ladders
Portable ladders shall have nonconductive siderails if they are used where the
employee or the ladder could contact exposed energized parts.
Conductive apparel
Conductive articles of jewelry and clothing (such a watch bands, bracelets, rings,
key chains, necklaces, metalized aprons, cloth with conductive thread, or metal
headgear) may not be worn if they might contact exposed energized parts. However,
such articles may be worn if they are rendered nonconductive by covering,
wrapping, or other insulating means.
TRAINING
Employees shall be trained in and be familiar with the safe electrical work practices
that pertain to their jobs.
1. Unqualified employees - will be trained in and familiar with any electrical
related safety practices necessary for their safety (i.e. hazard recognition,
knowledge of the working environment).
2. Qualified employees - will be trained in and familiar with any electrical related
safety practices necessary for their safety and the following:
a. the skills and techniques necessary to distinguish exposed live parts
from other parts of electric equipment,
b. the skills and techniques necessary to determine the nominal voltage
of exposed live parts, and
c. the clearance distances specified in 1910. 333(c) and the
corresponding voltages to which the qualified person will be exposed
(Refer to Table A and Table B).
Note: It is possible for an individual to be qualified on one piece
of equipment and unqualified on another.
Transtar employees who have been identified and require training are:
o
Rev. (12/3/08)
Communications Technicians
Page
139
o
o
Electricians
Maintenance Personnel
WORKING ON DE-ENERGIZED PARTS
Live parts to which an employee may be exposed must be de-energized before
employees work on or near them, unless it can be demonstrated that deenergizing
would increase the associated hazards (i.e., deactivation of emergency
alarms/ventilation, removal of illumination) or troubleshooting of the equipment is
necessary.
The Transtar Lockout / Tagout program shall be utilized when deenergizing circuits
and includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Lockout / Tagout training,
deenergizing circuits through disconnecting means,
releasing or blocking all stored energy,
applying a lock and/or tag to each affected energy source,
and verifying a deenergized state prior to performing an assigned task.
WORKING ON ENERGIZED PARTS
Only qualified employees may work on electrical equipment or circuits which have
not been deenergized and will be familiar with the proper use of precautionary
techniques, including:
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Rev. (12/3/08)
the one hand rule - requires workers to use just one hand when
working on electrical systems to minimize the potential for shock to
move between the hands and across the body,
avoiding wet areas that contain energized parts,
utilizing GFCI outlets in wet or damp locations,
avoiding reaching blindly into energized equipment,
utilizing personal protective equipment (i.e., hard hats, sleeves,
gloves),
utilizing insulating and shielding materials (i.e., mats, blankets),
utilizing insulated tools if the tools may come into contact with an
exposed electrical circuit,
utilizing fuse pullers to remove or install fuses when the fuse terminals
are live,
ropes and handlines used near exposed energized parts will be
nonconductive,
Page
140
o
o
o
o
o
all portable ladders will have nonconductive siderails if they are used
where an electrical hazard may be present,
maintaining sufficient illumination,
avoiding handling conductive materials in the area of exposed
energized parts (i.e., wearing jewelry, aluminum ladders),
avoiding housekeeping duties in areas where there is a potential for
contact with exposed energized parts (i.e., conductive cleaning
solutions), and
avoid utilizing electrical equipment in areas where flammable materials
are stored.
Alerting techniques must be used to warn employees of electrical hazards that are
present, and can include one of the following techniques:
1. safety signs and symbols to warn employees of electrical hazards which may
endanger them,
2. barricades may be used in conjunction with safety signs when necessary to
prevent access to work areas, and
3. if signs and barricades are not sufficient, an attendant will be posted to warn
employees of the danger and prevent access.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
141
OVERHEAD POWER LINES
Qualified Employee
If a qualified employee or contractor is working on, near, or with overhead power lines, safe
work practices and separation distances must be followed.
The location must be such that the person and the longest conductive object can not approach
any unguarded, energized overhead power lines as follows:
Voltage Range
Approach Distance
300 V and less
Avoid Contact
300 V to 750 V
1 foot (30.5 cm)
750 V to 2 kV
1.5 feet (46 cm)
2 kV to 15 kV
2 feet (61 cm)
15 kV to 37 kV
3 feet (91 cm)
37 kV to 87.5 kV
3.5 feet (107 cm)
87.5 kV to 121 kV
4 feet (122 cm)
121 kV to 140 kV
4.5 feet (137 cm)
Table A
OR, such lines are to be deenergized and grounded or appropriate measures must be taken to
prevent contact with the overhead power lines as follows:
1. if lines are to be deenergized, arrangements must be made with the person or
local utility that operates or controls the electric circuits involved to deenergize
or ground them, or
2. if protective measures, such as guarding, isolating, or insulating are provided,
these precautions shall prevent employees from contacting such lines directly
with any part of their body or indirectly through conductive materials, tolls, or
equipment.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
142
Unqualified Employee
If an unqualified employee is working in an elevated position near overhead power lines, the
location must be such that the person and the longest conductive object can not approach any
unguarded, energized overhead wire as follows:
Voltage Range
Approach Distance
50 kV or below
10 feet
Greater than 50 kV
10 feet + 4 inches for every 10 kV
over 50 kV
Table B
Vehicles Used Near Overhead Power Lines
Any vehicle or mechanical equipment capable of having parts of its structure elevated near
energized overhead lines must be operated so that a clearance of 10 feet minimum is
maintained. If the voltage of the overhead line is greater than 50 kV, the distance must be
increased by 4 inches for every 10 kV over 50 kV. Only under the following conditions may
the clearance be reduced:
1. If the vehicle is in transit with its structure lowered, clearance may be reduced
to 4 feet. If the voltage of the overhead line is greater than 50 kV, the distance
must be increased by 4 inches for every 10 kV over 50 kV.
2. If appropriately rated insulation barriers have been installed to prevent contact
with the lines and are not part of the raised structure or a part of or an
attachment to the vehicle, the clearance may be reduced to the designed
working dimensions of the insulating barrier.
3. If the equipment is an aerial lift insulated from the voltage involved, and the
work is performed by a qualified person, approach distances for a qualified
employee can be adhered to.
Employees standing on the ground may not contact the vehicle or its attachments unless
appropriately insulated.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
143
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
(General Requirements)
While OSHA’s Personal Protective Equipment regulation does not explicitly require a
written program, we have decided to develop a written PPE program to document
and specify all information relative to our PPE needs. The Safety Director will review
and update the program as necessary.
We believe it is our obligation to safeguard the work environment for our employees.
Any employee performing work in potentially dangerous conditions must be
protected against the potential hazards. The purpose of protective clothing and
equipment (PPE) is to shield or isolate individuals from chemical, physical,
biological, or other hazards that may be present in the workplace.
Establishing a written PPE program, which details how employees use PPE, helps
ensure that the protection equipment is used properly in the workplace and
documents our PPE efforts in the event of an OSHA inspection. Our program
covers:
1. Purpose
2. Hazard Assessment
3. PPE selection
4. Employee training
5. Cleaning and maintenance of PPE
6. PPE specific information
If after reading this program, you find that improvements can be made, please
contact the Safety Director. We encourage all suggestions because we are
committed to the success of our Personal Protective Equipment Program. We strive
for clear understanding, safe behavior, and involvement in the program from every
level of the company.
Purpose of Program:
The basic element of any PPE program is an in-depth evaluation of the equipment
needed to protect against the hazards at the workplace. The two objectives of any
PPE program should be to protect the wearer from incorrect use and/or malfunction
of PPE. The purpose of this Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) program is to
document the hazard assessment, the protective measures in place, and the PPE
available for use at this company. PPE devices are not to be relied on as the only
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
144
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (continued)
(General Requirements)
means to provide protection against hazards, but are used in conjunction with
guards, engineering controls, and sound manufacturing practices on job sites.
Hazard Assessment:
In order to assess the need for PPE, the following consideration should be given to
the basic hazard categories:
1. Impact
2. Heat
3. Penetration
4. Harmful dust
5. Compression (roll over)
6. Light (optical) radiation
7. Chemical
During the walk-through on job sites, the Safety Director (or designate) shall observe
the following hazards along with PPE currently in use (type and purpose).
1. Sources of motion, i.e. machinery or processes where any movement of tools,
machine elements or particles could exist, or movement of personnel that
could result in collision with stationary objects.
2. Sources of high temperatures that could result in burns, eye injury or ignition
of protective equipment, i.e. drilling and welding.
3. Types of chemical exposure.
4. Sources of harmful dust on construction sites.
5. Sources of light radiation, i.e. welding, brazing, cutting, furnaces, heat
treating, high intensity lights, etc.
6. Sources of falling objects or potential for dropping objects.
7. Sources of sharp objects that could pierce the feet or cut the hands.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
145
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (continued)
(General Requirements)
8. Sources of rolling or pinching objects that could crush the feet.
9. Layout of workplace and location of co-workers.
10. Identify possible electrical hazards.
Following the walk-through, the Safety Director (or designate) will analyze the
hazards to enable proper selection of protective equipment.
Selection Guidelines:
The general procedure for selecting protective equipment is to:
1. Become familiar with the potential hazards and the type of protective
equipment (PPE) available.
2. Compare types of equipment to the hazards associated with the environment.
3. Select the PPE that ensures a level of protection greater than the minimum
required to protect employees from the hazards.
4. Fit the user with proper, comfortable, well-fitting protection and instruct
employees on care and use of the PPE. It is very important that the users are
aware of all warning labels and limitations of their PPE.
It is the responsibility of the Safety Director to reassess workplace hazards as
necessary, to identify and evaluate new equipment and processes, to review
accident records, and reevaluate the suitability of previously selected PPE. This
reassessment will take place as frequently as possible.
Elements which should be considered in the reassessment include:
1. Adequacy of PPE program
2. Accidents and illness experience
3. Levels of exposure (this implies appropriate exposure monitoring)
4. Adequacy of equipment selection
5. Number of hours that workers wear various protective ensembles
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
146
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (continued)
(General Requirements)
6. Adequacy of training and fitting of PPE
Employee Training:
1. The safety Director (or designate) provides training for each employee who is
required to use personal protective equipment. Training includes:
a. When PPE is necessary
b. What PPE should be used for various situations
c. How to wear the assigned PPE
d. Limitations of PPE
e. The proper, maintenance, useful life, and disposal of assigned PPE
2. Employees shall not perform work without donning appropriate PPE to protect
them from the hazards they will encounter in the course of that work.
3. If the Safety Director has reason to believe an employee does not have the
understanding or skill required, the employee must be retrained. Since an
employee’s supervisor is in the best position to observe any problems with
PPE use by individual employees, the Safety Director will seek the
supervisor’s input when making this determination. Circumstances where
retraining may be required include changes in the workplace or changes in
the types of PPE to be used, which would render previous training obsolete.
Also, inadequacies in an affected employee’s knowledge or use of the
assigned PPE, will indicate that the employee has not retained the necessary
understanding of skills.
4. Because failure to comply with company policy concerning PPE can result in
employee injury as well as OSHA citations and fines, an employee who does
not comply with this program will be disciplined for noncompliance. (See
Disciplinary Policy in the written safety manual.)
Cleaning and Maintenance:
It is important that all PPE be kept clean and properly maintained by the employee to
whom it is assigned. Cleaning is particularly important for eye and face protection
because dirty or fogged lenses could impair vision. PPE is to be inspected, cleaned,
and maintained by employees at regular intervals as part of their normal job duties
so that the PPE provides the requisite protection. Supervisors are responsible for
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
147
ensuring compliance with cleaning responsibilities by employees. If PPE is for
general use, the Safety Director has responsibility for cleaning and maintenance. If a
piece of PPE is in need of repair or replacement, it is the responsibility of the
employee to bring it to the immediate attention of his or her supervisor. It is against
work rules to use PPE that is damaged or not able to perform its intended function.
Contaminated PPE, which cannot be decontaminated, will be disposed of in a
manner that protects employees from exposure to hazards.
Employee-owned equipment. Where employees provide their own protective
equipment, the employer shall be responsible to assure its adequacy, including
proper maintenance, and sanitation of such equipment.
The employer shall assess the workplace to determine if hazards are present, or are
likely to be present, which necessitate the use of personal protective equipment
(PPE). If such hazards are present, or likely to be present, the employer shall:
The employer shall verify that the required workplace hazard assessment has been
performed through a written certification that identifies the workplace evaluated; the
person certifying that the evaluation has been performed; the date(s) of the hazard
assessment; and, which identifies the document as a certification of hazard
assessment.
PPE SPECIFIC INFORMATION:
Eye and Face Protection – Goggles and Face Shields
It is the policy of the company that as a condition of employment, all regular full time,
part time, and temporary employees working on job assignments which require the
use of ANSI approved goggles or face shields to prevent eye and face injuries
(including those resulting from flying particles, molten metal, liquid chemicals, acids
or caustic liquids, chemical gases or vapors, or light radiation) shall be worn.
All supervisors and managers are responsible for ensuring employees under their
charge comply with this policy.
All employees who work in designated work areas and/or job assignments are
responsible for wearing company provided goggles/face shields to comply with this
policy. Failure to comply will result in disciplinary action up to and including
discharge.
All employees required to wear goggles/face shields must routinely inspect and
properly care for them.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
148
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (continued)
(General Requirements)
Arm and Hand Protection
It is the policy of the company that as a condition of employment, all regular full time,
part time, and temporary employees on job assignments that require protection from
hand injuries (including cuts, burns, chemical exposures, electrical exposures, etc.),
shall wear gloves.
All supervisors and managers are responsible for ensuring employees under their
charge comply with this policy.
All employees who work in designated work areas and/or job assignments are
responsible for wearing company provided gloves to comply with this policy. Failure
to comply will result in disciplinary action up to and including discharge.
All employees required to wear protective gloves must routinely inspect and properly
care for them.
Head Protection – Hard Hats
It is the policy of the company that as a condition of employment, all regular full time,
part time, and temporary employees on job assignments which require the use of
ANSI approved hard hats to help prevent head injuries (including those resulting
from falling objects, bumping the head against a fixed object, or electrical shock),
shall wear said hard hats at all times.
All supervisors and managers are responsible for ensuring employees under their
charge comply with this policy.
Torso Protection
It is the policy of the company that as a condition of employment, all regular full time,
part time, and temporary employees on job assignments which require the use of
ANSI approved torso protection to help prevent torso injuries (including protection
from heat, hot splashes, acids, cuts, and bruises), shall wear said protection at all
times.
All supervisors and managers are responsible for ensuring employees under their
charge comply with this policy.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
149
All employees who work in designated work areas and/or job assignments are
responsible for wearing company provided torso protection to comply with this
policy. Failure to comply will result in disciplinary action up to and including
discharge.
All employees required to wear torso protection must routinely inspect and properly
care for their torso protection.
Foot and Leg Protection
It is the policy of the company that as a condition of employment, all regular full time,
part time, and temporary employees on job assignments which require the use of
approved foot (hard-soled) and leg protection to help prevent injuries (including
those resulting from stepping on sharp objects, slipping on wet areas, and protection
from welding, etc.), shall wear said protection at all times.
All supervisors and managers are responsible for ensuring employees under their
charge comply with this policy.
All employees who work in designated work areas and/or job assignments are
responsible for wearing company provided foot and leg protection to comply with this
policy. Failure to comply will result in disciplinary action up to and including
discharge.
All employees required to wear foot and leg protection must routinely inspect and
properly care for their foot and leg protection.
Hearing Protection
When information indicates that any employee’s exposure to noise may equal or
exceed an 8-hour time-weighted average of 85 decibels, the company will develop
and implement an appropriate monitoring program using calibrated equipment to
identify all employees for inclusion in the hearing conservation program and to select
proper hearing protection.
All employees exposed to noise at or above an 8-hour time-weighted average of 85
decibels shall be notified of the results of monitoring by the company.
Monitoring must be repeated whenever a change in production, process, equipment
or controls increases noise exposures to the extent that either additional employees
may be exposed at or above the action level; or the attenuation provided by hearing
protectors being used by employees may be rendered inadequate to meet the
requirements of noise reduction.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
150
The company provides an opportunity for affected employees,
representatives, to observe any noise measurements conducted.
or
their
There are two different types of hearing protection: The plug or insert type and the
cup or muff type. It is suggested to have both types of protection available for
selection by the user.
It is the policy of the company that as a condition of employment, all regular full time,
part time, and temporary employees on job assignments that require the use of
approved hearing protection to help prevent hearing injuries (including those
resulting from high noise decibel levels), shall wear said hearing protection at all
times.
All supervisors and managers are responsible for ensuring employees under their
charge comply with this policy.
All employees who work in designated work areas and/or job assignments are
responsible for wearing company provided hearing protection to comply with this
policy. Failure to comply will result in disciplinary action up to and including
discharge.
Testing to establish a baseline audiogram shall be preceded by at least 14 hours
without exposure to workplace noise. Hearing protectors may be used as a
substitute for the requirement that baseline audiograms be preceded by 14 hours
without exposure to workplace noise.
All employees required to wear hearing protection must routinely inspect and
properly care for their hearing equipment.
"Transfer of records." If the employer ceases to do business, the employer shall
transfer to the successor employer all records required to be maintained by this
section, and the successor employer shall retain them for the remainder of the
period prescribed in paragraph (m)(3) of this section.
WHEN EMPLOYEE IS EXPOSED TO NOISE EXCEEDING LIMITS:
The employer shall provide hearing protectors and establish and maintain an
audiometric testing program as provided in this paragraph by making audiometric
testing available to all employees whose exposures equal or exceed an 8-hour timeweighted average of 85 decibels.
Within 6 months of an employee's first exposure at or above the action level, the
employer shall establish a valid baseline audiogram against which subsequent
audiograms can be compared.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
151
Each employee's annual audiogram shall be compared to that employee's baseline
audiogram to determine if the audiogram is valid and if a standard threshold shift has
occurred. This comparison may be done by a technician.
"Annual audiogram." At least annually after obtaining the baseline audiogram, the
employer shall obtain a new audiogram for each employee exposed at or above an
8-hour time-weighted average of 85 decibels.
"Evaluation of audiogram."
Each employee's annual audiogram shall be compared to that employee's baseline
audiogram to determine if the audiogram is valid and if a standard threshold shift.
This comparison may be done by a technician.
If a comparison of the annual audiogram to the baseline audiogram indicates a
standard threshold shift as defined in paragraph (g)(10) of this section has occurred,
the employee shall be informed of this fact in writing, within 21 days of the
determination.
Respiratory Protection
This respirator program lays out standard operating procedures to ensure the
protection of all employees from respiratory hazards, through proper selection and
use of respirators. The Safety Director is responsible for the respirator program.
Respirators are selected on the basis of the potential exposure hazards. All
equipment selections are made by the Safety Director. Outside consultation,
manufacturer’s assistance, and other recognized authorities will be consulted if there
is any doubt regarding proper selection and use of equipment. Respirators should be
used only where engineering control of respiratory hazards is not feasible, or in
emergencies.
Choosing the right equipment is complex and involves several steps: Determining
the hazards, choosing equipment that is certified for the function, and assuring that
the device is performing as intended. The proper selection of respirators must be
made according to the guidance of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
publication, “Practices for Respiratory Protection,” ANSI Z88.2 1969 (a later edition
of this standard, Z88.2 1980 has been issued by ANSI.)
Chemical and physical properties of the contaminant, as well as the toxicity and
concentration of the hazardous material and amount of oxygen present, must be
considered in selecting the proper respirators. The nature and extent of the hazard,
work rate, area to be covered, mobility, work requirements and conditions, as well as
the limitations and characteristics of the available respirators also are selection
factors.
It is the policy of the company that as a condition of employment, all regular full time,
part time, and temporary employees on job assignments which require the use of
approved respiratory protection to help prevent respiratory injuries (including those
resulting from inhalation of dust, fogs, flying particles, or oxygen depletion), shall
wear said protection at all times.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
152
Respiratory Protection (continued)
All supervisors and managers are responsible for ensuring employees under their
charge comply with this policy.
All employees who work in designated work areas and/or job assignments are
responsible for wearing company provided respiratory protection to comply with this
policy. Failure to comply will result in disciplinary action up to and including
discharge.
All employees required to wear respiratory protection must routinely inspect and
properly care for their respiratory equipment.
The employer shall provide a medical evaluation to determine the employee's ability
to use a respirator, before the employee is fit tested or required to use the respirator
in the workplace. The employer may discontinue an employee's medical evaluations
when the employee is no longer required to use a respirator.
The medical questionnaire and examinations shall be administered confidentially
during the employee's normal working hours or at a time and place convenient to the
employee. The medical questionnaire shall be administered in a manner that
ensures that the employee understands its content.
The employer shall provide the employee with an opportunity to discuss the
questionnaire and examination results with the PLHCP.
Two basic classes of respirators:
1. Air purifying: filters to remove substances
2. Atmosphere-supplying: provides breathable air from a clean air source
a. Supplied air respirator (SAR) line to outside, uses hose
b. Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), uses cylinder
Make sure you can fit through openings with gear!
An effective respirator program must cover the following factors:
1. Written standard operating procedures
2. Program evaluation
3. Equipment selection
4. Training
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
153
5. Fit testing
6. Inspection, cleaning, maintenance and storage
7. Medical examinations
8. Work area surveillance
9. Air quality standards
10. Approved respirators
11. Cleaning and disinfecting. The employer shall provide each respirator user
with a respirator that is clean, sanitary, and in good working order. The
employer shall ensure that respirators are cleaned and disinfected using the
procedures in Appendix B-2 of this section, or procedures recommended by
the respirator manufacturer, provided that such procedures are of equivalent
effectiveness. The respirators shall be cleaned and disinfected at the
following intervals:
Respirators issued for the exclusive use of an employee shall be cleaned and
disinfected as often as necessary to be maintained in a sanitary condition;
Respirators issued to more than one employee shall be cleaned and
disinfected before being worn by different individuals;
Respirators maintained for emergency use shall be cleaned and disinfected
after each use; and
Respirators used in fit testing and training shall be cleaned and disinfected
after each use.
In the control of those occupational diseases caused by breathing air contaminated
with harmful dusts, fogs, fumes, mists, gases, smokes, sprays, or vapors, the
primary objective shall be to prevent atmospheric contamination. This shall be
accomplished as far as feasible by accepted engineering control measures (for
example, enclosure or confinement of the operation, general and local ventilation,
and substitution of less toxic materials). When effective engineering controls are not
feasible, or while they are being instituted, appropriate respirators shall be used.
Respirators shall be provided by the employer when such equipment is necessary to
protect the health of the employee. The employer shall provide the respirators which
are applicable and suitable for the purpose intended. The employer shall be
responsible for the establishment and maintenance of a respiratory protection
program which shall include the requirements.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
154
Procedures for IDLH atmospheres. For all IDLH atmospheres, the employer shall
ensure that:
One employee or, when needed, more than one employee is located outside the
IDLH atmosphere;
Visual, voice, or signal line communication is maintained between the employee(s)
in the IDLH atmosphere and the employee(s) located outside the IDLH atmosphere;
The employee(s) located outside the IDLH atmosphere are trained and equipped to
provide effective emergency rescue;
The employer or designee is notified before the employee(s) located outside the
IDLH atmosphere enter the IDLH atmosphere to provide emergency rescue;
The employer or designee authorized to do so by the employer, once notified,
provides necessary assistance appropriate to the situation;
Employee(s) located outside the IDLH atmospheres are equipped with:
Pressure demand or other positive pressure SCBAs, or a pressure demand or other
positive pressure supplied-air respirator with auxiliary SCBA; and either
Appropriate retrieval equipment for removing the employee(s) who enter(s) these
hazardous atmospheres where retrieval equipment would contribute to the rescue of
the employee(s) and would not increase the overall risk resulting from entry; or
Equivalent means for rescue where retrieval equipment is not required.
The employer shall ensure that compressed air, compressed oxygen, liquid air, and
liquid oxygen used for respiration accords with the following specifications:
Compressed and liquid oxygen shall meet the United States Pharmacopoeia
requirements for medical or breathing oxygen; and
Compressed breathing air shall meet at least the requirements for Grade D
breathing air described in ANSI/Compressed Gas Association Commodity
Specification for Air, G-7.1-1989, to include:
Oxygen content (v/v) of 19.5-23.5%;
Hydrocarbon (condensed) content of 5 milligrams per cubic meter of air or less;
Carbon monoxide (CO) content of 10 ppm or less;
Carbon dioxide content of 1,000 ppm or less; and
Lack of noticeable odor.
Recordkeeping. This section requires the employer to establish and retain written
information regarding medical evaluations, fit testing, and the respirator program.
This information will facilitate employee involvement in the respirator program, assist
the employer in auditing the adequacy of the program, and provide a record for
compliance determinations by OSHA.
Medical evaluation. Records of medical evaluations required by this section must
be retained and made available in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.
Fit testing.
The employer shall establish a record of the qualitative and quantitative fit tests
administered to an employee including:
The name or identification of the employee tested;
Type of fit test performed;
Specific make, model, style, and size of respirator tested;
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
155
Date of test; and
The pass/fail results for QLFTs or the fit factor and strip chart recording or other
recording of the test results for QNFTs.
Fit test records shall be retained for respirator users until the next fit test is
administered.
A written copy of the current respirator program shall be retained by the employer.
Special Protection
It is the policy of the company that as a condition of employment, all regular full time,
part time, and temporary employees on job assignments that require the use of
approved special protection to help prevent injuries (including those resulting from
working near water, roads, bridges, etc.), shall wear said protection at all times.
All supervisors and managers are responsible for ensuring employees under their
charge comply with this policy.
All employees who work in designated work areas and/or job assignments are
responsible for wearing company provided special protection equipment to comply
with this policy. Failure to comply will result in disciplinary action up to and including
discharge.
All employees required to wear special protection equipment must routinely inspect
and properly care for their special protection equipment.
Special equipment for working near water or on bridges may include life jackets, ring
buoys with 90’ of rope, and an emergency lifeboat or skiff.
Special equipment for night workers may include reflective vests and suits, or
flagmen.
Heat Stress
Wearing PPE puts a worker at considerable risk of developing heat stress. This can
result in health effects ranging from transient heat fatigue to serious illness or death.
Heat stress is caused by a number of interacting factors, including environmental
conditions, clothing, workload, and the individual characteristics of the worker.
Individuals vary in their susceptibility to heat stress. Factors that may predispose
someone to heat stress include:
a) Lack of physical fitness
b) Lack of acclimatization
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
156
c) Age
d) Dehydration
e) Obesity
f) Alcohol and drug use
g) Infection
h) Sunburn
i) Diarrhea
j) Chronic Disease
Reduced work tolerance and the increased risk of excessive heat stress are directly
influenced by the amount and type of PPE work. PPE adds weight and bulk,
severely reduces the body’s access to normal heat exchange mechanisms
(evaporation, convection, and radiation), and increases energy expenditure.
Therefore, when selecting PPE, each item’s benefit should be carefully evaluated in
relation to its potential for increasing the risk of heat stress. Once PPE is selected,
the safe duration of work and rest periods should be determined based on the:
a) Anticipated work rate
b) Ambient Temperature and other environmental factors
c) Type of protective ensemble
d) Individual worker characteristics and fitness
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
157
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (continued)
(General Requirements)
HEAD PROTECTION:
TYPE 1:
TYPE 2:
BRIM..1-1/4” WIDE
BRIMLESS HELMETS
INDUSTRIAL PURPOSES
CLASS A: GENERAL SERVICE (CONSTRUCTION)
CLASS B: UTILITY SERVICE/HIGH VOLTAGE HELMETS
CLASS C: SPECIAL SERVICE/LIGHTWEIGHT USE
(ALL WATER-RESISTANT/SLOW BURNING) INSIDE
HELMET SHALL DISPLAY:
MANUFACTURER’S NAME
ANSI Z89.1-1969 (OR LATER YEAR)
EYE & FACE PROTECTION
SUITABLE PROTECTORS, SUCH AS
FLYING PARTICLES / CHEMICALS, ETC.
ALL DIFFERENT TYPES FOR A PARTICULAR HAZARD
EAR PROTECTION
FOR NOISE LEVELS - EAR PLUGS OR EAR MUFFS
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
DUST, FOGS, FLYING PARTICLES, ETC.
TORSO PROTECTION
PROTECTION AGAINST HEAT
HOT SPLASHES
ACIDS
CUTS / BRUISES
ARM & HAND PROTECTION
PROTECTION FROM
CHEMICALS
HEAT
ELECTRICITY
FOOT & LEG PROTECTION
WELDING
SLIPPERY AREAS
SAFETY TOES, ETC.
SPECIAL PROTECTION
LIFE JACKETS (WATER)
RINGS
BUOYS / 90’ OF ROPE
NIGHT WORKERS / FLAG MEN
REFLECTIVE VESTS AND SUITS
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
158
CRANES, DERRICKS, INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS
(General Requirements – Hoisting)
Rigging equipment, when not in use, shall be removed from the immediate work
area so as not to present a hazard to employees
All equipment shall meet OSHA and ANSI standards as well as the manufacturer’s
specifications.
The standards for cranes are written in a performance language because of the
various types and configurations involved (too detailed to document).
No one knows a crane’s limitations better than the manufacturer who built it. You
can work safely when you operate within the design parameters of the manufacturer.
Most accidents are due to structural failure of the crane (overloading the crane).
Operator error and riggings are also leading causes of accidents.
Cranes must be inspected annually by a competent person or a private agency
recognized by the Department of Labor.
Following is a general checklist to use before operating a crane:
1. A competent person must thoroughly check the crane prior to each use, or
before each shift.
2. Have any modifications or additions that would affect the capacity or safe
operation of the crane be made? If so, have decals and tags been changed
accordingly?
3. The original safety factor of the equipment must never be reduced.
4. Is the crane operator, and other personnel involved in the lift, knowledgeable
of basic crane capacities, limitations, and specific job site restrictions, such as
location of overhead electric power lines, unstable soil, or high wind
conditions?
5. Are other workers in the vicinity aware of hoisting activities or any job
restrictions imposed by crane operations?
6. Overhead Lines: Contact between cranes and overhead power lines is a
leading cause of fatal occupational injuries in the United States.
Note: Any overhead wire must be considered to be an energized line unless
and until the person owning the line or the electrical utility authorities indicate
that it is not an energized line and it has been visibly grounded and
appropriately marked.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
159
CRANES, DERRICKS, INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS (continued)
(General Requirements – Hoisting)
a. Ensure cranes are not to be used to handle materials or loads stored
under electric power lines.
b. Cage-type boom guards, insulating links, or proximity warning devices
may be used on cranes, but the use of such devices shall not alter the
requirements of any OSHA regulation even if such device is required
by another law or regulation.
c. Method 1: Ensure all electrical distribution and transmission lines are
de-energized and visibly grounded where you are working.
d. Method 2: Erect insulating barriers not a part of, or an attachment to,
the equipment or machinery to prevent physical contact with the lines.
If it is not possible to meet either of the two methods above, cranes
may operate close to power lines only if clearances in the following
charts are met:
1)
When operating near power lines, minimum clearance between
the lines and any part of the crane or load must be:
Voltage
50 kV or below
Minimum Clearance
10 feet
Over 50 kV
10 feet + 0.4’ for each 1kV
over 50kV or twice the length
of the line insulator, but never less than 10’
2)
When in transit with no load and boom lowered, the equipment
must be:
Voltage
Less than 50 kV
Minimum Clearance
Minimum of 4’
Over 50 kV up to and Minimum of 10’
including 345 kV
Over 345 kV up to and Minimum of 16’
including 750 kV
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
160
CRANES, DERRICKS, INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS (continued)
(General Requirements – Hoisting)
7. Barricades:
a. Barricades must be set up to protect employees from being struck or
crushed by the rotating superstructure of the crane.
b. Special attention must be given to guarding of the swing radius when
near buildings or other structures.
8. Stability: A crane’s load rating is generally developed for operations under
ideal conditions, i.e., a level, firm surface. Un-level surfaces or soft ground
must be avoided. In areas where soft ground poses a support problem for
stability, mats and/or blocking should be used to distribute a crane’s load and
maintain a level, stable condition.
If a crane is out of level more than one degree, it exerts a side load on the
crane boom, and can affect structural integrity.
a. Check for crane leveling to one degree
b. Are the outriggers, where applicable, fully extended and being used in
accordance with manufacturer’s recommendation?
c. Where necessary for rigging or service requirements, a ladder or steps
shall be provided to give access to a cab roof.
9. Check that high voltage warning signs are displayed on the exterior of the
crane on each side and on the counterweight of the crane.
10. Inspect all wire rope (including standing ropes). Wire rope shall be taken out
of service when any of the following conditions exist:
a. In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires in one lay or
three broken wires in one string in one lay.
b. Wear of one-third of the original diameter of outside individual wires.
c. Kinking, crushing, bird caging and corrosion, or any other damage
resulting in distortion of the tope structure.
d. Evidence of any heat damage from any cause.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
161
CRANES, DERRICKS, INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS (continued)
(General Requirements – Hoisting)
e. Reductions from nominal diameter (wire rope safety factors shall be in
accordance with ANSI B30.5-1968, or SAE J959-1966).
11.Check exhaust pipes, wheels, proper inflation of tires, and other general
requirements (including fluids, water levels, fuel, air, hydraulic systems,
hoses, etc.
12. Tag lines shall be used unless their use creates an unsafe condition.
13. Hooks on overhaul ball assemblies, lower load blocks, or other attachment
assemblies shall be of a type that can be closed and locked, eliminating the
hook throat opening. Alternatively, an alloy anchor type shackle with a bolt,
nut and retaining pin may be used.
14. All employees shall be kept clear of loads about to be lifted and of
suspended loads.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
162
FORKLIFT SAFETY
(General Requirements)
Statistics say that the drivers themselves cause 90% of all forklift accidents. Tipovers are the leading hazard.
OSHA requires that drivers must be trained before operating a forklift. Following are
some general guidelines:
1. There are several types of fuel used for forklifts:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Battery driven – watch for acids.
Propane driven – watch for explosive gas
Refuel in well ventilated area
Watch for, and clean up, all fuel spills
2. Lights should be functional at all times and used in dark areas.
3. Check all controls and proper operating ranges before using.
4. When you are driving with a load, you must have an unobstructed view, or
drive backwards.
5. Never drive closer than three forklift lengths behind someone else.
6. Do not park by exits, stairs, etc.
7. Do not pass another driver (forklift or other vehicle).
8. When going around corners or areas you cannot see when crossing, sound
the horn.
9. Watch out for people working around you.
10. Always turn close to the inside corners.
11. When driving over railroad tracks, drive diagonally, or you will tip over.
12. Driving too fast may shift your load.
13. Never stick your arms into fork areas.
14. Secure the top loading plates before driving over, or it could slip off and tip.
15. Make sure the floors are smooth before driving on them.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
163
FORKLIFT SAFETY (continued)
(General Requirements)
16. Make sure the floors are strong enough to hold the forklift, including the
weight of the load.
17. Make sure you know the weight and capacity of your load before driving onto
elevators.
18. When driving into a tractor/trailer, jacks should be installed to prevent tip-over.
19. When driving into elevators, drive in squarely.
20. Never ride the brakes of a forklift.
21. Never back up without looking first.
22. Haul all loads as low as possible to the ground.
23. When driving up and down grades, drive slow and straight. Most times, going
up grades, you will have to haul the load backwards.
24. If tip-over occurs, it is best to stay inside the cab. Do not jump out, because
you may get caught.
25. If using a forklift in areas where workers or materials are being used above,
you must provide proper protection (a guard) for the top of the cab. This will
protect you from falling objects.
26. If the vehicle is equipped with seat belts, USE THEM.
27. The proper personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be worn, (hearing,
masks, etc.)
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
164
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requires that all
employees operating a forklift be trained and authorized. Training is required:
1. Any time the operator is seen operating unsafely
2. Any time the operator has been involved in an accident or near miss
3. Any evaluation showing the operator is not operating the forklift safely
4. When the operator is assigned to a different type of truck
5. Whenever a condition in the workplace changes in a manner that could affect
the safe operation
Evaluations will be completed at least once every three years
Forklift training should include the following:
1. Operating instructions, warnings and precautions for the specific types of
truck the operator will be authorized to operate.
2. The differences between the truck and the automobile.
3. Truck controls and instrumentation: Where they are located, what they do,
and how they work.
4. Engine or motor operation.
5. Steering and maneuvering.
6. Visibility (including restrictions due to loading.)
7. Fork and attachment adaptation, operation, and use limitations.
8. Vehicle capacity
9. Vehicle stability
10. Any vehicle inspection and maintenance that the operator will be required to
perform.
11. Refueling and/or charging of batteries.
12. Operating limitations
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
165
13. Any operating instructions, warnings, or precautions listed in the operator’s
manual for the types of vehicles that the employee will operate.
14. Workplace related topics.
15. Surface conditions where the vehicle will be operated.
16. Composition of loads to be carried and load stability.
17. Load manipulation, stacking and unstacking.
18. Pedestrian traffic in areas of vehicle operation.
19. Narrow aisle and other restricted places of vehicle operation.
20. Hazardous (classified) locations of vehicle operation.
21. Ramps and other sloped surfaces that could affect the vehicle’s stability.
22. Closed environments and the other areas where sufficient ventilation or poor
vehicle maintenance could cause a buildup of carbon monoxide or diesel
exhaust.
23. Other unique or potentially hazardous environmental conditions in the
workplace that could affect safe operation.
24. The requirements of 29 CFR 1910.178.
Below is a suggested Forklift Certification outline which members may use.
Introduction
 Instructors name and background
 Students names and backgrounds
 (Any trainees experienced and/or licensed in the past)
Purpose of this training class
 To train you on proper inspection and operation of a forklift
 To meet the OSHA 29 CFR 1910.178 operators training requirements
 To reduce and prevent accidents
Training outline:
 Classroom instruction/videos (forklift safety and operation)
 Pass out and go over handout
 Review key points (from videos, handout and tests)
 Written exam
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
166

Review exam as group – discuss missed questions
Pre-operational check
 Review and discuss check lists
 Perform checkout
Operation and road test
 Operational checkout
 Raising forks before moving vehicle
 Insertion forks into load or pallet
 Positioning of forks for pickup of load without “skidding”
 Raise load before moving vehicle
 Tilting the load against the backrest before moving the vehicle
 Look in direction of travel
 Look over both shoulders before backing
 Driving smoothly to destination
 Maneuvering when entering aisle, placing load or stacking
 Forks in right position while traveling
 Used horn – before backing, at aisle crossing, at blind corners – to warn
pedestrians
 Load deposited smoothly and properly
 Used proper safety equipment, shoes, hats, etc.
 Vehicle properly secured before leaving seat
 Operator stayed within reasonable boundaries of course
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
167
OSHA 29 CFR 1910.178(1)
Operator Training Requirements for Powered Industrial Trucks
(1)
(2)
Safe Operation.
(i)
The employer shall ensure that each powered industrial truck operator
is competent to operate a powered industrial truck safely, as
demonstrated by the successful completion of the training and
evaluation specified in this paragraph (1).
(ii)
Prior to permitting an employee to operate a powered industrial truck
(except for training purposes), the employer shall ensure that each
operator has successfully completed the training required by this
paragraph (1), except as permitted by paragraph (1)(5).
Training Program Implementation.
(i)
Trainees may operate a powered industrial truck only:
(A)
(B)
(3)
Under the direct supervision of persons who have the
knowledge, training, and experience to train operators and
evaluate their competence, and
Where such operation does not endanger the trainee or other
employees.
(ii)
Training shall consist of a combination of formal instruction (e.g.
lecture, discussion, interactive computer learning, videotape, written
material), practical training (demonstrations performed by the trainer
and practical exercises performed by the trainee), and evaluation of
the operator’s performance in the workplace.
(iii)
All operator training and evaluation shall be conducted by persons who
have the knowledge, training, and experience to train powered
industrial truck operators and evaluate their competence.
Training program content. Powered industrial truck operators shall receive
initial training in the following topics, except in topics that the employer can
demonstrate are not applicable to safe operation of the truck in the
employer’s workplace.
(i)
Truck-related topics:
(A)
(B)
Rev. (12/3/08)
Operating instructions, warnings, and precautions for the types
of truck the operator will be authorized to operate.
Differences between the truck and the automobile
Page
168
OSHA 29 CFR 1910.178(1) (continued)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(H)
(I)
(J)
(K)
(L)
(M)
(ii)
Workplace-related topics:
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(H)
(I)
(iii)
(4)
Truck controls and instrumentation: where they are located,
what they do, and how they work
Engine or motor operation
Steering and maneuvering
Visibility (including restrictions due to loading)
Fork and attachment adaptation, operation, and use limitations
Vehicle capacity
Vehicle stability
Any vehicle inspection and maintenance that the operator will
be required to perform
Refueling and/or charging and recharging of batteries ((Page
66271))
Operating limitations
Any other operating instructions, warnings, or precautions listed
in the operator’s manual for the types of vehicle that the
employee is being trained to operate.
Surface conditions where the vehicle will be operated.
Composition of loads to be carried and load stability
Load manipulation, stacking, and unstacking
Pedestrian traffic in areas where the vehicle will be operated
Narrow aisles and other restricted places where the vehicle will
be operated.
Hazardous (classified) locations where the vehicle will be
operated
Ramps and other sloped surfaces that could affect the vehicle’s
stability.
Closed environments and other areas where insufficient
ventilation or poor vehicle maintenance could cause a buildup of
carbon monoxide or diesel exhaust.
Other unique or potentially hazardous environmental conditions
in the workplace that could affect safe operation
The requirements of this section.
Refresher training and evaluation.
(i)
Rev. (12/3/08)
Refresher training, including an evaluation of the effectiveness of that
training shall be conducted as required by paragraph (1)(4)(ii) to
ensure that the operator has the knowledge and skills needed to
operate the powered industrial truck safely.
Page
169
OSHA 29 CFR 1910.178(1) (continued)
(ii)
Refresher training in relevant topics shall be provided to the operator
when:
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(iii)
The operator has been observed to operate the vehicle in an
unsafe manner
The operator has been involved in an accident or near-miss
incident
The operator has received an evaluation that reveals that the
operator is not operating the truck safely
The operator is assigned to drive a different type of truck; or
A condition in the workplace changes in a manner that could
affect safe operation of the truck.
An evaluation of each powered industrial truck operator’s performance
shall be conducted at least once every three years.
(5)
Avoidance of duplicative training. If an operator has previously received
training in a topic specified in paragraph (1)(3) of this section, and such
training is appropriate to the truck and working conditions encountered,
additional training in that topic is not required if the operator has been
evaluated and found competent to operate the truck safely.
(6)
Certification. The employer shall certify that each operator has been trained
and evaluated as required by this paragraph (1). The certification shall include
the name of the operator, the date of the training, the date of the evaluation,
and the identity of the person(s) performing the training or evaluation.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
170
FORKLIFT CERTIFICATION/EVALUATION FORM
Driver:
Employee No:
Examiner:
Date:
Forklift Type: Warehouse
Rough Terrain
Forklift Equipment Number:
This Examiner Training Form will serve as your guide and permanent record of training for each student. Read it
carefully and complete each of the four parts. Part Four will be used as a guide by the driving skills examiner.
The pre-operational checks may be performed individually or as a group.
Instructor’s Signature
Part 1
Classroom Instruction Videos
Part 2
Written Exam (Scores)
Part 3
Pre-operational Check
Part 4
Operation and Road Test
Date
Instructor: Observe and score the Operator on the following items. If the Operator fails to operate the forklift in a
safe manner, the operator shall not pass, and shall repeat the Operational and Road Test. A passing score shall
be determined by properly operating the forklift in each of the areas outlined below. A check mark shall indicate
unsatisfactory completion of the task.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Did not raise fork before moving vehicle
Incorrect position for insertion
Incorrect positioning for pickup of load
“Skidded” load on insertion of forks or placement of load
Did not raise load before moving vehicle
Did not tilt load against backrest before moving vehicle
Did not look in direction of travel
Did not look over both shoulders before backing
Did not drive smoothly to destination
Nudged one or more barriers or structures with vehicle or load
Requires excess maneuvering when entering aisle, placing load or stacking
Fork lowered (dragging) while vehicle in motion or fork raised while vehicle in motion
Did not use horn to warn pedestrians – before backing (if unit not equipped with reverse alarm),
at aisle crossing, or at blind corners
Load not deposited smoothly or properly
Did not use proper safety equipment shoes, hats, etc.
Operator used radio headset or dark glasses
Vehicle not properly secured before leaving seat
Operator failed to stay within reasonable boundaries of course
Comments:
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
171
SCAFFOLDING
(General Requirements)
It is very important to use safe working practices to prevent accidents and injuries on
scaffolds. Before working on a scaffold, a competent person must determine the
following:
1. Rigid footing on anchorage. Don’t use concrete block or loose bricks
2. Must erect or move under supervision of competent person
3. Guardrails and toeboards for over 10’ above ground (all sides)
4. Scaffolds 4’ – 10’ and less than 45” horizontally in either direction must have
guardrails all the way around
5. Guardrails minimum of:
a. 2 x 4 size
b. 42” high
c. 8’ center
d. Toeboards 4” high
6. When required to work under:
a. Screen must be between toeboards and guard rail
b. #18 ½ mesh or equivalent
7. Must support four times maximum load
8. All braces, screw legs, etc. must be immediately repaired
9. All load timers 1500 (stress grade) construction lumber
10. All planking – scaffold grade (refer to table in OSHA Book)
a. 2 x 10 planks or wider
b. Overlap 12” minimum or secure
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
172
c. Access ladder
d. Scaffold plank ends no less than 6” – no more than 12” (No diving boards)
11. Poles, legs, etc. must be plumb and rigid
12. Overhead protection for people exposed to overhead hazards
13. Eliminate slippery conditions as quickly as possible
14. No welding or open flames on staging suspended by fiber/synthetic ropes. Watch
out for corrosives or chemicals.
15. Wire, etc. must support six times load
16. No shoring or lean-to scaffolds
17. Must have tag line for hoisting materials
18. Can’t work on scaffolds during storms or high winds
19. Can’t accumulate tools/debris to cause a hazard
The employer shall have each employee who is involved in erecting, disassembling,
moving, operating, repairing, maintaining, or inspecting a scaffold trained by a
competent person to recognize any hazards associated with the work in question.
The training shall include the following topics, as applicable: The nature of scaffold
hazards; The correct procedures for erecting, disassembling, moving, operating,
repairing, inspecting, and maintaining the type of scaffold in question; The design
criteria, maximum intended load-carrying capacity and intended use of the scaffold;
Any other pertinent requirements of this subpart.
The employer shall have each employee who is involved in erecting, disassembling,
moving, operating, repairing, maintaining, or inspecting a scaffold trained by a
competent person to recognize any hazards associated with the work in question.
The training shall include the following topics, as applicable:
The nature of any electrical hazards, fall hazards and falling object hazards in the
work area;The correct procedures for dealing with electrical hazards and for
erecting, maintaining, and disassembling the fall protection systems and falling
object protection systems being used;The proper use of the scaffold, and the proper
handling of materials on the scaffold;The maximum intended load and the loadcarrying capacities of the scaffolds used; and Any other pertinent requirements of
this subpart.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
173
Wood Pole Scaffolds:
1. Shall bear on foundation and spread the load
2. Set as near to wall of building as possible
3. Diagonal bracing needed
4. Cross bracing
5. Planking lapped 12” or butted and supported – separate bearers
6. Change direction – lay to keep from tipping

Rest over first layer of planking
7. When moving platforms to next level – install new bearers then move and set
into place.
8. Guardrails:






Over 10’ high
2x4
8’ on center
42” high
Mid rail 1 x 6
Toeboards 4”
9. Pole scaffolds – use table in book
10. Pole scaffolds over 60’ high must be engineered.
Tube and Couple Scaffolds:
1. 2” O.C. Steel Tubing
2. 6’ apart
3. 10’ length – see Table in OSHA book
4. Cross bracing ‘ 45 degree angles
5. Must be tied and secured every 26’ high, and 30’ long.
6. Guardrails/toeboards same as all other:
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
174





2x4
8’ on center
42” high
mid rail 1 x 6
toeboards 4”
Tubular Welded:
1. Four times its weight on load
2. Braced with cross bracing
3. Plumb and rigid
4. Set on adjustable bases on mud sills or equivalent
5. Aligned properly
6. Secure for up lift
7. Must be tied and secured every 26’ high and 30’ long
8. Over 125’ – engineered
9. Guardrails/toeboards same as all other:





2x4
8’ on center
42” high
mid rail 1 x 6
toeboards 4”
Manually Propelled:
1. Height shall not exceed 4 times its base dimension
2. Casters support four times load and locking
3. Proper cross bracing
4. Planking – tight, full width except for entrance opening
5. Platforms secured
6. Ladder on stairway must be provided
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
175



Affixed or build into
No tendency to tip
Landings provided every 35’ maximum
7. Move on level floors at base area.
8. Can’t ride the scaffolding. When grade is more than three degrees out of
horizontal, and if there are holes or pits in the area.
9. ½ height of base for moving
10. Secure tools before moving
11. Must lock casters before using
12. Guardrails/toeboards same as all other scaffold types





Rev. (12/3/08)
2x4
8’ on center
42” high
mid rail 1 x 6
toeboards 4”
Page
176
Scaffold Types:
1. Outrigger
2. Swinging
3. Bricklayers
4. Ladder jack
5. Window jack
6. Float of ship scaffolds
7. Etc.
Platform Types:
1. Ladder
2. Beam
3. Solid
4. Etc.
Always use accident prevention tags used to identify hazardous conditions and
provide a message to employees with respect to hazardous conditions, to meet the
specific tagging requirements of other OSHA standards.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
177
EXCAVATIONS – SHORING & TRENCHING
(General Requirements)
OSHA requires that all excavations, and the work performed in them, must adhere to
their standards. This type of work is considered to be the most hazardous in the
industry. Even though the actual numbers are not large, injuries are almost always
fatal when they do occur. Most of the time, accidents are due to inadequate
planning. The following are general guidelines to use:
1. If exposed to potential cave-ins, you must be protected by:


Sloping or benching the sides of the excavation
Placing a shield between the sides and the work area
2. Requirements do not apply until the excavation is five feet (or more) deep.
The competent person must document that the soil condition doesn’t contain
potential for a cave in.
3. Trench



Narrow excavation below surface
Depth is greater than width
Width doesn’t exceed 15 feet
4. Excavation

Man made cut, cavity, etc. formed by earth removal
Cave-In:
1. Soil or dirt is very heavy


Cubic foot = 114 lbs.
Cubic yard = the weight of a pick up truck
2. Vertical stress


Rev. (12/3/08)
2’ deep – 200 PSI/square foot
5’ deep – 500 PSI/square foot
Page
178
EXCAVATIONS – SHORING & TRENCHING (continued)
(General Requirements)
3. Excavation disturbs columns of soil





Is unnatural
Called shear stress
Cracks occur – excavation fails or kicks
Cave-ins come in multiples of 1 to 3
Vibration, water, weather, lead to many conditions of cave-ins
Vibration Sources:
1. Railroad operations
2. Traffic
3. Heavy equipment operations
4. Jack hammer operations
5. Tamping machine operation
Planning for safety checklist before excavating:
1. Traffic
2. Nearness of structures and their condition
3. Soil
4. Surface and ground water
5. Water table
6. Overhead and underground utilities
7. Weather
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
179
EXCAVATIONS – SHORING & TRENCHING (continued)
(General Requirements)
Prior to beginning each job, prepare a written or verbal excavation plan, including
equipment needed:
1. Identify
2. Evaluate
3. Potential hazards
4. Prevention or control of hazards
5. Procedures for fast notification and accident investigation
General Regulations State:
1. Underground contact utilities (OOPS)
2. Must provide stairway/ladder/ramp in trench


If 4’ or more deep
Within 25’
3. Exposure to traffic – vests, etc.
4. Not below exposed loads or digging
5. Adjacent equipment must be guarded – hand signals or barricades
6. Hazardous atmosphere


Proper PPE (Lifeline and harness attached)
Same as confined space (rescue, etc.)
7. Control Water – Competent person

Ditches, streams, dikes, etc.
8. Bracing/shoring of adjacent structures (Professional engineer)
9. Loose rock or soil – clean 2’ away
10. Daily inspections by competent person, or if it rains or hazards found
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
180
EXCAVATIONS – SHORING & TRENCHING (continued)
(General Requirements)
11. Walkways above - Fall protection
Requirements for protecting employees from cave-ins:
1. Only required for over 5’ deep
2. Design of sloping and benching systems, options to consider:




Depth of trench
Soil conditions
Type of protective equipment
Engineered systems
3. Shoring types




Heavy timber
Aluminum
Plywood with aluminum
Trench shields
Note: All use hydraulics, pneumatic, or screw types
Classification of soil rock deposits:



Type A (Most stable)
Type B
Type C (Least stable)
Tested by compression strength of tons per square foot:



Type A - > 1.5 TSF
Type B - > .5 to 1.5 TSF
Type C – 0 to .5 TSF
Type A Examples:
1. Clay
2. Sandy clay
3. Hardpan
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
181
EXCAVATIONS – SHORING & TRENCHING (continued)
(General Requirements)
Note: Above are not considered Type A if:



Subject to vibration (Traffic – pile driving)
Previously disturbed
Sloped layered types
Type B Examples:
1. Crushed rock
2. Previously disturbed soil (Unless type C)
3. Subject to vibration
4. Unstable dry rocks
Type C Examples:
1. Gravel
2. Sand
3. Loamy sand
4. Wet soil
5. Unstable wet rocks
See OSHA Standard for Maximum Allowable Slopes
DUTIES OF THE COMPETENT PERSON:
1. Will maintain a copy of 29 CFR 1926- Subpart "P" and have a comprehensive
knowledge of OSHA’s Excavation Standards. In addition, competent persons shall
have a general knowledge of all applicable construction standards.
2. Conduct pre-job site review to develop a job plan that ensures a safe, efficient job
process. A competent person will evaluate difficult sloping and shoring problems (i.e.
manholes, etc) prior to commencing the work.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
182
3. Perform inspections of equipment and trench conditions at the start of each shift
or as needed by changing conditions.
4. Competent person has the duty and responsibility to remove all employees from
hazardous condition and effect all changes necessary to ensure safety.
5. Categorize soil conditions and conduct visual and manual tests to determine
stability of soil and surrounding trench conditions. NOTE: If visual and manual tests
are not performed, soils shall be classified as type “C”.
6. Maintain on-site records of protection systems.
7. Determine the appropriate protection system to be used and oversee installation.
8. Verify that a competent person designs ramps and walkways for employee use in
accordance with OSHA standards.
9. Competent person shall verify proper design of structural equipment ramps and
walkways, or shall contact an RPE to design structural equipment ramps and
walkways.
10. Hold tailgate safety meetings with all crew members prior to trenching and
shoring operations. Subsequent meeting shall be held as conditions warrant.
11. A competent person shall be on-site at all times during excavation/trenching
operations.
12. Assure that appropriate emergency rescue equipment is available to meet
existing or potential conditions.
13. Monitor use of water removal equipment.
14. Test for oxygen presence and air quality in excavations as necessary.
Competent persons shall be qualified in identifying confined/hazardous spaces due
to the presence of flammable/combustible gases, toxics, oxygen deficiency and
oxygen enriched environments.
15. Competent person shall consult with RPE for trenches over 20', specially
designed shoring bracing or underpinning or when excavation endangers nearby
structures.
NOTE: Competent persons shall ensure that all trenches are properly classified, sloped, or
shored in accordance with the appendices of 29 CFR 1926- Subpart "P", or in accordance
with manufactures tabulated data. Furthermore, competent persons shall consult with a
registered professional engineer (RPE) obtaining written guidance whenever the work
exceeds 20 feet in depth, or the work will require control measures not specified in the
standard.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
183
AERIAL LIFTS – SCISSORS, BOOMS, ETC.
(General Requirements)
The definition of the phrase “aerial work platform” includes a wide variety of lifts.
There are seven types of aerial work platforms. Each type is referenced by
OSHA, and you must apply each standard to the correct type of platform used.
To accomplish this, you must use an ANSI standard, which was developed by
the Scaffold Industry Association. This is why some requirements are in the
OSHA scaffold section and the aerial lift section.
The purpose of the ANSI and OSHA standard is to achieve the following
objectives:



Prevent accidents and injuries.
Establish criteria for design, manufacture, testing, performance,
inspection, training, maintenance and operation.
Establish understanding and responsibilities for operators and owners,
etc.
Due to the various types, configurations, and brand names involved (which are
too detailed to incorporate into OSHA), OSHA uses general guidelines and refers
to the ANSI standard for each particular aerial platform. There are seven types of
aerial platforms and subsequent standards:
1.
Standard A92.2-1990
Vehicle mounted elevating and rotating aerial devices
(Trucks)
2.
Standard A92.3-1990
Manually-propelled elevating aerial platforms
3.
Standard A92.5-1992
Boom-supported elevating work platforms
(Boom, baskets, extensible, articulating)
4.
Standard A92.6-1990
Self-propelled elevating work platforms
(Scissors)
5.
Standard A92.7-1990
Air line ground support vehicle-mounted vertical lift devices
6.
Standard A92.8-1993
Vehicle-mounted bridge inspection and maintenance devices
7.
Standard A92.9-1993
Mast climbing work platforms
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
184
AERIAL LIFTS – SCISSORS, BOOMS, ETC. (continued)
(General Requirements)
Training:
As you know, certain states require you to be trained on the equipment and may
also require you to carry a license to operating an aerial lift.
The general requirements state:
1. Employees need to be trained prior to operating any aerial lifts.
2. Ladder and tower trucks shall be secured and locked on top of the truck cab
before moving down the highway, etc. (booms secured, outriggers stowed).
3. Aerial lifts shall be tested each day, prior to use, to make sure the controls are
working properly and safely.
4. Only authorized personnel shall be permitted to operate any aerial lift.
5. Anchoring (belting off) to an adjacent pole, structure (bar joist), or equipment
shall not be permitted.
6. Employees shall stand firmly on the floor of the basket (not allowed to sit,
climb, or use planks, ladders, or other devices, for work positioning).
7. Body restraint belts and lanyards may be attached to the boom or basket
when working in a lift. (NOTE: This is just for restraint, and not a requirement
for fall protection. See the manufacturer’s specs on where to anchor
restraints.)
8. Do not exceed (load) limits of the manufacturer.
9. Brakes shall be set.
10. Outriggers shall be positioned on pads or solid surface.
11. If you are on an incline, you must chock the wheels.
12. Do not move an aerial lift when the boom is elevated, unless it is designed to
be moved when extended open (platform).
13. If aerial lifts are used, and designed as personnel carriers, they shall have
controls located on top (within the operator’s reach) and at the bottom (to
override the upper controls, and marked accordingly). The lower controls shall
not be used unless permission was obtained or an emergency arises.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
185
AERIAL LIFTS – SCISSORS, BOOMS, ETC. (continued)
(General Requirements)
14. All electrical tests shall be performed by the ANSI A92.2-1969 standard, or
the manufacturer’s current equivalent.
15. The bursting safety factor shall meet the manufacturer’s specs, or ANSI
A92.2-1969 standard.
16. Welding (for repairs) must conform to OSHA recommended standards.
17. All aerial lifts shall have the manufacturer’s equipment manual located with
the aerial lift at all times.
18. All operators must be familiar with the equipment specs (know what to check
before startup, maintenance, and use.)
19. Check the ANSI standards for specific equipment requirements. Always, this
is a minimum standard. Exceeding the standard is encouraged.
Aerial lifts may be "field modified" for uses other than those intended by the
manufacturer, provided the modification has been certified in writing by the
manufacturer or by any other equivalent entity, such as a nationally recognized
testing laboratory, to be in conformity with all applicable provisions of ANSI A92.2 1969 and this section, and to be at least as safe as the equipment was before
modification.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
186
STEEL ERECTION STANDARD
Key provisions of the revised steel erection standard include:
Site Layout and Construction Sequence


Requires certification of proper curing of concrete in footings, piers, etc. for
steel columns.
Requires controlling contractor to provide erector with a safe site layout
including pre-planning routes for hoisting loads.
Site-Specific Erection Plan

Requires pre-planning of key erection elements, including coordination with
controlling contractor before erection begins, in certain circumstances.
Hoisting and Rigging



Provides additional crane safety for steel erection.
Minimizes employee exposure to overhead loads through pre-planning and
work practice requirements.
Prescribes proper procedure for multiple lifts (Christmas-treeing).
Structural Steel Assembly


Provides safer walking/working surfaces by eliminating tripping hazards and
minimizes slips through new slip resistance requirements.
Provides specific work practices regarding safely landing deck bundles and
promoting the prompt protection from fall hazards in interior openings.
Column Anchorage


Requires 4 anchor bolts per column along with other column stability
requirements.
Requires procedures for adequacy of anchor bolts that have been modified in
the field.
Beams and Columns
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
187

Eliminates extremely dangerous collapse hazards associated with making
double connections at columns.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
188
STEEL ERECTION STANDARD (continued)
Open Web Steel Joists



Requirements minimizing collapse of lightweight steel joists by addressing
need for erection bridging and method of attachment.
Requirements for bridging terminus anchors with illustrations and drawings in
a non-mandatory appendix (provided by SJI).
New requirements to minimize collapse in placing loads on steel joists.
Systems-Engineered Metal Buildings

Requirements to minimize collapse in the erection of these specialized
structures, which account for a major portion of steel erection in this country.
Falling Object Protection

Performance provisions that address hazards of falling objects in steel
erection.
Fall Protection



Controlled decking zone (CDZ) provisions to prevent decking fatalities.
Deckers in a CDZ and connectors must be protected at heights greater than
two stories or 30 feet. Connectors between 15 and 30 feet must wear fall
arrest or restraint equipment and be able to be tied off or be provided another
means of fall protection.
Requires fall protection for all others engaged in steel erection at heights
greater than 15 feet.
Training


Requires qualified person to train exposed workers in fall protection.
Requires qualified person to train exposed workers engaged in special, high
risk activities
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
189
NEW OSHA RECORD KEEPING RULES
Scope


The list of service and retail industries that are partially exempt from the rule
has been updated. Some establishments that were covered under the old rule
will not be required to keep OSHA records under the new rule and some
formerly exempted establishments will now have to keep records.
The new rule continues to provide a partial exemption for employers who had
10 or fewer workers at all times in the previous calendar year.
Forms




The new OSHA Form 300 (Log of Work–Related Injuries and Illnesses) has
been simplified and can be printed on smaller legal-sized paper.
The new OSHA Form 301 (Injury and Illness Incident Report) includes more
data about how the injury or illness occurred.
The new OSHA Form 300A (Summary of Work-Related Injuries and
Illnesses) provides additional data to calculate incidence rates.
Maximum flexibility has been provided so employers can keep all the
information on computers, at a central location, or on alternative forms, as
long as the information is compatible and the data can be produced when
needed.
Defining Work-Related




A “significant” degree of aggravation is required before a preexisting injury or
illness becomes work related.
Additional exemptions have been added to the geographic presumption of
work relationship- cases arising from eating and drinking of food and
beverages, blood donations, exercise programs, etc., no longer need to be
recorded. Common cold and flu cases no longer need to be recorded.
Criteria for deciding when mental illnesses are considered work related have
been added.
Sections have been added clarifying work relationship when employees travel
or work out of their home.
Recording Criteria

Different criteria for recording work-related injuries and work-related illnesses
are eliminated- one set of criteria is used for both.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
190
NEW OSHA RECORD KEEPING RULES (continued)






Employers are required to record work-related injuries or illnesses if they
result in one of the following: death, days away from work, restricted work or
transfer to another job, medical treatment beyond first aid, loss of
consciousness, or diagnosis of a significant injury/illness by a physician or
other licensed healthcare professional.
New definitions are included for medical treatment and first aid. First aid is
defined by treatments on a finite list. All treatment not on this list is medical
treatment.
The recording of “light duty” or restricted work cases is clarified. Employers
are required to record cases as restricted work cases when an injured or ill
employee only works partial days or is restricted from performing his or her
“routine job functions.”
Employers are required to record all needlestick and sharps injuries involving
contamination by another person’s blood or other potentially infectious
material.
Musculoskeletal disorders (MSDs) are treated like all other injuries or
illnesses. They must be recorded if they result in days away, restricted work,
transfer to another job, or medical treatment beyond first aid.
Special recording criteria are included for cases involving the work-related
transmissions of tuberculosis or medical removal under OSHA standards.
Day Counts


The term “lost workdays” is eliminated and the rule requires recording of days
away, days of restricted work, or transfer to another job. Also, new rules for
counting that rely on calendar days instead of workdays are included.
Employers are no longer required to count days away from work or a day of
restricted work.
Annual Summary




Employers must review the information on the 300 log before it is summarized
on the 300 A form.
The new rule includes hours worked data to make it easier for employers to
calculate incidence rates.
A company executive is required to certify the accuracy of the summary.
The annual summary must be posted for three months instead of one.
Employee Involvement

Employers are required to establish a procedure for employees to report
injuries and illnesses and to tell their employees how to report them.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
191
NEW OSHA RECORD KEEPING RULES (continued)



The new rule informs employers that the OSHA Act prohibits employers from
discriminating against employees who report injuries and illnesses.
Employees are allowed to access the 301 forms to review records of their
own injuries and illnesses.
Employee representatives are allowed to access those parts of the OSHA
301 form relevant to workplace safety and health.
Privacy Policy




Employers are required to protect employees’ privacy by withholding an
individual’s name on the 300 form for certain types of sensitive
injuries/illnesses (e.g., sexual assaults, HIV infections, mental illnesses, etc.).
Employers are allowed to withhold descriptive information about sensitive
injuries in the cases where not doing so would disclose the employee’s
identity.
Employee representatives are given access only to the portion of the 301
form that contains information about the injury or illness, while personal
information about the employee and his or her healthcare provider is withheld.
Employers are required to remove employees’ names before providing injury
and illness data to persons who do not have access rights under the rule.
Reporting Information to OSHA




Employers must call in all fatal heart attacks occurring in the work
environment.
Employers do not need to call in public street motor vehicle accidents except
those in a construction work zone.
Employers do not need to call in commercial airplane, train, subway or bus
accidents.
Employers must provide records, to an OSHA compliance officer who
requests them, within 4 hours.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
192
Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records
Purpose
The purpose of this section is to provide employees and their designated
representatives a right of access and copy all relevant exposure and medical records in
order to fulfill responsibilities under the Occupational Safety and Health Act. Access by
employees and their representatives, is necessary to yield both direct and indirect
improvements in the detection, treatment, and prevention of occupational disease.
Scope
This section applies to all employee exposure and medical records, and analysis
thereof, made or maintained in any manner, including an in-house or contractual basis.
Kerry Katafiasz, Safety Director, shall assure that the preservation and access
requirements of this section are complied with regardless of the manner in which
records are made or maintained.
Content
 Notification
 Record Keeping
 Access
 Transfer of Records
 References
Notification
Upon initial employment employees will be briefed and at least annually thereafter,
informed via a bulletin board posting of the following:
 The existence, location, and availability of employee records for exposure to toxic
substances or harmful physical agents
 The person responsible for maintaining and providing access to the records.
Contact Resources Manager or Safety Representative to initiate this request
 The employee right to access to those records
 The entire section pertaining to Access to Employee Exposure and Medical
Records is available for employee review by contact the Safety Representative.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
193
LMCC
SAFETY MANUAL
APPENDIX A
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
194
LEAD
6. The employer shall provide the training program as initial training prior to the time
of job assignment or prior to the start up date for this requirement, whichever comes
last.
Full shift personal samples shall be representative of the monitored employee's
regular, daily exposure to lead.
If the initial determination or subsequent determination reveals employee exposure to
be at or above the action level but at or below the PEL the employer shall perform
monitoring in accordance with this paragraph at least every 6 months. The employer
shall continue monitoring at the required frequency until at least two consecutive
measurements, taken at least 7 days apart, are below the action level at which time the
employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee.
Engineering and work practice controls." The employer shall implement
engineering and work practice controls, including administrative controls, to reduce and
maintain employee exposure to lead to or below the permissible exposure limit to the
extent that such controls are feasible. Wherever all feasible engineering and work
practices controls that can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure
to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to
reduce employee exposure to the lowest feasible level and shall supplement them by
the use of respiratory protection.
The employer must provide a powered air-purifying respirator when an employee
chooses to use such a respirator and it will provide adequate protection to the
employee.
Provision and use". Where an employee is exposed to lead above the PEL without
regard to the use of respirators, where employees are exposed to lead compounds
which may cause skin or eye irritation (e.g. lead arsenate, lead azide), and as interim
protection for employees performing tasks as specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this
section, the employer shall provide at no cost to the employee and assure that the
employee uses appropriate protective work clothing and equipment that prevents
contamination of the employee and the employee's garments such as, but not limited to:
Coveralls or similar full-body work clothing; Gloves, hats, and shoes or disposable shoe
coverlets; and Face shields, vented goggles, or other appropriate protective equipment
The employer shall institute a medical surveillance for all employees who are or
may be exposed by the employer at or above the action level for more than 30 days in
any consecutive 12 months;
The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and procedures are performed
by or under the supervision of a licensed physician
Within five working days after the receipt of biological monitoring results, the
employer shall notify each employee in writing of his or her blood lead level
The employer shall provide clean change areas for employees whose airborne
exposure to lead is above the PEL, and as interim protection for employees performing
tasks exposed to lead, without regard to the use of respirators.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
195
The employer shall post the following warning signs in each work area where an
employees exposure to lead is above the PEL.
WARNING
LEAD WORK AREA
POISON
NO SMOKING OR EATING
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
196
BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN
In accordance with the OSHA Bloodborne Pathogens standard, 29 CFR 1910.1030, the
following exposure control plan has been developed:
1. Exposure Determination
OSHA requires employers to perform an exposure determination concerning which
employees may incur occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious
materials. The exposure determination is made without regard to the use of personal
protective equipment (i.e. employees are considered to be exposed even if they
wear personal protective equipment). This exposure determination is required to list
all job classifications in which all employees may be expected to incur such
occupational exposure, regardless of frequency. At this facility the following job
classifications are in this category:
In addition, if the employer has job classifications in which some employees may have
occupational exposure then a listing of those classifications is required. Since not all
the employees in these categories would be expected to incur exposure to blood or
other potentially infectious materials, tasks or procedures that would cause these
employees to have occupational exposure are also required to be listed in order to
clearly understand which employees in these categories are considered to have
occupational exposure. The job classifications and associated tasks/procedures for
these categories are as follows:
Job Classification
Task/Procedures
Electrician
Electrical work
Operators
Underground digging
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
197
2. Implementation Schedule and Methodology
OSHA also requires that this plan also include a schedule and method of
implementation for the various requirements of the standard. The following complies
with this requirement:
Compliance Methods
Universal precautions will be observed at this facility in order to prevent contact with
blood or other potentially infectious material. All blood or other potentially infectious
material will be considered infectious regardless of the perceived status of the
source individual.
Engineering and work practice controls will be utilized to eliminate or minimize
exposure to employees at this facility. Where occupational exposure remains after
institution of these controls, personal protective equipment shall also be utilized. At
this facility the following engineering controls will be utilized: (list controls, such as
sharps containers, etc.)
The above controls will be examined and maintained on a regular schedule. The
schedule for reviewing the effectiveness of the controls is as follows: (list schedule
such as daily, once/week, etc. as well as list who has the responsibility to
review the effectiveness of the individual controls, such as the supervisor for
each department, etc.)
weekly
Handwashing facilities are also available to the employees who incur exposure to
blood or other potentially infectious materials. OSHA requires that these facilities be
readily accessible after incurring exposure. At this facility handwashing facilities are
located: (list locations, such as patient rooms, procedure area, etc. If
handwashing facilities are not feasible, the employer is required to provide
either an antiseptic cleanser in conjunction with a clean cloth/paper towel or
antiseptic towelettes. If these alternatives are used then the hands are to be
washed with soap and running water as soon as feasible. Employers who
must provide alternatives to readily accessible handwashing should list the
location, task, and responsibilities to ensure maintenance and accessibility of
these alternatives).
After removal of personal protective gloves, employees shall wash hands and any
other potentially contaminated skin area immediately or as soon as feasible with
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
198
soap and water. If employees incur exposure to their skin or mucous membranes
then those areas shall be washed or flushed with water as appropriate as soon as
feasible following contact.
Needles
Contaminated needles and other contaminated sharps will not be bent, recapped,
removed, sheared or purposely broken. OSHA allows an exception to this if the
procedure would require that the contaminated needle be recapped or removed and
no alternative is feasible and the action is required by the medical procedure. If
such action is required then the recapping or removal of the needle must be done by
the use of mechanical device or a one-handed technique. At this facility recapping or
removal is only permitted for the following procedures: (list the procedures and
also list the mechanical device to be used or alternatively if a one-handed
technique will be used)
Containers for Reusable Sharps
Contaminated sharps that are reusable are to be placed immediately, or as soon as
possible, after use into appropriate sharps containers. At this facility the sharps
containers are puncture resistant, labeled with a biohazard label, and are leak proof.
(Employers should list here where sharps containers are located as well as
who has responsibility for removing sharps from containers and how often the
containers will be checked to remove the sharps.)
Work Area Restrictions
In work areas where there is a reasonable likelihood of exposure to blood or other
potentially infectious materials, employees are not to eat, drink, apply cosmetics or
lip balm, smoke, or handle contact lenses. Food and beverages are not to be kept in
refrigerators, freezers, shelves, cabinets, or on counter tops or bench tops where
blood or other potentially infectious materials are present.
Mouth/pipetting/suctioning of blood or other potentially infectious materials is
prohibited.
All procedures will be conducted in a manner which will minimize splashing,
spraying, splattering, and generation of droplets of blood or other potentially
infectious materials. Methods which will be employed at this facility to accomplish
this goal are: (list methods, such as covers on centrifuges, usage of dental
dams if appropriate, etc.)
Specimens
Specimens of blood or other potentially infectious materials will be placed in a
container which prevents leakage during the collection, handling, processing,
storage and transport of the specimens.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
199
The container used for this purpose will be labeled or color coded in accordance with
the requirements of the OSHA standard. (Employers should note that the
standard provides for an exemption for specimens from the labeling/color
coding requirement of the standard provided that the facility utilizes universal
precautions in the handling of all specimens and the containers are
recognizable as containing specimens. This exemption applies only while the
specimens remain in the facility. If the employer chooses to use this
exemption then it should be state here.
)
Any specimens which could puncture a primary container will be placed within a
secondary container which is puncture resistant. (The employer should list here
how this will be carried out, e.g. which specimens, if any, could puncture a
primary container, which containers can be used as secondary containers and
where the secondary containers are located at the facility.)
If outside contamination of the primary container occurs, the primary container shall
be placed within a secondary container which prevents leakage during the handling,
processing, storage, transport, or shipping of the specimen.
Contaminated Equipment
Equipment which has become contaminated with blood or other potentially infectious
materials shall be examined prior to servicing or shipping and shall be
decontaminated as necessary unless the contamination of the equipment is not
feasible. (Employers should list here any equipment which it is felt cannot be
decontaminated prior to servicing or shipping.
)
Personal Protective Equipment
All personal protective equipment used at this facility will be provided without cost to
employees. Personal protective equipment will be chosen based on the anticipated
exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials. The protective equipment
will be considered appropriate only if it does not permit blood or other potentially
infectious materials to pass through or reach the employees' clothing, skin, eyes,
mouth, or other mucous membranes under normal conditions of use and for the
duration of time which the protective equipment will be used.
Protective clothing will be provided to employees in the following manner: (list how
the clothing will be provided to employees, e.g. who has responsibility for
distribution, etc. and also list which procedures would require the protective
clothing and the type of protection required, this could also be listed as an
appendix to this program)
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
200
(The employer could use a checklist as follows:
Personal Protective Equipment
Task
Gloves:
Lab Coat
Face Shield
Clinic jacket
Protective eyewear
(with sold side shield)
Surgical Gown
Shoe covers
Utility Gloves
Examination Gloves
Other PPE (list)
All personal protective equipment will be cleaned, laundered, and disposed of by the
employer at no cost to employees. All repairs and replacements will be made by the
employer at no cost to employees.
All garments which are penetrated by blood shall be removed immediately or as
soon a feasible. All personal protective equipment will be removed prior to leaving
the work area. The following protocol has been provided to facilitate leaving the
equipment at the work area: (list where employees are expected to place the
personal protective equipment upon leaving the work area, and other
protocols, etc.)
Gloves shall be worn where it is reasonably anticipated that employees will have
hand contact will blood, other potentially infectious materials, non-intact skin, and
mucous membranes. Gloves will be available from
(state location
and/or person who will be responsible for distribution of gloves). Gloves will
be used for the following procedures:
Disposable gloves used at this facility are not to be washed or decontaminated for
re-use and are to be replaced as soon as practical when they become contaminated
or as soon as feasible if they are torn, punctured, or when their ability to function as
a barrier is compromised. Utility gloves will be discarded if they are cracked,
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
201
peeling, torn, punctured, or exhibit other signs of deterioration or when their ability to
function as a barrier is compromised.
Masks in combination with eye protection devices, such as goggles or glasses with
solid side shield, or chin length face shields, are required to be worn whenever
splashes, spray, splatter, or droplets of blood or other potentially infectious materials
may be generated and eye, nose, or mouth contamination can reasonably be
anticipated. Situations at this facility which would require such protection are as
follows:
The OSHA standard also requires appropriate protective clothing to be used, such
as lab coats, gowns, aprons, clinic jackets, or similar outer garments. The following
situations require that such protective clothing be utilized:
This facility will be cleaned and decontaminated according to the following schedule:
(list area and schedule)
Decontamination will be accomplished by utilizing the following materials: (list the
materials which will be utilized, such as bleach solutions or EPA registered
germicides)
All contaminated work surfaces will be decontaminated after completion of
procedures and immediately or as soon as feasible after any spill of blood or other
potentially infectious materials, as well as the end of the work shift if the surface may
have become contaminated since the last cleaning. (Employers should add in any
information concerning the usage of protective coverings, such as plastic
wrap which they may be using to assist in keeping surfaces free of
contamination.)
All bins, pails, cans, and similar receptacles shall be inspected and decontaminated
on a regularly scheduled basis
(list frequency and by
whom).
Any broken glassware which may be contaminated will not be picked up directly with
the hands. The following procedures will be used:
Regulated Waste Disposal
All contaminated sharps shall be discarded as soon as feasible in sharps containers
which are located in the facility. Sharps containers are located in (specify locations
of sharps containers)
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
202
Regulated waste other than sharps shall be placed in appropriate containers. Such
containers are located in: (specify locations of containers).
Laundry Procedures
Laundry contaminated with blood or other potentially infectious materials will be
handled as little as possible. Such laundry will be placed in appropriately marked
bags at the location where it was used. Such laundry will not be sorted or rinsed in
the area of use.
All employees who handle contaminated laundry will utilize personal protective
equipment to prevent contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials.
Laundry at this facility will be cleaned at
. (Employers should note here
if the laundry is being sent off site. If the laundry is being sent off site, then
the laundry service accepting the laundry is to be notified, in accordance with
section (d) of the standard.)
Hepatitis B Vaccine
All employees who have been identified as having exposure to blood or other
potentially infectious materials will be offered the Hepatitis B vaccine, at no cost to
the employee. The vaccine will be offered within 10 working days of their initial
assignment to work involving the potential for occupational exposure to blood or
other potentially infectious materials unless the employee has previously had the
vaccine or who wishes to submit to antibody testing which shows the employee to
have sufficient immunity.
Employees who decline the hepatitis B vaccine will sign a waiver which uses the
wording in Appendix A of the OSHA standard.
Employees who initially decline the vaccine but who later wish to have it may then
have the vaccine provided at no cost. (Employers should list here who has
responsibility for assuring that the vaccine is offered, the waivers are signed,
etc. Also the employer should list who will administer the vaccine)
Post-Exposure Evaluation and Follow-up
When the employee incurs an exposure incident, it should be reported to (list who
has responsibility to maintain records of exposure incidents):
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
203
All employees who incur an exposure incident will be offered post-exposure
evaluation and follow-up in accordance with the OSHA standard.
This follow-up will include the following:
-
Documentation of the route of exposure and the circumstances related to
the incident
-
If possible, the identification of the source individual and, if possible, the
status of the source individual. The blood of the source individual will be
tested (after consent is obtained) for HIV/HBV infectivity.
-
Results of testing of the source individual will be made available to the
exposed employee with the exposed employee informed about the
applicable laws and regulations concerning disclosure of the identity and
infectivity of the source individual. (Employers may need to modify this
provision in accordance with applicable local laws on this subject.)
Modifications should be listed here:
The employee will be offered the option of having their blood collected for
testing of the employees HIV/HBV serological status. The blood sample
will be preserved for at least 90 days to allow the employee to decide if the
blood should be tested for HIV serological status. However, if the
employee decides prior to that time that testing will be conducted then the
appropriate action can be taken and the blood sample discarded.
-
-
The employee will be offered post exposure prophylaxis in accordance
with the current recommendations of the U.S. Public Health Service.
These recommendations are currently as follows: (these
recommendations may be listed as an appendix to the plan)
-
The employee will be given appropriate counseling concerning
precautions to take during the period after the exposure incident. The
employee will also be given information on what potential illnesses to be
alert for and to report any related experiences to appropriate personnel.
-
The following person(s) has been designated to assure that the policy
outlined here is effectively carried out as well as to maintain records
related to this policy:
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
204
Interaction with Health Care Professionals
A written opinion shall be obtained from the health care professional who evaluates
employees of this facility. Written opinions will be obtained in the following
instances:
1) When the employee is sent to obtain the Hepatitis B vaccine.
2) Whenever the employee is sent to a health care professional following an
exposure incident.
Health care professionals shall be instructed to limit their opinions to:
1) Whether the Hepatitis B vaccine is indicated and if the employee has
received the vaccine, or for evaluation following an incident.
2) That the employee has been informed of the results of the evaluation, and
3) That the employee has been told about any medical conditions resulting
from exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials. (Note that
the written opinion to the employer is not to reference any personal
medical information)
Training
Training for all employees will be conducted prior to initial assignment to tasks where
occupational exposure may occur. Training will be conducted in the following
manner:
Training for employees will include the following an explanation of:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
The OSHA standard for Bloodborne Pathogens
Epidemiology and symptomatology of bloodborne diseases
Modes of transmission of bloodborne pathogens
This Exposure Control Plan, i.e. points of the plan, lines of responsibility,
how the plan will be implemented, etc.)
Procedures which might cause exposure to blood or other potentially
infectious materials at this facility
Control methods which will be used at the facility to control exposure to
blood or other potentially infectious materials.
Personal protective equipment available at this facility and who should be
contacted concerning
Post Exposure evaluation and follow-up
Signs and labels used at the facility
Hepatitis B vaccine program at the facility
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
205
All employees will receive annual refresher training. (Note that this training is to
be conducted within one year of the employee's previous training.)
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
206
LMCC
SAFETY MANUAL
APPENDIX B
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
207
COMPRESSED AIR
"Application." This section applies to compressed air receivers, and other equipment
used in providing and utilizing compressed air for performing operations such as
cleaning, drilling, hoisting, and chipping. On the other hand, however, this section
does not deal with the special problems created by using compressed air to convey
materials nor the problems created when men work in compressed air as in tunnels
and caissons. This section is not intended to apply to compressed air machinery and
equipment used on transportation vehicles such as steam railroad cars, electric
railway cars, and automotive equipment.
Compressed air shall not be used for cleaning purposes except where
reduced to less than 30 p.s.i. and then only with effective chip guarding and
personal protective equipment which meets the requirements of Subpart E of
this part. The 30 p.s.i. requirement does not apply for concrete form, mill
scale and similar cleaning purposes.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
208
BENZENE
A. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to minimize occupational exposure to
benzene and meet the requirements of the OSHA Benzene Standard 29
CFR 1910.1028 for employees working at or around benzene at various
refineries.
B. SCOPE
This policy applies to projects where exposures to benzene can occur. This
plan is to be reviewed
as part of the annual corporate assessment, any time that monitoring data
indicates there is an
increase in exposure levels or there is a change in a process.
C. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1) Description
a) Flammable liquid that is classified as a Human Carcinogen.
b) Produced by catalytic reforming of petroleum.
c) Occurs naturally in crude oil.
d) Use: medicines, plastics, rubber, etc.
2) Exposure Limits
 Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) 1.0 ppm (parts per million)
averaged over 8-hours

Short-Term Exposure Limit (STEL) 5.0 ppm averaged over 15
minutes

TWA – 1.0 ppm
 Action Level (AL) - The exposure level at which various parts of the
benzene standard are required are required to be implemented, for
example, medical surveillance and training. The Al is 0.5 ppm average
over 8 hours.
D. METHODS OF REDUCING EXPOSURE
1) Engineering and Work Practices Controls
Where feasible, benzene exposures should be controlled through engineering
controls and work practices. Respirators and protective clothing should be
used to control exposures that are intermittent or caused by emergency
conditions and while awaiting engineering controls to be implemented.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
209
2) Personal Protective Equipment:
 Respiratory Protection shall be NIOSH approved and worn in
accordance with respiratory protection program so this manual and as
outlined below;
3) First Aid Procedures:

Remove exposed employee to an uncontaminated atmosphere. Wash
exposed skin with soapy water. Remove Benzene wetted clothing
immediately. If Benzene is ingested, do not induce vomiting. Seek
medical attention.
4) Physical Data:















Color Clear and colorless
Appearance Liquid
Odor Characteristic pleasant acrid odor at low concentrations:
disagreeable at higher concentrations.
Odor Threshold Greater than 4.6 PPM
Explosive Limits 1.4 - 8%
Boiling Point 176 F
Melting Point 41.9 F
Specific Gravity 0.879 Floats on water
Vapor Pressure 75 (mm HG at 20 C)
Vapor Density 2.8 Heavier than air
Solubility in Water 0.06% by volume
% Volatiles by Volume 100
Evaporate Rate 2.8 times slower than ethyl ether
Flash Point 12 C.O.C. F
Auto ignition Temperature 1,076 F
5) Benzene Locations
A.A. Boos Safety & Health Team will determine locations where benzene
exposure is possible by partnering with Owner Clients. For example locations
at the Sunoco Toledo refinery are as follows:








Rev. (12/3/08)
Railcar loading area
Storage tank area – Tanks 137, 138, and 195
Plant 2
Plant 3
Plant 4
Plant 6-1
Plant 6-3
Plant 9-3
Page
210


Plant 9-4
#1 Tank Farm
Benzene
Concentration Respirator* Cartridge
Unknown (i.e., no air sampling information and/or emergency response for a
release)
Supplied Air Not applicable:
Less than 1.0 ppm, none required Not applicable
Greater than or equal to 1.0 ppm, but less than 10ppm
Half-Mask Air:
Purifying Organic vapor (Black) or organic vapor / acid gas * yellow)
cartridges
Greater than or equal to 10 ppm, but less than 50 ppm Full Face Air Purifying
or supplied Air Organic vapor (Black or organic vapor/acid gas *yellow)
cartridges.
Equal to or above 50 ppm to 1000, Supplied Air Not Applicable
NOTE: Use organic vapor cartridges with air purifying respirators.
Dispose of the cartridge at the end of the work shift.
3) Additional Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Wear appropriate PPE in presence of liquid or vapor concentrations at
or above the action level (0.5 ppm).
 Chemical gloves "Nitrile” or “Cobra” - when sampling, pumping, or
transferring benzene or doing maintenance work on benzene
equipment.
 Chemical goggles
 Chemical goggles and face shield with chin guard for liquid benzene
under pressure.
 Chemical Suit
 Half-mask respirator protection 1 ppm - 10 ppm
 Full-face respirator protection up to 50 ppm
 Full-face airline system protection up to 1,000 ppm
Note: Use organic vapor cartridges with air purifying respirators. Dispose of
cartridges at the end of the work shift.

SCBA protection up to 1,000 ppm
E. EMPLOYEE TRAINING
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
211
All employees working in areas with potential benzene exposures must be
properly trained.
Training will be conducted upon initial employment and repeated annually,
any time there is a change in this procedure, or when exposures are> 0.5
ppm (action level).
Employees must receive additional training if there is a change in or addition
of a process or operation that creates the potential for exposure. The project
Safety Department is responsible for tracking and maintaining employeetraining records.
Training will include the specific hazards of benzene, the contents of the
benzene, standard, medical, surveillance program and the appropriate
protective measurements to control benzene exposures during normal
operations and emergency situations.
Area emergency alarms and evacuation routes, the location of emergency
eye wash stations and showers and emergency phone numbers are to be
included as part of the employees pre-job JSA
F. REGULATED AREAS
Whenever airborne concentrations of benzene in an area or specific operation
exceed or can be reasonably expected to exceed 1.0 ppm. The areas and or
operations are to be identified and regulated. The Project Safety Manager is
responsible for contacting the client HSE Department to ascertain area(s) or
operations that are or have the potential to exceed 1.0 ppm level.
The Project Safety Manager shall identify the areas or operations on a facility
plot plan. The plot plan is to be included as part of the New Hire Orientation
program, hazard communication program and Benzene exposure training
module.
The following are examples of activities that can be reasonably expected to
be a Benzene Regulated Area:
1) Venting, draining, blinding or opening process equipment and piping
containing or having contained greater than 10% Benzene.
2) Unplanned releases or spills greater than 5 gallons of liquids which contain
0. I% or more of Benzene (i.e., gasoline, crude oil, crude ethyl benzene,
mixed xylenes).
To limit access to authorized personnel, the regulated area should be posted
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
212
with the appropriate warning signs.
Warning signs should contain the following warning:





DANGER
BENZENE
CANCER HAZARD
FLAMMABLE - NO SMOKING
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
G. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION REQUIRED
Once established, an area will remain regulated until monitoring indicates the
concentration of benzene in the air is less than 1.0ppm.
Only employees trained in the hazards of benzene are permitted to enter a
benzene, regulated area.
All personnel entering a regulated area will wear all appropriate respiratory
protection and protective clothing.
H. EXPOSURE MONITORING
The Project Safety Department will coordinate personal exposure monitoring.

Initial Monitoring
Initial personal monitoring will be performed to determine representative
exposures for each job function in which exposures for each job function in
which exposures to benzene may exceed the OSHA action limit or short-term
exposure limit!
2) Periodic Monitoring

For job functions in which initial monitoring indicates benzene
exposure above the action level, a periodic monitoring program will be
established.

b) Periodic Monitoring will be completed depending on exposure
levels.

For employees who are or may be exposed to benzene at or above
the action level 30 or more days per year, above the PEL 20 or more
days
action level 30 or more days per year -above the PEL. 20 or more
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
213
days for employees, who have been exposed to more than, 10 PPM
for 30 or more days in a year.

Periodic monitoring will be conducted semi-annually when
engineering controls or work practices do no not reduce benzene
exposure below the PEL or STEL.

Periodic monitoring will be conducted annually when engineering
controls or work practices do not reduce benzene exposures below
the action level.
Medical records associated with benzene, medical surveillance will be
maintained by the Project Safety Department.
An employee’s medical records shall be made available to the Assistant
Secretary, the Director, affected employees and designated employee
representatives.
J. EXPOSURE HAZARDS
Benzene is listed as a carcinogen; therefore any exposure to benzene should
be avoided.
1) Routes of Entry:

Inhalation is the primary route of entry into the body. Exposures may
occur during accidental spills and release or in/near confined spaces.
These exposures typically can be experienced in operations such as
sampling, liquid draining and equipment maintenance. Acute
physiological effects include dizziness, hysteria, benzene jag,
boisterous, and obstinate. Chronic physiological effects primarily
affect the blood forming organs which can cause aplastic anemia or
leukemia.
NOTE: The detection of benzene odor indicates exposure levels greater than
1.0 ppm.

Skin Contact presents a possible route of absorption, but generally at
a much lower rate than through the respiratory system. Benzene is
poorly absorbed through the skin, but can find its way into the blood
stream through cuts, cores, etc. Benzene is a solvent and an irritant to
the skin. The primary effect of skin contact is de-fatting, resulting in
dermatitis.

Ingestion of benzene is a remote form of exposure and is mainly due
to poor personal hygiene practices such as failure to wash hands
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
214
before eating, chewing, dipping or smoking.
2) Effects of Overexposure

Acute - Overexposure to high concentrations of benzene may result in
feelings of breathlessness, irritability, euphoria, or lightheadedness.
Irritation of the eyes, nose and respiratory tract may be experienced.
Headaches, dizziness, nausea, or intoxication may develop. Severe
exposure may lead to convulsions and loss of consciousness.

Chronic - Repeated or prolonged exposure to benzene, without the
use of personal protective equipment, may result in various blood
disorders. Anemia and leukemia, a fatal cancer of the blood, are
examples of adverse effects that may result from exposure to
benzene.
3) First Aid Procedures

Remove exposed employee to an uncontaminated atmosphere. Wash
exposed skin with soapy water. Remove benzene wetted clothing
immediately. If benzene is ingested, do not induce vomiting. Seek
medical attention.
4) Physical Data















Rev. (12/3/08)
Color Clear and colorless
Appearance Liquid
Odor Characteristic pleasant acrid odor at low concentrations;
disagreeable at higher concentrations.
Odor Threshold Greater than 4.6 PPM
Explosive Limits 1.4 - 8%
Boiling Point 176 F
Melting Point 41.9 F
Specific Gravity 0.879 Floats on water
Vapor Pressure 75 (mm HG at 20 C)
Vapor Density 2.8 Heavier than air
Solubility in Water 0.06% by volume
% Volatiles by Volume 100
Evaporate Rate 2.8 times slower than ethyl ether
Flash Point 12 C.O.C. F
Auto ignition Temperature 1,076 F
Page
215
HYDROGEN SULFIDE (H2S)
Purpose
The purpose of this policy is to minimize occupational exposure to Hydrogen Sulfide
and meet the requirements of the OSHA Hazard Communication and Process
Safety Management Standards 29 CFR 1910.1200 and CFR 1910.119.
General Requirements
Exposure Limits
 Threshold Limit Value (TLV)
10.0 PPM, 14 mg/m3
TWA
 Short-Term Exposure Limit (STEL)
15.0 PPM, 21 mg/m3
 OSHA ceiling
20 ppm
Special Handling Precautions
 Hydrogen sulfide is highly flammable and heavier than air
 Hydrogen sulfide migrates to vapor state if possible
o The ratio of concentration of hydrogen sulfide in vapor versus
liquid is 50 to 100:1
o A crude shipment containing 20 ppm of hydrogen sulfide could
have a vapor space concentration of 1,000 to 2,000 ppm
hydrogen sulfide
 Hydrogen sulfide has a rotten egg odor and is detectable as low as
0.02 ppm. Odor is not a reliable means of detection because hydrogen
sulfide rapidly deadens the sense of small, so dangerous
concentrations often cannot be detected by odor.
Methods of reducing Exposure
Engineering and Work Practice controls
Where feasible, hydrogen sulfide exposures should be controlled
through engineering and work practices. Respirators should be used to
control exposures that are intermittent or caused by emergency
conditions and while awaiting engineering controls to be implemented.
Respiratory Protection
Respiratory Protection will be worn as outlined below.
Rev. (12/3/08)
H₂S Connection
Respirator
Cartridge
Unknown (i.e., no air
sampling information
and/or emergency
Full Face Supplied Air
with escape SCBA
Not applicable
Page
216
response for a
release)
Less than 10.0 PPM
None required
Not applicable
Greater than or equal
to 10.0 PPM
Full Face Supplied Air
with escape SCBA
Not applicable
When self-contained breathing apparatus is used in operations where
known or potential concentrates of hydrogen sulfide levels reach or
exceed levels which are immediately dangerous to life or health
(IDLH), two or more standby persons must be present and equipped
with the appropriate Personal Protective and rescue equipment.
Caution
The personal hydrogen sulfide monitors will become damaged is areas
of high concentration of hydrogen sulfide.
Do not use personal hydrogen sulfide monitors in high concentrations
when respiratory protection is required.
Employee Training
All employees working in areas with potential hydrogen sulfide exposures must be
properly trained.
Training will be conducted upon initial employment and repeated annually.
Employees must receive additional training if there is a change or addition of a
process or operation that creates the potential for exposure. The site’s Safety
Department is responsible for tracking and maintaining employee-training records.
Training will include the specific hazards and symptoms of hydrogen sulfide H₂S
safe work practices, and Personal Protective Equipment.
Hydrogen sulfide is a very common air contaminant, found in oil and gas fields and
refineries i.e., drilling operations, recycled drilling mud, water from sour crude wells,
bow outs, tank gauging, field maintenance, tank batteries and wells, processes and
process streams etc.
Inhalation is the common route by which hydrogen sulfide enters the body. Able to
pass easily from the lungs to the bloodstream, H₂S can quickly kill. Exposure as little
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
217
as 600 ppm H₂S in air for 20 minutes has been fatal; higher exposures can cause
immediate death.
Hydrogen sulfide is a neurotoxin, which means it is poisonous to nerve and brain
cells. If H₂S is absorbed faster or in greater quantities that the body can rid itself of it,
it will build up in the blood and poison the centers in the brain, which control
breathing. The lungs stop working and death due to asphyxiation results. A person
can be overcome by hydrogen sulfide and lose consciousness in seconds.
Much more rarely, death results not from the poisonous properties of hydrogen
sulfide but from its irritant properties. If conditions are just right (low exposure levels
for long periods of time) the upper respiratory tract and lungs fill with fluid in
response to the irritation, in effect drowning the victim, even though poisoning of the
nervous system has not yet occurred. This is called pulmonary edema.
Although even in low concentrations hydrogen sulfide has the distinct and
disagreeable odor of rotten eggs, poisoning can occur with virtually with no warning
at all. This is because hydrogen sulfide in concentrations high enough to kill also
quickly numbs the sense of smell.
In small doses, H₂S causes a wide range of chronic effects. With low level (e.g., 10100 ppm) or repeated exposures, headache, dizziness, nausea and vomiting may
develop, along with irritation of the eyes and respiratory tract. Respiratory systems
include cough, pain in the nose and throat, and painful breathing. Other symptoms of
chronic poisoning include slowed pulse, fatigue, insomnia, digestive disturbances,
cold sweats, eye infections, and weight loss.
Area emergency alarm and evacuations routes, the location of emergency eye wash
stations and showers, and emergency phone numbers are to be included as part of
the employees pre-job STA.
Physical Characteristics
Appearance
Odor Threshold
Color
Odor
Odor Threshold
Molecular Weight
Boiling Point @ 1 atm.
Vapor Density
Vapor Pressure @ 70 F
Solubility in Water
Lower Explosive Level
Upper Explosive Level
None
O.13 PPM
Colorless
Rotten egg smell at low concentrations
Rapidly deadens the sense of smell at 100 ppm
0.02
34.08
-76.2 F
1.1895 (air = 1)
252 psig
0.672 g/100 ml. water, alcohol, and carbon disulfide
4.3 %
35.5 %
Absorption Health Effects
Inhalation
Skin absorption
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
218
Physiological Heath Effects
 Acute of immediate hazard is high because effects are rapid, and
unconsciousness can occur before escape from a lethal atmosphere is
possible
 Paralyzes the respiratory system
 Individual exposed to high concentrations may collapse instantly
 Permanent brain damage or death may occur in approximately four (4)
minutes
 Irritating effects are most pronounced in the eyes, nose, and throat
 Pain, sensitivity to light, and other visual difficulties may accompany sever
conjunctivitis or inflammation of the eye
 May be irritating to the skin; prolonged exposure may cause dermatitis
Note: Liquefied gas is extremely cold. Contact may cause frostbite.
Chronic
Hydrogen sulfide does not accumulate in the body; so generally long term
systematic poisoning is not a problem.
ppm in Air
Harmful Effects
Eyes and respiratory tract irritation after 1
50-100
hour
Marked eye and respiratory tract irritation
200-300
after 1 hour
Dizziness, headache, nausea, etc., within
500-700
15 minutes; loss of consciousness
Rapid unconsciousness; death occurs in
700-900
minutes
1,000-2,000
Instantaneous collapse and cessation
Regulated Areas
Whenever airborne concentrations of hydrogen sulfide in an area or specific
operation exceed or can be reasonably expected to exceed 10.0 ppm, the areas and
or operations are to be identified and regulated.
To limit access to authorized personnel, the regulated area should be posted with
the appropriate warning signs.
Warning signs should contain the following warning:
DANGER
HYDROGEN SULFIDE
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
219
Only employees trained in the hazards of hydrogen sulfide are permitted to enter a
hydrogen sulfide regulated area.
All personnel entering a regulated area will wear all appropriate respiratory
protection and protective clothing.
Monitoring
Prior to entering the area, project safety personnel and or client operations
personnel will survey the area with air monitoring equipment.
Continuous air monitoring will be conducted while employees are working in areas
that have the potential to exceed established exposure levels. Monitors shall be
equipped with a pre-set audible alarm that activates when levels exceed 10PPM.
Employees shall evacuate the area in the event a monitor alarm sounds. Employees
are not permitted to return to the area until the area has been deemed safe by client
and project safety personnel.
Proper respiratory and personal protective equipment has been donned and
employees have reviewed and signed off on a STA form developed to address the
changes in the conditions.
Confined spaces
Employees shall not be permitted to enter confined spaces that contain Hydrogen
Sulfide levels in excess of 10 PPM. A detailed Safety Action Plan shall be developed
and approved by the Project Manager and Safety Manager for any confined space
entry where Hydrogen Sulfide has the potential to exceed the level. The plan shall
include respiratory and personal protective equipment requirements, an emergency
contingency plan, roles and responsibilities, number of craft employees involved.
Upon approval all employees, and supervisors involved shall attend a kick off
meeting. The plan and all requirements shall be reviewed and roles and
responsibilities
Medical
Skin and eyes
 Immediately flush with plenty of water
 Wash clothing separately before reuse
 In case of cold burns (frostbite) caused by rapidly expanding or
vaporizing liquids, seek medical attention promptly

Ingestion
First aid not normally required




Inhalation
Remove to fresh air
If not breathing, give artificial respiration
If breathing is difficult, give oxygen and continue to monitor
Seek immediate medical attention
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
220
CODE OF SAFE WORK PRACTICES
1.
All persons shall follow these safe practice rules, render every possible aid to
safe operations, and report all unsafe conditions or practices to the foreman or
superintendent.
2.
Foremen shall insist on employees observing and obeying every rule,
regulation, and order as is necessary to the safe conduct of the work, and shall take
such action as is necessary to obtain observance.
3.
All employees shall be given frequent accident prevention instructions.
Instructions shall be given at least every 10 working days.
4.
Anyone known to be under the influence of drugs or intoxicating substances
that impair the employee’s ability to safely perform the assigned duties shall not be
allowed on the job while in that condition.
5.
Horseplay, scuffling, and other acts that tend to have an adverse influence on
the safety or well-being of the employees shall be prohibited.
6.
Work shall be well planned and supervised to prevent injuries in the handling
of materials and in working together with equipment.
7.
No one shall knowingly be permitted or required to work while the employee’s
ability or alertness is so impaired by fatigue, illness, or other causes that it might
unnecessarily expose the employee or others to injury.
8.
Employees shall not enter manholes, underground vaults, chambers, tanks,
silos, or other similar places that receive little ventilation, unless it has been
determined that is safe to enter.
9.
Employees shall be instructed to ensure that all guards and other protective
devices are in proper places and adjusted, and shall report deficiencies promptly to
the foreman or superintendent.
10.
Crowding or pushing when boarding or leaving any vehicle or other
conveyance shall be prohibited.
11.
Workers shall not handle or tamper with any electrical equipment, machinery,
or air or water lines in a manner not within the scope of their duties, unless they
have received instructions from their foreman.
12.
All injuries shall be reported promptly to the foreman or superintendent so that
arrangements can be made for medical or first aid treatment.
13.
When lifting heavy objects, the large muscles of the leg instead of the smaller
muscles of the back shall be used.
14.
Inappropriate footwear or shoes with thin or badly worn soles shall not be
worn.
15.
Materials, tools, or other objects shall not be thrown from buildings or
structures until proper precautions are taken to protect others from the falling
objects.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
221
CRANE OPERATION GUIDELINES
The employer shall comply with the manufacturer's specifications and limitations
applicable to the operation of any and all cranes and derricks. Where manufacturer's
specifications are not available, the limitations assigned to the equipment shall be
based on the determinations of a qualified engineer competent in this field and such
determinations will be appropriately documented and recorded. Attachments used
with cranes shall not exceed the capacity, rating, or scope recommended by the
manufacturer.
Rated load capacities, and recommended operating speeds, special hazard
warnings, or instruction, shall be conspicuously posted on all equipment. Instructions
or warnings shall be visible to the operator while he is at his control station.
Hand signals to crane and derrick operators shall be those prescribed by the
applicable ANSI standard for the type of crane in use. An illustration of the signals
shall be posted at the job site.
The employer shall designate a competent person who shall inspect all machinery
and equipment prior to each use, and during use, to make sure it is in safe operating
condition. Any deficiencies shall be repaired, or defective parts replaced, before
continued use.
A thorough, annual inspection of the hoisting machinery shall be made by a
competent person, or by a government or private agency recognized by the U.S.
Department of Labor. The employer shall maintain a record of the dates and results
of inspections for each hoisting machine and piece of equipment.
Wire rope shall be taken out of service when any of the following conditions exist:
In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires in one lay or three broken
wires in one strand in one lay;
Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside individual wires. Kinking, crushing,
bird caging, or any other damage resulting in distortion of the rope structure;
Evidence of any heat damage from any cause;
Reductions from nominal diameter of more than one-sixty-fourth inch for diameters
up to and including five-sixteenths inch, one-thirty-second inch for diameters threeeighths inch to and including one-half inch, three-sixty-fourths inch for diameters
nine-sixteenths inch to and including three-fourths inch, one-sixteenth inch for
diameters seven-eighths inch to 1 1/8 inches inclusive, three-thirty-seconds inch for
diameters 1 1/4 to 1 1/2 inches inclusive;
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
222
In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay in sections beyond end
connections or more than one broken wire at an end connection.
Wire rope safety factors shall be in accordance with American National Standards
Institute B 30.5-1968 or SAE J959-1966.
Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains, or other
reciprocating, rotating, or other moving parts or equipment shall be guarded if such
parts are exposed to contact by employees, or otherwise create a hazard. Guarding
shall meet the requirements of the American National Standards Institute B 15.11958 Rev., Safety Code for Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus.
Accessible areas within the swing radius of the rear of the rotating superstructure of
the crane, either permanently or temporarily mounted, shall be barricaded in such a
manner as to prevent an employee from being struck or crushed by the crane.
All exhaust pipes shall be guarded or insulated in areas where contact by employees
is possible in the performance of normal duties.
Whenever internal combustion engine powered equipment exhausts in enclosed
spaces, tests shall be made and recorded to see that employees are not exposed to
unsafe concentrations of toxic gases or oxygen deficient atmospheres.
All windows in cabs shall be of safety glass, or equivalent, that introduces no visible
distortion that will interfere with the safe operation of the machine.
Where necessary for rigging or service requirements, a ladder, or steps, shall be
provided to give access to a cab roof.
Guardrails, handholds, and steps shall be provided on cranes for easy access to the
car and cab, conforming to American National Standards Institute B30.5.
Platforms and walkways shall have anti-skid surfaces.
Fuel tank filler pipe shall be located in such a position, or protected in such manner,
as to not allow spill or overflow to run onto the engine, exhaust, or electrical
equipment of any machine being fueled.
An accessible fire extinguisher of 5BC rating, or higher, shall be available at all
operator stations or cabs of equipment.
All fuels shall be transported, stored, and handled to meet the rules of Subpart F of
this part. When fuel is transported by vehicles on public highways, Department of
Transportation rules contained in 49 CFR Parts 177 and 393 concerning such
vehicular transportation are considered applicable.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
223
Except where electrical distribution and transmission lines have been deenergized
and visibly grounded at point of work or where insulating barriers, not a part of or an
attachment to the equipment or machinery, have been erected to prevent physical
contact with the lines, equipment or machines shall be operated proximate to power
lines only in accordance with the following:
For lines rated 50 kV. or below, minimum clearance between the lines and any part
of the crane or load shall be 10 feet;
For lines rated over 50 kV., minimum clearance between the lines and any part of
the crane or load shall be 10 feet plus 0.4 inch for each 1 kV. over 50 kV., or twice
the length of the line insulator, but never less than 10 feet;
In transit with no load and boom lowered, the equipment clearance shall be a
minimum of 4 feet for voltages less than 50 kV., and 10 feet for voltages over 50 kV.,
up to and including 345 kV., and 16 feet for voltages up to and including 750 kV.
A person shall be designated to observe clearance of the equipment and give timely
warning for all operations where it is difficult for the operator to maintain the desired
clearance by visual means;
Cage-type boom guards, insulating links, or proximity warning devices may be used
on cranes, but the use of such devices shall not alter the requirements of any other
regulation of this part even if such device is required by law or regulation;
Any overhead wire shall be considered to be an energized line unless and until the
person owning such line or the electrical utility authorities indicate that it is not an
energized line and it has been visibly grounded;
Prior to work near transmitter towers where an electrical charge can be induced in
the equipment or materials being handled, the transmitter shall be de-energized or
tests shall be made to determine if electrical charge is induced on the crane. The
following precautions shall be taken when necessary to dissipate induced voltages:
The equipment shall be provided with an electrical ground directly to the upper
rotating structure supporting the boom; and
Ground jumper cables shall be attached to materials being handled by boom
equipment when electrical charge is induced while working near energized
transmitters. Crews shall be provided with nonconductive poles having large alligator
clips or other similar protection to attach the ground cable to the load.
Combustible and flammable materials shall be removed from the immediate area
prior to operations.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
224
No modifications or additions which affect the capacity or safe operation of the
equipment shall be made by the employer without the manufacturer's written
approval. If such modifications or changes are made, the capacity, operation, and
maintenance instruction plates, tags, or decals, shall be changed accordingly. In no
case shall the original safety factor of the equipment be reduced.
The employer shall comply with Power Crane and Shovel Association Mobile
Hydraulic Crane Standard No. 2.
Sideboom cranes mounted on wheel or crawler tractors shall meet the requirements
of SAE J743a-1964.
All employees shall be kept clear of loads about to be lifted and of suspended loads.
Crawler, locomotive, and truck cranes.
All jibs shall have positive stops to prevent their movement of more than 5 deg
above the straight line of the jib and boom on conventional type crane booms. The
use of cable type belly slings does not constitute compliance with this rule.
All crawler, truck, or locomotive cranes in use shall meet the applicable requirements
for design, inspection, construction, testing, maintenance and operation as
prescribed in the ANSI B30.5-1968, Safety Code for Crawler, Locomotive and Truck
Cranes. However, the written, dated, and signed inspection reports and records of
the monthly inspection of critical items prescribed in section 5-2.1.5 of the ANSI
B30.5-1968 standard are not required. Instead, the employer shall prepare a
certification record which includes the date the crane items were inspected; the
signature of the person who inspected the crane items; and a serial number, or other
identifier, for the crane inspected. The most recent certification record shall be
maintained on file until a new one is prepared.
Hammerhead tower cranes.
Adequate clearance shall be maintained between moving and rotating structures of
the crane and fixed objects to allow the passage of employees without harm.
Each employee required to perform duties on the horizontal boom of hammerhead
tower cranes shall be protected against falling by guardrails or by a personal fall
arrest system in conformance with subpart M of this part.
Buffers shall be provided at both ends of travel of the trolley.
Cranes mounted on rail tracks shall be equipped with limit switches limiting the travel
of the crane on the track and stops or buffers at each end of the tracks.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
225
All hammerhead tower cranes in use shall meet the applicable requirements for
design, construction, installation, testing, maintenance, inspection, and operation as
prescribed by the manufacturer.
Overhead and gantry cranes.
The rated load of the crane shall be plainly marked on each side of the crane, and if
the crane has more than one hoisting unit, each hoist shall have its rated load
marked on it or its load block, and this marking shall be clearly legible from the
ground or floor.
Bridge trucks shall be equipped with sweeps which extend below the top of the rail
and project in front of the truck wheels.
Except for floor-operated cranes, a gong or other effective audible warning signal
shall be provided for each crane equipped with a power traveling mechanism.
All overhead and gantry cranes in use shall meet the applicable requirements for
design, construction, installation, testing, maintenance, inspection, and operation as
prescribed in the ANSI B30.2.0-1967, Safety Code for Overhead and Gantry Cranes.
Derricks. All derricks in use shall meet the applicable requirements for design,
construction, installation, inspection, testing, maintenance, and operation as
prescribed in American National Standards Institute B30.6-1969, Safety Code for
Derricks.
Floating cranes and derricks Mobile cranes mounted on barges.
When a mobile crane is mounted on a barge, the rated load of the crane shall not
exceed the original capacity specified by the manufacturer.
A load rating chart, with clearly legible letters and figures, shall be provided with
each crane, and securely fixed at a location easily visible to the operator.
When load ratings are reduced to stay within the limits for list of the barge with a
crane mounted on it, a new load rating chart shall be provided.
Mobile cranes on barges shall be positively secured.
Permanently mounted floating cranes and derricks.
When cranes and derricks are permanently installed on a barge, the capacity and
limitations of use shall be based on competent design criteria.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
226
A load rating chart with clearly legible letters and figures shall be provided and
securely fixed at a location easily visible to the operator.
Floating cranes and floating derricks in use shall meet the applicable requirements
for design, construction, installation, testing, maintenance, and operation as
prescribed by the manufacturer.
Protection of employees working on barges. The employer shall comply with the
applicable requirements for protection of employees working onboard marine
vessels specified in 1926.605.
Crane or derrick suspended personnel platforms Scope, application and definitions Scope and application. This standard applies to the design, construction, testing,
use and maintenance of personnel platforms, and the hoisting of personnel
platforms on the load lines of cranes or derricks.
Definitions. For the purposes of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:
"Failure" means load refusal, breakage, or separation of components.
"Hoist" (or hoisting) means all crane or derrick functions such as lowering, lifting,
swinging, booming in and out or up and down, or suspending a personnel platform.
"Load refusal" means the point where the ultimate strength is exceeded.
"Maximum intended load" means the total load of all employees, tools, materials,
and other loads reasonably anticipated to be applies to a personnel platform or
personnel platform component at any one time.
"Runway" means a firm, level surface designed, prepared and designated as a path
of travel for the weight and configuration of the crane being used to lift and travel
with the crane suspended platform. An existing surface may be used as long as it
meets these criteria.
General requirements. The use of a crane or derrick to hoist employees on a
personnel platform is prohibited, except when the erection, use, and dismantling of
conventional means of reaching the worksite, such as a personnel hoist, ladder,
stairway, aerial lift, elevating work platform or scaffold, would be more hazardous or
is not possible because of structural design or worksite conditions.
Cranes and derricks Operational criteria.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
227
Hoisting of the personnel platform shall be performed in a slow, controlled, cautious
manner with no sudden movements of the crane or derrick, or the platform.
Load lines shall be capable of supporting, without failure, at least seven times the
maximum intended load, except that where rotation resistant rope is used, the lines
shall be capable of supporting without failure, at least ten times the maximum
intended load. The required design factor is achieved by taking the current safety
factor of 3.5 and applying the 50 per cent derating of the crane capacity.
Load and boom hoist drum brakes, swing brakes, and locking devices such as pawls
or dogs shall be engaged when the occupied personnel platform is in a stationary
position.
The crane shall be uniformly level within one percent of level grade and located on
firm footing. Cranes equipped with outriggers shall have them all fully deployed
following manufacturer's specifications, insofar as applicable, when hoisting
employees.
The total weight of the loaded personnel platform and related rigging shall not
exceed 50 percent of the rated capacity for the radius and configuration of the crane
or derrick.
The use of machines having live booms (booms in which lowering is controlled by a
brake without aid from other devices which slow the lowering speeds) is prohibited.
Instruments and components.
Cranes and derricks with variable angle booms shall be equipped with a boom angle
indicator, readily visible to the operator.
Cranes with telescoping booms shall be equipped with a device to indicate clearly to
the operator, at all times, the boom's extended length or an accurate determination
of the load radius to be used during the lift shall be made prior to hoisting personnel.
A positive acting device shall be used which prevents contact between the load
block or overhaul ball and the boom tip (anti-two-blocking device), or a system shall
be used which deactivates the hoisting action before damage occurs in the event of
a two-blocking situation (two-block damage prevention feature).
The load line hoist drum shall have a system or device on the power train, other than
the load hoist brake, which regulates the lowering rate of speed of the hoist
mechanism (controlled load lowering.) Free fall is prohibited.
Personnel Platforms. Design criteria.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
228
The personnel platform and suspension system shall be designed by a qualified
engineer or a qualified person competent in structural design.
The suspension system shall be designed to minimize tipping of the platform due to
movement of employees occupying the platform.
The personnel platform itself, except the guardrail system and personnel fall arrest
system anchorages, shall be capable of supporting, without failure, its own weight
and at least five times the maximum intended load. Criteria for guardrail systems
and personal fall arrest system anchorages.
Platform specifications.
Each personnel platform shall be equipped with a guardrail system which meets the
requirements of Subpart M, and shall be enclosed at least from the toeboard to midrail with either solid construction or expanded metal having openings no greater than
1/2 inch (1.27 cm).
A grab rail shall be installed inside the entire perimeter of the personnel platform.
Access gates, if installed, shall not swing outward during hoisting.
Access gates, including sliding or folding gates, shall be equipped with a restraining
device to prevent accidental opening.
Headroom shall be provided which allows employees to stand upright in the
platform.
In addition to the use of hard hats, employees shall be protected by overhead
protection on the personnel platform when employees are exposed to falling objects.
All rough edges exposed to contact by employees shall be surfaced or smoothed in
order to prevent injury to employees from punctures or lacerations.
All welding of the personnel platform and its components shall be performed by a
qualified welder familiar with the weld grades, types and material specified in the
platform design.
The personnel platform shall be conspicuously posted with a plate or other
permanent marking which indicates the weight of the platform, and its rated load
capacity or maximum intended load.
Personnel platform loading.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
229
The personnel platform shall not be loaded in excess of its rated load capacity,
When a personnel platform does not have a rated load capacity then the personnel
platform shall not be loaded in excess of its maximum intended load.
The number of employees occupying the personnel platform shall not exceed the
number required for the work being performed.
Personnel platforms shall be used only for employees, their tools and the materials
necessary to do their work, and shall not be used to hoist only materials or tools
when not hoisting personnel.
Materials and tools for use during a personnel lift shall be secured to prevent
displacement.
Materials and tools for use during a personnel lift shall be evenly distributed within
the confines of the platform while the platform is suspended.
Rigging.
When a wire rope bridle is used to connect the personnel platform to the load line,
each bridle leg shall be connected to a master link or shackle in such a manner to
ensure that the load is evenly divided among the bridle legs.
Hooks on overhaul ball assemblies, lower load blocks, or other attachment
assemblies shall be of a type that can be closed and locked, eliminating the hook
throat opening. Alternatively, an alloy anchor type shackle with a bolt, nut and
retaining pin may be used.
Wire rope, shackles, rings, master links, and other rigging hardware must be
capable of supporting, without failure, at least five times the maximum intended load
applied or transmitted to that component. Where rotation resistant rope is used, the
slings shall be capable of supporting without failure at least ten times the maximum
intended load.
All eyes in wire rope slings shall be fabricated with thimbles.
Bridles and associated rigging for attaching the personnel platform to the hoist line
shall be used only for the platform and the necessary employees, their tools and the
materials necessary to do their work and shall not be used for any other purpose
when not hoisting personnel.
Trial lift, inspections and proof testing.
A trial lift with the unoccupied personnel platform loaded at least to the anticipated lift
weight shall be made from ground level, or any other location where employees will
enter the platform to each location at which the personnel platform is to be hoisted
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
230
and positioned. This trial lift shall be performed immediately prior to placing
personnel on the platform. The operator shall determine that all systems, controls
and safety devices are activated and functioning properly; that no interferences
exist; and that all configurations necessary to reach those work locations will allow
the operator to remain under the 50 percent limit of the hoist's rated capacity.
Materials and tools to be used during the actual lift can be loaded in the platform.. A
single trial lift may be performed at one time for all locations that are to be reached
from a single set up position.
The trial lift shall be repeated prior to hoisting employees whenever the crane or
derrick is moved and set up in a new location or returned to a previously used
location. Additionally , the trial lift shall be repeated when the lift route is changed
unless the operator determines that the route change is not significant (i.e. the route
change would not affect the safety of hoisted employees.)
After the trial lift, and just prior to hoisting personnel, the platform shall be hoisted a
few inches and inspected to ensure that it is secure and properly balanced.
Employees shall not be hoisted unless the following conditions are determined to
exist:
Hoist ropes shall be free of kinks;
Multiple part lines shall not be twisted around each other;
The primary attachment shall be centered over the platform, and
The hoisting system shall be inspected if the load rope is slack to ensure all ropes
are properly stated on drums and in sheaves.
A visual inspection of the crane or derrick, rigging, personnel platform, and the crane
or derrick base support or ground shall be conducted by a competent person
immediately after the trial lift to determine whether the testing has exposed any
defect or produced any adverse effect upon any component or structure.
Any defects found during inspections which create a safety hazard shall be
corrected before hoisting personnel.
At each job site, prior to hoisting employees on the personnel platform, and after any
repair or modification, the platform and rigging shall be proof tested to 125 percent of
the platform's rated capacity by holding it in a suspended position for five minutes
with the test load evenly distributed on the platform (this may be done concurrently
with the trial lift). After proof testing, a competent person shall inspect the platform
and rigging. Any deficiencies found shall be corrected and another proof test shall be
conducted. Personnel hoisting shall not be conducted until the proof testing
requirements are satisfied.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
231
Work practices.
Employees shall keep all parts of the body inside the platform during raising
lowering, and positioning. This provision does not apply to an occupant of the
platform performing the duties of a signal person.
Before employees exit or enter a hoisted personnel platform that is not landed, the
platform shall be secured to the structure where the work is to be performed, unless
securing to the structure creates an unsafe situation.
Tag lines shall be used unless their use creates an unsafe condition.
The crane or derrick operator shall remain at the controls at all times when the crane
engine is running and the platform is occupied.
Hoisting of employees shall be promptly discontinued upon indication of any
dangerous weather conditions or other impending danger.
Employees being hoisted shall remain in continuous sight of and in direct
communication with the operator or signal person. In those situations where direct
visual contact with the operator is not possible, and the use of a signal person would
create a greater hazard for the person, direct communication alone such as by radio
may be used.
Except over water, employees occupying the personnel platform shall use a body
belt/harness system with lanyard appropriately attached to the lower load block or
overhaul ball, or to a structural member within the personnel platform capable of
supporting a fall impact for employees using the anchorage. When working over
water the requirements of 1926.106 shall apply.
No lifts shall be made on another of the crane's or derrick's loadlines while personnel
are suspended on a platform.
Traveling.
Hoisting of employees while the crane is traveling is prohibited, except for portal,
tower and locomotive cranes, or where the employer demonstrates that there is no
less hazardous way to perform the work.
Under any circumstances where a crane would travel while hoisting personnel, the
employer shall implement the following procedures to safeguard employees:
Crane travel shall be restricted to a fixed track or runway;
Travel shall be limited to the load radius of the boom used during the lift; and
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
232
The boom must be parallel to the direction of travel.
A complete trial run shall be performed to test the route of travel before employees
are allowed to occupy the platform. This trial run can be performed at the same time
as the trial lift.
If travel is done with a rubber tired-carrier, the condition and air pressure of the tires
shall be checked. The chart capacity for lifts on rubber shall be used for application
of the 50 percent reduction of rated capacity. Notwithstanding paragraph (g)(5)(i)(E)
of this section, outriggers may be partially retracted as necessary for travel.
Pre-lift meeting.
A meeting attended by the crane or derrick operator, signal person(s) (if necessary
for the lift), employee(s) to be lifted, and the person responsible for the task to be
performed shall be held to review the appropriate requirements of paragraph (g) of
this section and the procedures to be followed.
This meeting shall be held prior to the trial lift at each new work location, and shall
be repeated for any employees newly assigned to the operation.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
233
APPENDIX C
II. PANDEMIC ILLNESS
EMERGENCY PLAN
IV.
III.
Policy Statement
It is the policy of Transtar Electric to provide a process to resume and sustain
business operations after a pandemic influenza emergency event. All divisions
and/or departments of Transtar Electric are encouraged to have operational
continuity plans to ensure continuation of programs and services in the event of a
major disruption of operations.
The plan for operational continuity should contain clear strategies and procedures
needed to continue operations and execute a recovery in the event of an
interruption that compromises the ability of division and/or department to carry out
its critical functions. The determination that such an interruption has occurred will
be made by Dan Bollin, Safety Director
V.
The seasonal influenza virus is already a significant cause of absenteeism, lower
productivity, and disruption in the lives of our employees. The threat or onset of a
pandemic illness will create a major disruption of business operations should it
occur. Transtar Electric, has developed this Pandemic Illness Emergency Plan
(Pandemic Plan) to sustain business operations during a pandemic flu event.
A.
Pandemic Plan Administration
Table 1 contains the contact information for the Pandemic Plan.
Table 1
Pandemic Plan Contact Information
Pandemic Plan Contact
Task
Pandemic
Plan Dan Bollin
Administrator
Recovery
member
Team Dan Bollin
Team member
Dan Bollin
Rev. (12/3/08)
Contact Information
Work phone: 419-385-7573
Home phone:
Cell phone: 419-262-0065
E-mail:
Work phone:
Home phone:
Cell phone:
E-mail:
Work phone:
Home phone:
Cell phone:
E-mail:
Page
234
Team member
B.
Kerry Katafiasz
Work phone: 419-385-7573
Home phone:
Cell phone: 419-262-1109
E-mail:
Plan Activation and Deactivation
__Dan Bollin, Safety Director will activate the Pandemic Emergency Plan when:
 Federal, state, or local public health authorities issue an alert concerning a
pandemic illness outbreak
 Employee absenteeism from flu exceeds or is expected to exceed 5% of
employees
Dan Bollin, Safety Director, in coordination with the Management Operating
Committee and the Pandemic Recovery Team; after carefully considering the
evidence given by federal, state and local authorities, will deactivate the Pandemic
Plan as they deem appropriate.
C.
Education and Information
Transtar electric will develop or obtain materials covering the signs and symptoms of
influenza or other pandemic illnesses, modes of transmission, personal and family
protection and response strategies (e.g. hand hygiene, coughing/sneezing etiquette,
contingency plans), and resources for obtaining countermeasures such as vaccines
and antiviral drugs.
At the outbreak of a pandemic illness, or when a pandemic alert is posted, Transtar
Electric will distribute the pandemic educational materials to all employees. Transtar
Electric will also develop an informational platform for communicating the pandemic
status and actions to employees and other members essential to the continuity of
our operations in a consistent and timely way.
D.
Pandemic Illness Transmission Control Measures
1. Supplies
The following supplies will be kept in the warehouse to prevent and control the
spread of common viruses at the facility:
 Hand sanitizer
 Disinfectant (for work surfaces and equipment)
 N95 face mask
 Nitrile gloves
 Tissues
 Receptacles/containers for used or contaminated supplies
2. Work Station
Individual work stations will be placed at least three (3) feet apart from each other
where feasible, so that transmission of the virus among people near one other will
not occur.
3. Telecommuting
Telecommuting may be encouraged for those employees who, due to the nature of
their work, can work from home.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
235
4. Meetings and Conversations
All meetings should be conducted via conference call or phone during an emergency
unless authorized by the Management Operating Committee.
Face-to-face conversations between employees should be minimized by increasing
the use of e-mail and phone.
5. Flu Vaccination
Flu shots will be provided to employees when available, but availability is not
guaranteed. All employees are urged to get a flu shot through their doctor or other
health service, and to make sure that their family’s immunizations are up to date.
Employees over the age of 65 or those with a chronic illness such as diabetes or
asthma are urged to get a pneumonia shot to prevent secondary infection.
6. Business Travel
Business travel may be suspended for the duration of the pandemic outbreak or
pandemic alert. Employees who are traveling at the time of a pandemic outbreak or
alert will be advised of the need to immediately return home or follow the directions
of government authorities. Any traveling employees will contact their supervisor with
a status of their location and when they have reached their final destination.
E.
General Hygiene Practices
Table 2 contains general hygiene practices that will be followed by employees while
they are in the facility, and will be recommended for employees to follow at home.
These practices will be posted in all offices at all times during a verified event.
Table 2
Pandemic Illness Prevention: General Hygiene Practices
General Practice
Procedure
Wash Hands
Wash hands with soap and water often, for at least 20
seconds at a time, especially after a cough, a sneeze,
touching a doorknob, coffee pot or refrigerator door
handle, phone, or any other surface touched by many
people.
Avoid Close Contact
Avoid close contact with people who are sick. Keep
your distance (at least 3 feet) from others to limit
further spreading of the virus.
Stay Home While Sick
Stay home from work and social gatherings if you get
the flu or flu symptoms (e.g., feel achy and feverish).
Wear a Face Mask
Wear the N95-rated respirator (face mask) when you
believe there is a risk of contact with someone who
has pandemic flu.
Get Vaccinated
Get vaccinated even after a pandemic virus hits.
Exposure to other flu viruses can weaken the body’s
immune defense against pandemic flu.
Consider Antiviral Drugs Talk to your healthcare provider about taking antiviral
drugs. Some antiviral medications may help prevent
infection in people at risk and shorten the duration of
symptoms in those infected with pandemic flu.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
236
Clean Work Surfaces Use a commercial disinfectant or bleach (dilutions as
and Implements
low a 1 part bleach to 10 parts water) to kill the virus
on a work surface. The seasonal flu virus can live up
to 2 days on a surface.
Use Tissues
Cover your noses and mouths with a tissue when
coughing or sneezing, and properly dispose of the
tissue immediately after use.
F.
Medical Treatment
Transtar Electric will ensure availability of medical consultation and advice for
emergency response for all employees. Personnel should contact the safety
department for details regarding services in your local area.
G.
Human Resource Policies
The following amendments to the Transtar Electric employee policies will apply
when this Pandemic Illness Plan is activated and for the duration of the emergency.
1. Extended Sick Leave
In the event of a pandemic (i.e., widespread outbreak of a communicable disease
such as influenza), Transtar Electric may grant additional unpaid leave to employees
who are unable to work due to special circumstances related to the pandemic.
In the event of a pandemic, employees may be permitted additional paid medical
leave if they are infected with the pandemic virus or if they have been exposed to it.
Additional unpaid leave may be granted to employees who are unable to work due
to the pandemic, but for reasons unrelated to their own illness such as to care for
family members who are ill, or to care for a dependent child whose school has
closed temporarily due to the pandemic.
2. Absenteeism Unrelated to Illness
Upon notifying their supervisor, employees may be granted unpaid leave when
transportation services are disrupted, such as subways, buses, and trains, and
highways, except for those employees approved for telecommuting and the internal
and external communication systems are operating.
3. Telecommuting
In the event of a pandemic (i.e., widespread outbreak of a communicable disease),
Transtar Electric may make temporary telecommuting arrangements with the
appropriate employees as deemed necessary under the special circumstances
created by the pandemic (e.g., public transportation system shutdown prevents
employees from commuting to work; employee has been exposed to disease).
H.
Disruption of Business Operations
I.
Coordination with Other Organizations
If the Management Operating Committee determines that the pandemic outbreak
has become a disaster for the company, the company’s Disaster Recovery Plan will
be activated.
Transtar Electric will:


Collaborate with insurers, health plans, and major local healthcare facilities to
share pandemic plans and understand their capabilities and plans.
Collaborate with federal, state, and local public health agencies and/or
emergency responders to participate in their planning processes.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
237


Communicate with local and/or state public health agencies and/or
emergency responders about the assets and/or services our business could
contribute to the community.
Share best practices with other businesses, chambers of commerce, and
associations to improve community response efforts.
J.
Recordkeeping
Dan Bollin, Safety Director will maintain records of all materials related to the
Pandemic Influenza Plan, including the most recent version of the Plan, training,
education and information materials, flu-related supplies, vaccination forms, and
copies of company announcements and correspondence with employees and with
other organizations.
Dan Bollin, Safety Director will maintain all records related to medical treatment.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
238
Appendix D
NFPA 70E Policy and Program
2009 Edition
(Sample should be adopted by company)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0
Basis
2.0
General
3.0
Responsibility
4.0
Written Program
5.0
Facility/Department Evaluation
6.0
General (Standard Practice)
7.0
Training
8.0
Selection and Use of Work Practices
9.0
Use of Equipment
10.0
Safeguards for Personnel Protection
11.0
Responsibilities
12.0
Definitions
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
239
NFPA 70-E Arc Flash Program
2009 Edition
1.0
Basis and why of the program
1.1
The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) estimates
that between 13-15 arc flash incidents occur every day in the United States.
Many of these go unreported or are misclassified. Worker deaths by
electrocution are the 4th leading cause of workplace fatalities.
2.0
General
2.1
The (Company Name) will ensure that a flash hazard analysis be performed
in order to protect personnel from the possibility of being injured by an arc
flash. The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) requires a flash
hazard analysis that determines a flash protection boundary and the personal
protective equipment (PPE) required when working within a hazard boundary.
3.0
Responsibility
3.1
The company Safety Officer is the Environmental Health and Safety
Coordinator. They are solely responsible for all facets of this program and
has full authority to make necessary decisions to ensure the success of the
program. The Environmental Health and Safety Coordinator will develop
written detailed instructions covering each of the basic elements in this
program, and is the sole person authorized to amend these instructions.
(Company Name) has expressly authorized the Environmental Health and
Safety Coordinator to halt any operation where there is danger of serious
personal injury.
4.0
Written Program
4.1
This program will be reviewed and evaluated on an annual basis. It will also
be reviewed whenever changes occur to 29 CFR 1910 Subpart S or when
changes to facility operations occur that would require a revision of this
document. Effective implementation of this program requires support from all
levels of management within (Company Name). This written program will be
communicated to all personnel that are affected by it. It encompasses the
total workplace, regardless of number of workers employed or the number of
work shifts. It is designed to establish clear goals and objectives.
5.0
Facility/Department Evaluation
5.1
Each department will be evaluated individually to determine where
arc flash hazards exist. Jobs and areas that present such risks will meet the
criteria for designation as an arc flash hazard area.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
240
5.1.1 Employee notification. Employees will be informed by posting danger
signs, conducting awareness training, and by any other equally
effective means, of the existence and location of the danger posed by
arc flash hazard areas. A sign reading "WARNING, ARC FLASH
HAZARD- QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY, APPROPRIATE PPE
REQUIRED" (or similar language in accordance with NFPA 70-E) will
be used to satisfy the requirement for untrained employee/visitor
notification.
5.1.2
High risk electrical hazard jobs/areas.
5.1.3 Alerting techniques. The following alerting techniques shall be used to
warn and protect employees from arc flash hazards, which could cause
injury due to electric shock, non contact electric arc burns, or failure of
electric equipment parts:
5.1.3.1
Safety signs and tags. Safety signs, safety symbols, or accident
prevention tags shall be used where necessary to warn
employees about arc flash hazards which may endanger them,
as required by NFPA 70-E.
5.1.3.2
Barricades. Barricades shall be used in conjunction with safety
signs where it is necessary to prevent or limit employee access
to work areas exposing employees to the flash protection
boundary for arc flash hazards. Conductive barricades may not
be used where they might cause an electrical contact hazard.
5.1.3.3
Attendants. If signs and barricades do not provide sufficient
warning and protection from electrical hazards, an attendant
shall be stationed to warn and protect employees.
6.0
General
6.1
This standard practice instruction will cover work by both qualified and
unqualified persons. The provisions of 29 CFR 1910.331 through 1910.335
will be detailed to cover electrical safety-related work practices for both
qualified persons (those who have training in avoiding the electrical hazards
of working on or near exposed energized parts) and unqualified persons
(those with little or no such training) working on, near, or with the following
installations:
6.1.1 Premises wiring. Installations of electric conductors and equipment
within or on buildings or other structures, and on other premises such
as yards, carnival, parking, and other lots, and industrial substations.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
241
6.1.2 Wiring for connection to supply. Installations of conductors that
connect to the supply of electricity.
6.1.3 Other wiring. Installations of other outside conductors on the
premises.
6.1.4 Optical fiber cable. Installations of optical fiber cable where such
installations are made along with electric conductors.
6.1.5 General electrical safety work practices by (Company Name)
employees.
7.0
Training
7.1
Employees to be trained. Once an arc flash hazard assessment has been
conducted, training will be conducted for employees who face a potential for
arc flash hazards/injuries that is not reduced to a safe level by the installation
requirements.
7.2
High risk occupations. Employees in occupations listed in Table S-4 (29 CFR
1910.332) face such a risk and are required to be trained. Other employees
who also may reasonably be expected to face a comparable risk of injury due
to electric shock or other electrical hazards must also be trained. These
employees will be identified based upon their job title and or area(s) of the
facility they are exposed to. The facility evaluation data referenced in section
2 of this (Company Name) will be used to develop a personnel training listing
by job and hazard area(s) exposure.
Table S-4 (29 CFR 1910.332)
Typical Occupational Categories of Employees
Facing a Higher Than Normal Risk of Electrical Accident
OCCUPATION
First line supervisors
Electrical and electronic engineers
Electrical and electronic equipment assemblers
Electrical and electronic technicians
Electricians
Industrial machine operators
Material handling equipment operators
Mechanics and repairers
Painters
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
242
Riggers and roustabouts
Stationary engineers
Welders
NOTE:
Workers in the above listed groups do not need to be trained
specifically for arc flash if their work or the work of those they supervise does
not bring them or the employees they supervise close enough to energized
equipment at or below 240 V, unless fed by one transformer rated less than
125KVA.
7.3
Content of training
7.3.1 General electrical safety policy. The Environmental Health and Safety
Coordinator will develop a facility wide electrical policy that details this
company's' general electrical safety policy.
7.3.2 Employee job specific training (unqualified). Employees who are
classified as "unqualified" (i.e., those not permitted to work on or near
exposed energized parts or arc flash hazard areas) persons shall also
be trained in and familiar with any electrically related safety practices
inherent to their jobs which are necessary for their safety. First line
supervisors in coordination with the Maintenance Manager (where
required) will develop a training outline detailing the arc flash boundary
associated with a work area or job when an initial evaluation reveals a
risk of potential arc flash.
7.3.3 Employee job specific training (qualified). Employees who are
classified as "qualified" (i.e., one that is familiar with the construction
and operation of the equipment and the hazards involved) persons
shall be trained or recognize and avoid the hazards involved with work
practices that pertain to their qualified job assignments. First line
supervisors in coordination with the Operations Manager (where
required) will develop a training outline detailing the arc flash boundary
associated with equipment or a job when an initial evaluation reveals a
risk of arc flash. Qualified persons (i.e., those permitted to work within
the limited approach boundary of exposed energized electrical
conductors and circuit parts operating at 50 Volts or more) shall, at a
minimum, be trained in and familiar with the following:
7.3.3.1
Rev. (12/3/08)
The skills and techniques necessary to distinguish risk of arc
flash from energized electrical conductors and circuit parts from
other parts of electrical equipment.
Page
243
7.3.3.2
The skills and techniques necessary to determine the nominal
voltage of exposed energized electrical conductors and circuit
parts, and
7.3.3.3
The approach distances specified in 29 CFR 1910.333(c),
NFPA 70-E, Table 130.2(C), and the corresponding voltages to
which the qualified person will be exposed.
7.3.3.4
The construction and operation of the equipment and the
hazards involved.
7.3.3.5
The proper use of special precautionary techniques, personal
protective equipment, insulating and shielding materials,
insulated tools and test equipment.
7.3.3.6
The clearance distances specified by NFPA 70-E and
completed arc flash analysis that determine the flash protection
boundary for each piece of electrical equipment.
NOTE 1:
For the purposes of this (Company Name), Employee's
must have the training required by the definition of a "qualified person"
detailed above in order to be considered a qualified person.
NOTE 2:
Qualified persons whose work on energized equipment
involves either direct contact or contact by means of tools or materials
must also have the training needed for safe exposure to energized part
(see below).
7.4
Type of training
7.4.1 The training required by this (Company Name) shall be of the
classroom or on-the-job type. The degree of training provided shall be
determined by the evaluated risk to the employee.
7.4.2 Initial Training
7.4.2.1
Rev. (12/3/08)
This employer shall provide training to ensure that the arc flash
hazards associated with their job are understood by employees
and that the knowledge and skills required for the safe
application and usage of work place equipment, and removal of
the energy controls, are acquired by employees. The training
shall include the following:
Page
244
7.4.2.1.1 Each authorized employee shall be instructed in the
recognition of arc flash warning labels placed on
equipment. Each employee will be trained on the
information present on the arc flash label, including the
flash hazard boundary, the flash hazard at 18 inches, the
PPE level required, and the fire resistant (FR)
shirt/pants/coverall required for the job.
7.4.2.1.2 Each affected employee shall be instructed in the
purpose and use of the arc flash labels, and the flash
hazard boundary and PPE requirements that must be
observed.
7.4.2.1.3 All other employees whose work operations are or may
be in an area where energy control procedures may be
utilized, shall be instructed about the procedure, and
about the prohibition relating to attempts to restart or
reenergize machines or equipment which are locked out
or tagged out. Tags are essentially warning devices
affixed to energy isolating devices, and do not provide
the physical restraint on those devices that is provided by
a lock. Non-legible or missing tags will be reported to the
Environmental Health and Safety Coordinator
immediately.
7.4.2.1.4 Employees shall be trained to select an appropriate
voltage detector and demonstrate the use of device to
verify absence of voltage, including interpreting
indications provided by the device. Training to include
information on specific limitations of voltage detector
being used.
7.5 Refresher Training
7.5.1 Retraining shall be provided for all authorized and affected employees
whenever there is a change in their job assignments, a change in
machines, equipment or processes that present a new hazard, when
their work takes them into hazardous areas, or when there is a change
in the energy control procedures.
7.5.2 Additional retraining shall also be conducted whenever a periodic
inspection reveals, or whenever this employer has reason to believe,
that there are deviations from or inadequacies in the employee's
knowledge of known hazards, or use of the energy control procedures.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
245
7.5.3 The retraining shall reestablish employee proficiency and introduce
new technology, new types of equipment or changes in procedures
necessitate the use of safety-related work practices that are different
from those that employee would normally use, during job duties.
7.6
Certification
7.6.1
This employer shall certify that employee training has been
accomplished and is being kept up to date. The certification shall
contain each employee's name and dates of training.
7.6.2
Employers to document each employees training when
employee demonstrates proficiency in work practice and maintained
for duration of employees employment.
7.7 Emergency Procedures: Employers exposed to shock hazards trained
in methods of release of victims from contact with exposed energized
conductors or parts of the first aid & training of approved methods of
CPR shall be certified employer annually.
8.0
Selection and use of work practices
8.1
Supervisors shall develop and ensure use of standardized safety-related work
practices to prevent electric shock or other injuries resulting from arc flash
hazards. This will be accomplished whenever work is performed near or on
equipment or circuits which have a flash protection boundary. The specific
safety-related work practices shall be consistent with the nature and extent of
the associated arc flash hazard.
8.2
De-energized parts. Live parts to which an employee may be exposed shall
be de-energized before the employee works on or near them, unless it can be
demonstrate that de-energizing introduces additional or increased hazards or
is unfeasible due to equipment design or operational limitations. Live parts
that operate at less than 50 volts to ground need not be de-energized if there
will be no increased exposure to electrical burns or to explosion due to
electric arcs.
NOTE 1: Examples of increased or additional hazards include interruption of life
support equipment, deactivation of emergency alarm systems and shutdown of
hazardous location ventilation equipment.
NOTE 2: Examples of work that may be performed within the limited approach
boundary of exposed energized conductors of circuit parts because of feasibility due
to equipment design or operational limitations include testing and diagnostics (ex:
start-up or troubleshooting) of electric circuits that can only be performed with the
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
246
circuit energized and work on circuits that form an integral part of a continuous
process that would otherwise need to be completely shut down in order to permit
work on one circuit or piece of equipment.
8.3
Lockout and tagging. While any employee is exposed to contact with parts of
fixed electric equipment or circuits which have been de-energized, the circuits
energizing the parts shall be locked out or tagged or both in accordance with
the requirements of this company's lock-out/tag-out procedures program. All
complex Lock Out Tag Out procedures shall require a written plan of
execution that identifies the person in change. The complex Lock Out Tag
Out procedure should vest primary responsibility in an authorized employee
for a set number of employees working under the protection of group Lock
Out Tag Out device . Each employee should affix personal lock or tag out
before employee begins work and remove when employee stops working on
equipment.
8.4
Energized parts. If the exposed live parts are not de-energized (i.e., for
reasons of increased or additional hazards or unfeasibility), supervisors will
ensure that other safety-related work practices are used to protect employees
who may be exposed to the electrical hazards involved. Such work practices
shall protect employees against contact with energized circuit parts directly
with any part of their body or indirectly through some other conductive object.
The work practices that are used shall be suitable for the conditions under
which the work is to be performed and for the voltage level of the exposed
electric conductors, circuit parts, or materials. Only qualified company
employees may work on electric circuit parts or equipment that have not been
de-energized.
8.4.1 Authorized maintenance personnel. Only employees in the following
job classification(s) (once trained) are authorized to work on or near
exposed energized parts.
Department
Contractors
Operations
Operations
8.5
Job Classification
Electricians
Facility Technician
Equipment/Electrical Engineer
Contractor personnel. Contractor personnel will be notified that they will be
required to provide proof of certification for NFPA 70E electrical safety
training, and shall be familiar with the proper use of special precautionary
techniques, personal protective equipment, and insulated tools.
8.6
Rev. (12/3/08)
Illumination.
Page
247
8.6.1 Supervisors will ensure that employees do not enter spaces containing
electrical hazard, unless illumination is provided that enables the
employees to perform the work safely. [Within the Limited Approach
Boundary of energized electrical conductors or circuit parts operating
at 50 Volts or more and in work situations where electrical hazards
exist.]
8.6.2 Where lack of illumination or an obstruction precludes observation of
the work to be performed, employees may not perform tasks within the
Limited Approach Boundary of energized electrical conductors or
circuit parts operating at 50 Volts or more and in work situations where
electrical hazards exist. Employees may not reach blindly into areas
which may contain energized electrical conductors or circuit parts.
Additionally, unless known otherwise the space shall be evaluated to
determine if it meets the criteria for designation as a confined space.
The company confined space program will be implemented to manage
the entry.
8.7
Confined or enclosed work spaces. When an employee works in a confined
or enclosed space (such as a manhole or vault) that contains exposed
energized or circuit parts operating @ 50V or more or where electric hazards
exist must observe proper use of PPE and FR worn. Employers shall provide
and employee shall use protection shields barriers and insulating materials to
avoid inadvertent contact with these parts, additionally, unless known
otherwise the space shall be evaluated to determine if it meets the criteria for
designation as a confined space. The company confined space program will
be implemented to manage the entry.
8.8
Conductive materials and equipment. Conductive materials and equipment
that are in contact with any part of an employee's body shall be handled in a
manner that will prevent them from contacting exposed energized conductors
or circuit parts. Supervisors will ensure pre-written safety procedures are in
place, and that all employees are trained when long dimensional conductive
objects (such as ducts and pipes) conductive hose and rope, metal lined
rulers and scales, steel tapes, fish tape, metal scaffold parts and chains in
areas with exposed live parts, are used. Other protective measures (such as
the use of insulation, guarding, and material handling techniques) will be
considered and used to minimize the hazard.
8.9
Portable ladders. Portable ladders shall have nonconductive side rails if they
are used where the employee or the ladder could contact exposed energized
parts.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
248
8.10
Conductive apparel. Conductive articles of jewelry and clothing (such as
watch bands, bracelets, rings, key chains, necklaces, metalized aprons, cloth
with conductive thread, or metal headgear) may not be worn if they might
contact exposed energized conductor or circuit parts. However, such articles
may be worn if they are rendered nonconductive by covering, wrapping, or
other insulating means.
8.11
Housekeeping duties. Where energized electrical conductors or circuit parts
presents an electrical contact hazard, employees may not perform
housekeeping duties within the limited approach boundary.
8.12
Interlocks. Only a qualified employee may defeat an electrical safety interlock,
and then only temporarily while he or she is working on the equipment. The
interlock system shall be returned to its operable condition when this work is
completed. Up to date diagram drawings should be consulted to ensure that
no electrical safety interlock operation can result in reenergizing circuit being
worked on.
8.13
Employees shall in instructed to keep alert at all times and be allowed to work
within Limited Approach Boundary of energized conductors or circuit parts
while their alertness is recognizable impaired due to illness, fatigue, or other
reasons.
9.0
Use of equipment
9.1
Portable electric equipment. This paragraph applies to the use of cord- and
plug-connected equipment, including flexible cord sets (extension cords).
9.1.1 Handling. Portable equipment shall be handled in a manner which will
not cause damage. Flexible electric cords connected to equipment
may not be used for raising or lowering the equipment. Flexible cords
may not be fastened with staples or otherwise hung in such a fashion
as could damage the outer jacket or insulation.
9.1.2
9.1.2.1
Rev. (12/3/08)
Visual inspection.
Portable cord- and plug-connected equipment and flexible cord
sets (extension cords) shall be visually inspected before each
use on any shift for external defects (such as loose parts,
deformed and missing pins, or damage to outer jacket or
Page
249
insulation) and for evidence of possible internal damage (such
as pinched or crushed outer jacket). Cord- and plug-connected
equipment and flexible cord sets (extension cords) which remain
connected once they are put in place and are not exposed to
damage need not be visually inspected until they are relocated.
9.1.2.2
If there is a defect or evidence of damage that might expose an
employee to injury, the defective or damaged item shall be
removed from service, and no employee may use it until repairs
and tests necessary to render the equipment safe have been
made.
9.1.2.3
When an attachment plug is to be connected to a receptacle
(including any on a cord set), the relationship of the plug and
receptacle contacts shall first be checked to ensure that they
are of proper mating configurations.
9.1.3
Grounding-type equipment.
9.1.3.1
A flexible cord used with grounding-type equipment shall
contain an equipment grounding conductor.
9.1.3.2
Attachment plugs and receptacles may not be connected or
altered in a manner which would prevent proper continuity of the
equipment grounding conductor at the point where plugs are
attached to receptacles. Additionally, these devices may not be
altered to allow the grounding pole of a plug to be inserted into
slots intended for connection to the current-carrying conductors.
9.1.3.3
Adapters which interrupt the continuity of the equipment
grounding connection may not be used.
9.1.4 Conductive work locations. Portable electric equipment and flexible
cords used in highly conductive work locations (such as those
inundated with water or other conductive liquids), or in job locations
where employees are likely to contact water or conductive liquids, shall
be approved for those locations.
9.1.5
Connecting attachment plugs.
9.1.5.1
Employees' hands may not be wet when plugging and
unplugging flexible cords and cord- and plug-connected
equipment, if energized equipment is involved.
9.1.5.2
Energized plug and receptacle connections may be handled
only with insulating protective equipment if the condition of the
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
250
connection could provide a conducting path to the employee's
hand (if, for example, a cord connector is wet from being
immersed in water).
9.1.5.3
9.2
Locking-type connectors shall be properly secured after
connection.
Electric power and lighting circuits.
9.2.1 Routine opening and closing of circuits. Load rated switches, circuit
breakers, or other devices specifically designed as disconnecting
means shall be used for the opening, reversing, or closing of circuits
under load conditions. Cable connectors not of the load-break type,
fuses, terminal lugs, and cable splice connections may not be used for
such purposes, except in an emergency.
9.2.2 Reclosing circuits after protective device operation. After a circuit is
de-energized by a circuit protective device, the circuit may not be
manually reenergized until it has been determined that the equipment
and circuit can be safely energized. The repetitive manual reclosing of
circuit breakers or reenergizing circuits through replaced fuses is
prohibited.
NOTE: When it can be determined from the design of the circuit and the over
current devices involved that the automatic operation of a device was caused by an
overload rather than a fault condition, no examination of the circuit or connected
equipment is needed before the circuit is reenergized.
9.2.3 Over current protection modification. Over current protection of circuits
and conductors may not be modified, even on a temporary basis,
beyond that allowed by 29 CFR 1910.304(e), the installation safety
requirements for over current protection.
9.3
Test instruments and equipment.
9.3.1 Use. Only company qualified persons may perform testing work within
the limited approach boundary of energized conductors or circuit parts
operating at 50. Or more...
9.3.2 Visual inspection. Test instruments and equipment and all associated
test leads, cables, power cords, probes, and connectors shall be
visually inspected for external defects and damage before each use. If
there is a defect or evidence of damage that might expose an
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
251
employee to injury, the defective or damaged item shall be removed
from service, and no employee may use it until repairs and tests
necessary to render the equipment safe have been made.
9.3.3 Rating of equipment. Test instruments and equipment and their
accessories shall be rated for the circuits and equipment to which they
will be connected and shall be designed for the environment in which
they will be used.
9.3.4 When test instruments are used for the testing for the absence of
voltage on conductors or circuit parts operating at 50 volts or more, the
operation of the test instrument shall be verified before and after an
absence of voltage test is performed.
9.4
Occasional use of flammable or ignitable materials. Where flammable
materials are present only occasionally, electric equipment capable of igniting
them shall not be used, unless measures are taken to prevent hazardous
conditions from developing. Such materials include, but are not limited to:
flammable gases, vapors, or liquids; combustible dust; and ignitable fibers or
flying.
NOTE: Electrical installation requirements for locations where flammable materials
are present on a regular basis will meet NFPA requirements and local fire codes.
10.0
Safeguards for personnel protection
10.1
Use of protective equipment.
10.1.1 Personal protective equipment.
10.1.1.1 Employees working in areas where electrical hazards are
present shall be provided with, and shall use, personal
protective equipment and FR clothing that is appropriate for the
specific parts of the body to be protected and for the work to be
performed.
NOTE: Personal protective equipment requirements will be located on the arc flash
hazard warning label on the equipment.
10.1.1.2 Protective equipment shall be maintained in a safe, reliable
condition and shall be periodically inspected or tested, as
required by 29 CFR 1910.137.
10.1.1.3 If the insulating capability of protective equipment may be
subject to damage during use, the insulating material shall be
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
252
protected. (For example, an outer covering of leather is
sometimes used for the protection of rubber insulating material.)
10.1.1.4 Employees shall wear nonconductive head protection wherever
there is a danger of head injury from electric shock or burns due
to arc flash hazards.
10.1.1.5 Employees shall wear protective equipment for the eyes or face
wherever there is danger of injury to the eyes or face from
electric arcs or flashes or from flying objects resulting from
electrical explosion.
10.1.2 General protective equipment and tools.
10.1.2.1 When working inside the limited approach boundary of exposed
electrical conductors or circuit parts, each employee shall use
insulated tools or handling equipment if the tools or handling
equipment might be used within the limited approach boundary.
If the insulating capability of insulated tools or handling
equipment is subject to damage, the insulating material shall be
protected.
10.1.2.2 Fuse handling equipment, insulated for the circuit voltage, shall
be used to remove or install fuses when the fuse terminals are
energized.
10.1.2.3 Ropes and hand lines used near or within the limited approach
boundary shall be nonconductive.
10.2
Protective shields, protective barriers, or insulating materials shall be used to
protect each employee from shock, burns, or other electrically related injuries
while that employee is working within the limited approach boundary of
energized conductors or circuit parts which might be accidentally contacted or
where dangerous electric heating or arcing might occur. When normally
enclosed energized conductors or circuit parts are exposed for maintenance
or repair, they shall be guarded to protect unqualified persons from contact
with the energized conductors or circuit parts.
10.3
Labeling.
10.3.1 Labels will be placed on all electrical equipment with an arc
flash hazard. The label will be placed in a conspicuous location that will
be seen by any individual, and will contain the following information:
maximum voltage in the equipment, available incident energy, and
required level of PPE.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
253
11.0
Responsibilities
11.1
12.0
Relationships with Contractors (Outside Service Personnel, etc.)
11.1.1 Host Employer Responsibilities
11.1.1.1 The host employer shall inform contract employers of:
 Known Hazards that are covered by this standard,
that are related to the contract employer’s work, and
that might not be recognized by the contract employer
or its employees.
 Information about the employer’s installation that the
contract employer needs to make the assessments
required by Chapter.
11.1.1.2 The host employer shall report observed contractemployer- related violations of this standard to the
contract employer.
11.1.2 Contract Employer Responsibilities
11.1.2.1 The contract employer shall ensure that each of his or
her employees is instructed in the hazards
communicated to the contract employer by the host
employer. This is in addition to the basic training
required by this standard.
11.1.2.2 The contract employer shall ensure that each of his or
her employees follows the work practices required by
this standard and safety-related work rules required
by the host employer.
11.1.2.3 The contract employer shall advise the host employer
of:
 Any unique hazards presented by the contract
employer’s work.
 Any unanticipated hazards found during the contract
employer’s work that the host employer did not
mention, and
 The measures the contractor took to correct any
violations reported by the host employer under
paragraph (A) (2) of this section and to prevent such
violation from recurring in the future.
Definitions applicable to this standard practice instruction
Acceptable. An installation or equipment is acceptable to the Assistant Secretary of
Labor, and approved within the meaning of this 29 CFR 1910 Subpart S:

Rev. (12/3/08)
If it is accepted, or certified, or listed, or labeled, or otherwise
determined to be safe by a nationally recognized testing laboratory; or
Page
254

With respect to an installation or equipment of a kind which no
nationally recognized testing laboratory accepts, certifies, lists, labels,
or determines to be safe, if it is inspected or tested by another Federal
agency, or by a State, municipal, or other local authority responsible
for enforcing occupational safety provisions of the National Electrical
Code and found in compliance with the provisions of the National
Electrical Code as applied in this Subpart; or

With respect to custom-made equipment or related installations which
are designed, fabricated for, and intended for use by a particular
customer, if it is determined to be safe for its intended use by its
manufacturer on the basis of test data which the employer keeps and
makes available for inspection to the Assistant Secretary and his
authorized representatives. Refer to 29 CFR 1910.7 for definition of
nationally recognized testing laboratory.
Accepted. An installation is "accepted" if it has been inspected and found by a
nationally recognized testing laboratory to conform to specified plans or to
procedures of applicable codes.
Accessible. (As applied to wiring methods.) Capable of being removed or exposed
without damaging the building structure or finish, or not permanently closed in by the
structure or finish of the building. (See "concealed" and "exposed.")
Accessible. (As applied to equipment.) Admitting close approach; not guarded by
locked doors, elevation, or other effective means. (See "Readily accessible.")
Approved. Acceptable to the authority enforcing 29 CFR 1910 subpart S. The
authority enforcing this subpart is the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational
Safety and Health. The definition of "acceptable" indicates what is acceptable to the
Assistant Secretary of Labor, and therefore approved within the meaning of 29 CFR
1910 Subpart S.
Approved for the purpose. Approved for a specific purpose, environment, or
application described in a particular standard requirement. Suitability of equipment
or materials for a specific purpose, environment or application may be determined by
a nationally recognized testing laboratory, inspection agency or other organization
concerned with product evaluation as part of its listing and labeling program. (See
"Labeled" or "Listed.")
Arc flash. A type of electrical explosion that results from a low impedance connection
to ground or another voltage phase in an electrical system. Arc flash hazards
dangerous condition associated with the possible release of
Arc protection boundary. When an arc flash hazard exists, an approach (Unit ATA)
distance from a prospective arc source within which a person could receive a
second degree burn if an electrical arc were to occur.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
255
Arc Flash Hazard. A dangerous condition associated with the possible release of
energy caused by an electric arc.
Arc Flash Hazard Analysis. A study investigating a worker’s potential exposure to
arc-flash energy, conducted for the purpose of inury prevention and the
determination of safe work practices, arc flash protection boundary, and the
appropriate levels of PPE.
Arc Flash Suit. A complete FR clothing and equipment system that covers the entire
body, except for the hands and feet. This includes pants, jacket, and beekeepertype hood fitted with a face shield.
Arc Rating. The value attributed to materials that describes their performance to
exposure to an electrical arc discharge. The arc rating is expressed in cal/cm2 and is
derived from the determined value of the arc thermal performance value (ATPV) or
energy of breakopen threshold (Ebt) (should a material system exhibit a breakopen
response below the ATPV value) derived from the determined value of ATPV or Ebt.
Building. A structure which stands alone or which is cut off from adjoining structures
by fire walls with all openings therein protected by approved fire doors and flash suit.
Certified. Equipment is "certified" if it:
Has been tested and found by a nationally recognized testing
laboratory to meet nationally recognized standards or to be safe for use in a
specified manner, or
Is of a kind whose production is periodically inspected by a nationally
recognized testing laboratory, and
It bears a label, tag, or other record of certification.
Circuit breaker.
(600 volts nominal, or less). A device designed to open and close a
circuit by non-automatic means and to open the circuit automatically on a
predetermined over current without injury to itself when properly applied
within its rating.
(Over 600 volts, nominal). A switching device capable of making,
carrying, and breaking currents under normal circuit conditions, and also
making, carrying for a specified time, and breaking currents under specified
abnormal circuit conditions, such as those of short circuit.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
256
Class I locations. Class I locations are those in which flammable gases or vapors
are or may be present in the air in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or
ignitable mixtures. Class I locations include the following:
Class I, Division 1. A Class I, Division 1 location is a location:
 In which hazardous concentrations of flammable gases or vapors may
exist under normal operating conditions; or
 In which hazardous concentrations of such gases or vapors may exist
frequently because of repair or maintenance operations or because of
leakage; or
 In which breakdown or faulty operation of equipment or processes might
release hazardous concentrations of flammable gases or vapors, and might
also cause simultaneous failure of electric equipment.
Note: This classification usually includes locations where volatile flammable liquids
or liquefied flammable gases are transferred from one container to another; interiors
of spray booths and areas in the vicinity of spraying and painting operations where
volatile flammable solvents are used; locations containing open tanks or vats of
volatile flammable liquids; drying rooms or compartments for the evaporation of
flammable solvents; locations containing fat and oil extraction equipment using
volatile flammable solvents; portions of cleaning and dyeing plants where flammable
liquids are used; gas generator rooms and other portions of gas manufacturing
plants where flammable gas may escape; inadequately ventilated pump rooms for
flammable gas or for volatile flammable liquids; the interiors of refrigerators and
freezers in which volatile flammable materials are stored in open, lightly stoppered,
or easily ruptured containers; and all other locations where ignitable concentrations
of flammable vapors or gases are likely to occur in the course of normal operations.
Class I, Division 2. A Class I, Division 2 location is a location:
 In which volatile flammable liquids or flammable gases are handled,
processed, or used, but in which the hazardous liquids, vapors, or gases will
normally be confined within closed containers or closed systems from which
they can escape only in case of accidental rupture or breakdown of such
containers or systems, or in case of abnormal operation of equipment; or
 In which hazardous concentrations of gases or vapors are normally
prevented by positive mechanical ventilation, and which might become
hazardous through failure or abnormal operations of the ventilating
equipment; or
 That is adjacent to a Class I, Division 1 location, and to which hazardous
concentrations of gases or vapors might occasionally be communicated
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
257
unless such communication is prevented by adequate positive-pressure
ventilation from a source of clean air, and effective safeguards against
ventilation failure are provided.
Note: This classification usually includes locations where volatile flammable liquids
or flammable gases or vapors are used, but which would become hazardous only in
case of an accident or of some unusual operating condition. The quantity of
flammable material that might escape in case of accident, the adequacy of
ventilating equipment, the total area involved, and the record of the industry or
business with respect to explosions or fires are all factors that merit consideration in
determining the classification and extent of each location. Piping without valves,
checks, meters, and similar devices would not ordinarily introduce a hazardous
condition even though used for flammable liquids or gases. Locations used for the
storage of flammable liquids or a liquefied or compressed gases in sealed containers
would not normally be considered hazardous unless also subject to other hazardous
conditions. Electrical conduits and their associated enclosures separated from
process fluids by a single seal or barrier are classed as a Division 2 location if the
outside of the conduit and enclosures is a nonhazardous location.
Class II locations. Class II locations are those that are hazardous because of the
presence of combustible dust. Class II locations include the following:
Class II, Division 1. A Class II, Division 1 location is a location:
 In which combustible dust is or may be in suspension in the air under
normal operating conditions, in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or
ignitable mixtures; or
 Where mechanical failure or abnormal operation of machinery or
equipment might cause such explosive or ignitable mixtures to be produced,
and might also provide a source of ignition through simultaneous failure of
electric equipment, operation of protection devices, or from other causes, or
 In which combustible dusts of an electrically conductive nature may be
present.
Note: This classification may include areas of grain handling and processing plants,
starch plants, sugar-pulverizing plants, malting plants, hay-grinding plants, coal
pulverizing plants, areas where metal dusts and powders are produced or
processed, and other similar locations which contain dust producing machinery and
equipment (except where the equipment is dust-tight or vented to the outside).
These areas would have combustible dust in the air, under normal operating
conditions, in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures.
Combustible dusts which are electrically nonconductive include dusts produced in
the handling and processing of grain and grain products, pulverized sugar and
cocoa, dried egg and milk powders, pulverized spices, starch and pastes, potato and
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
258
wood. Flour, oil meal from beans and seed, dried hay, and other organic materials
which may produce combustible dusts when processed or handled. Dusts containing
magnesium or aluminum are particularly hazardous and the use of extreme caution
is necessary to avoid ignition and explosion.
Class II, Division 2. A Class II, Division 2 location is a location in
which:
 Combustible dust will not normally be in suspension in the air in quantities
sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures, and dust accumulations
are normally insufficient to interfere with the normal operation of electrical
equipment or other apparatus; or
 Dust may be in suspension in the air as a result of infrequent
malfunctioning of handling or processing equipment, and dust accumulations
resulting there from may be ignitable by abnormal operation or failure of
electrical equipment or other apparatus.
Note: This classification includes locations where dangerous concentrations of
suspended dust would not be likely but where dust accumulations might form on or
in the vicinity of electric equipment. These areas may contain equipment from which
appreciable quantities of dust would escape under abnormal operating conditions or
be adjacent to a Class II Division 1 location, as described above, into which an
explosive or ignitable concentration of dust may be put into suspension under
abnormal operating conditions.
Class III locations. Class III locations are those that are hazardous because of the
presence of easily ignitable fibers or flying but in which such fibers or flying are not
likely to be in suspension in the air in quantities sufficient to produce ignitable
mixtures. Class III locations include the following:
Class III, Division 1. A Class III, Division 1 location is a location in
which easily ignitable fibers or materials producing combustible flying are
handled, manufactured, or used.
Note: Such locations usually include some parts of rayon, cotton, and other textile
mills; combustible fiber manufacturing and processing plants; cotton gins and cottonseed mills; flax-processing plants; clothing manufacturing plants; woodworking
plants, and establishments; and industries involving similar hazardous processes or
conditions. Easily ignitable fibers and flying include rayon, cotton (including cotton
linters and cotton waste), sisal or henequen, istle, jute, hemp, tow, cocoa fiber,
oakum, baled waste kapok, Spanish moss, excelsior, and other materials of similar
nature.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
259
Class III, Division 2. A Class III, Division 2 location is a location in
which easily ignitable fibers are stored or handled, except in process of
manufacture.
Conductor.
Bare. A conductor having no covering or electrical insulation
whatsoever.
Covered. A conductor encased within material of composition or
thickness that is not recognized as electrical insulation.
Insulated. A conductor encased within material of composition and
thickness that is recognized as electrical insulation.
Device. A unit of an electrical system that on controls electric energy as its principle
function.
Enclosed. Surrounded by a case, housing, fence or walls which will prevent persons
from accidentally contacting energized electrical conductors or circuit parts.
Enclosure. The case or housing of apparatus, or the fence or walls surrounding an
installation to prevent personnel from accidentally contacting energized electrical
conductors or circuit parts, or to protect the equipment from physical damage.
Equipment. A general term including material, fittings, devices, appliances, fixtures,
apparatus, machinery and the like, used as a part of, or in connection with, an
electrical installation. Equipment grounding conductor. See "Grounding conductor,
equipment."
Explosion-proof apparatus. Apparatus enclosed in a case that is capable of
withstanding an explosion of a specified gas or vapor which may occur within it and
of preventing the ignition of a specified gas or vapor surrounding the enclosure by
sparks, flashes, or explosion of the gas or vapor within, and which operates at such
an external temperature that it will not ignite a surrounding flammable atmosphere.
Exposed. (As applied to energized electrical conductors or circuit parts.) Capable of
being inadvertently touched or approached nearer than a safe distance by a person.
It is applied to electrical conductors or circuit parts not suitably guarded, isolated, or
insulated. (See "Accessible." and "Concealed.")
Exposed. (As applied to wiring methods.) On or attached to the surface or behind
panels designed to allow access. [See "Accessible. (As applied to wiring
methods.)"]
Exposed. (For the purposes of 29 CFR 1910.308(e), Communications systems.)
Where the circuit is in such a position that in case of failure of supports or insulation,
contact with another circuit may result.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
260
Externally operable. Capable of being operated without exposing the operator to
contact with energized conductors or circuit parts.
Fuse. An overcurrent protective device with a circuit opening fusible part that is
heated and severed by the passage of over current through it. A fuse comprises all
the parts that form a unit capable of performing the prescribed functions. It may or
may not be the complete device necessary to connect it into an electrical circuit.
Ground. The earth.
Grounded. Connected to ground or to some conducting body that extends the
ground connection.
Grounded, solidly. connected to ground without inserting any register or impedance
device.
Guarded. Covered, shielded, fenced, enclosed, or otherwise protected by means of
suitable covers, casings, barriers, rails, screens, mats, or platforms to remove the
likelihood of approach or contact by persons or objects to a point of danger.
Labeled. Equipment is labeled if there is attached to it a label, symbol, or other
identifying mark of a nationally recognized testing laboratory which, (a) makes
periodic inspections of the production of such equipment, and (b) whose labeling
indicates compliance with nationally recognized standards or tests to determine safe
use in a specified manner.
Lighting outlet. An outlet intended for the direct connection of a lamp holder, a
lighting fixture, or a pendant cord terminating in a lamp holder.
May. If a discretionary right, privilege, or power is conferred, the word "may" is
used. If a right, privilege, or power is abridged or if an obligation to abstain from
acting is imposed, the word "may" is used with a restrictive "no," "not," or "only."
(E.g., no employer may . . . ; an employer may not . . . ; only qualified persons may. .
. .)
This includes (a) wiring from the service point or power source to the outlets or (b)
wiring from and including the power source to the outlets when there is no
Outlet. a point on the wiring system at which current is taken to supply utilization
equpment.
Power fuse. (Over 600 volts, nominal.) See Fuse.
Power outlet. An enclosed assembly which may include receptacles, circuit
breakers, fuseholders, fused switches, buses and watt-hour meter mounting means;
intended to supply and control power to mobile homes, recreational vehicles or
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
261
boats, or to serve as a means for distributing power required to operate mobile or
temporarily installed equipment.
Premises wiring system. That interior and exterior wiring, including power, lighting,
control, and signal circuit wiring together with all of its associated hardware, fittings,
and wiring devices, both permanently and temporarily installed. Such wiring does
not include wiring internal to appliances, fixtures, motors, controllers, motor control
centers, and similar equipment.
This includes (4) wiring from the service point or power source to the outlets
or (b) wiring from and including the power source to the outlets where there is no
service points.
Qualified person. One who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and
operation of the electrical equipment and installation and has received safety training
to recognize and avoid the hazards involved.
Note 1: Whether an employee is considered to be a "qualified person"
will depend upon various circumstances in the workplace. It is possible and,
in fact, likely for an individual to be considered "qualified" with regard to
certain equipment in the workplace, but "unqualified" as to other equipment.
(See 29 CFR 1910.332(b)(3) for training requirements that specifically apply
to qualified persons.)
Note 2: An employee who is undergoing on-the-job training and who,
in the course of such training, has demonstrated an ability to perform duties
safely at his or her level of training and who is under the direct supervision of
a qualified person is considered to be a qualified person for the performance
of those duties.
Readily accessible. Capable of being reached quickly for operation, renewal, or
inspections, without requiring those to whom ready access is requisite to climb over
or remove obstacles or to resort to portable ladders, chairs, etc. (See "Accessible.)
Ventilated. Provided with a means to permit circulation of air sufficient to remove an
excess of heat, fumes, or vapors.
Volatile flammable liquid. A flammable liquid having a flash point below 38 degrees
C (100 degrees F) or whose temperature is above its flash point.
Voltage (of a circuit). The greatest root-mean-square (effective) difference of
potential between any two conductors of the circuit concerned.
Voltage, nominal. A nominal value assigned to a circuit or system for the purpose of
conveniently designating its voltage class (as 120/240, 480Y/277, 600, etc.). The
actual voltage at which a circuit operates can vary from the nominal within a range
that permits satisfactory operation of equipment.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
262
Voltage to ground. For grounded circuits, the voltage between the given conductor
and that point or conductor of the circuit that is grounded; for ungrounded circuits,
the greatest voltage between the given conductor and any other conductor of the
circuit.
Watertight. So constructed that moisture will not enter the enclosure.
Weatherproof. So constructed or protected that exposure to the weather will not
interfere with successful operation. Rainproof, rain tight, or watertight equipment can
fulfill the requirements for weatherproof where varying weather conditions other than
wetness, such as snow, ice, dust, or temperature extremes, are not a factor.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
263
APPENDIX E
SPILL PREVENTION
Clean-up operations required by a governmental body, whether Federal, state local or other involving
hazardous substances that are conducted at uncontrolled hazardous waste sites (including, but not
limited to, the EPA's National Priority Site List (NPL), state priority site lists, sites recommended for
the EPA NPL, and initial investigations of government identified sites which are conducted before the
presence or absence of hazardous substances has been ascertained);
Corrective actions involving clean-up operations at sites covered by the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA) as amended (42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq);
Voluntary clean-up operations at sites recognized by Federal, state, local or other governmental
bodies as uncontrolled hazardous waste sites;
Operations involving hazardous waste that are conducted at treatment, storage, disposal (TSD)
facilities regulated by 40 CFR Parts 264 and 265 pursuant to RCRA; or by agencies under agreement
with U.S.E.P.A. to implement RCRA regulations; and
Emergency response operations for releases of, or substantial threats of releases of, hazardous
substances without regard to the location of the hazard.
All requirements of Part 1910 and Part 1926 of Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations apply
pursuant to their terms to hazardous waste and emergency response operations whether covered by
this section or not. If there is a conflict or overlap, the provision more protective of employee safety
and health shall apply without regard to 29 CFR 1910.5(c)(1).
Hazardous substance clean-up operations within the scope of paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iii)
of this section must comply with all paragraphs of this section except paragraphs (p) and (q).
Operations within the scope of paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section must comply only with the
requirements of paragraph (p) of this section.
Notes and Exceptions:
All provisions of paragraph (p) of this section cover any treatment, storage or disposal (TSD)
operation regulated by 40 CFR parts 264 and 265 or by state law authorized under RCRA, and
required to have a permit or interim status from EPA pursuant to 40 CFR 270.1 or from a state
agency pursuant to RCRA.
Employers who are not required to have a permit or interim status because they are conditionally
exempt small quantity generators under 40 CFR 261.5 or are generators who qualify under 40 CFR
262.34 for exemptions from regulation under 40 CFR parts 264, 265 and 270 ("excepted employers")
are not covered by paragraphs (p)(1) through (p)(7) of this section. Excepted employers who are
required by the EPA or state agency to have their employees engage in emergency response or who
direct their employees to engage in emergency response are covered by paragraph (p)(8) of this
section, and cannot be exempted by (p)(8)(i) of this section.
If an area is used primarily for treatment, storage or disposal, any emergency response operations in
that area shall comply with paragraph (p) (8) of this section. In other areas not used primarily for
treatment, storage, or disposal, any emergency response operations shall comply with paragraph (q)
of this section. Compliance with the requirements of paragraph (q) of this section shall be deemed to
be in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (p)(8) of this section.
Emergency response operations for releases of, or substantial threats of releases of, hazardous
substances which are not covered by paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iv) of this section must only
comply with the requirements of paragraph (q) of this section.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
264
Definitions -Buddy system means a system of organizing employees into work groups in such a manner that each
employee of the work group is designated to be observed by at least one other employee in the work
group. The purpose of the buddy system is to provide rapid assistance to employees in the event of
an emergency.
Clean-up operation means an operation where hazardous substances are removed, contained,
incinerated, neutralized,d stabilized, cleared-up, or in any other manner processed or handled with
the ultimate goal of making the site safer for people or the environment.
Decontamination means the removal of hazardous substances from employees and their equipment
to the extent necessary to preclude the occurrence of foreseeable adverse health effects.
Emergency response or responding to emergencies means a response effort by employees from
outside the immediate release area or by other designated responders (i.e., mutual aid groups, local
fire departments, etc.) to an occurrence which results, or is likely to result, in an uncontrolled release
of a hazardous substance. Responses to incidental releases of hazardous substances where the
substance can be absorbed, neutralized, or otherwise controlled at the time of release by employees
in the immediate release area, or by maintenance personnel are not considered to be emergency
responses within the scope of this standard. Responses to releases of hazardous substances where
there is no potential safety or health hazard (i.e., fire, explosion, or chemical exposure) are not
considered to be emergency responses.
Facility means (A) any building, structure, installation, equipment, pipe or pipeline (including any pipe
into a sewer or publicly owned treatment works), well, pit, pond, lagoon, impoundment, ditch,
storage container, motor vehicle, rolling stock, or aircraft, or (B) any site or area where a hazardous
substance has been deposited, stored, disposed of, or placed, or otherwise come to be located; but
does not include any consumer product in consumer use or any water-borne vessel.
Hazardous materials response (HAZMAT) team means an organized group of employees, designated
by the employer, who are expected to perform work to handle and control actual or potential leaks or
spills of hazardous substances requiring possible close approach to the substance. The team
members perform responses to releases or potential releases of hazardous substances for the
purpose of control or stabilization of the incident. A HAZMAT team is not a fire brigade nor is a typical
fire brigade a HAZMAT team. A HAZMAT team, however, may be a separate component of a fire
brigade or fire department.
Hazardous substance means any substance designated or listed under (A) through (D) of this
definition, exposure to which results or may result in adverse effects on the health or safety of
employees:
[A] Any substance defined under section 103(14) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response
Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) (42 U.S.C. 9601).
[B] Any biologic agent and other disease causing agent which after release into the environment and
upon exposure, ingestion, inhalation, or assimilation into any person, either directly from the
environment or indirectly by ingestion through food chains, will or may reasonably be anticipated to
cause death, disease, behavioral abnormalities, cancer, genetic mutation, physiological malfunctions
(including malfunctions in reproduction) or physical deformations in such persons or their offspring.
[C] Any substance listed by the U.S. Department of Transportation as hazardous materials under 49
CFR 172.101 and appendices; and
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
265
[D] Hazardous waste as herein defined.
Hazardous waste means -[A] A waste or combination of wastes as defined in 40 CFR 261.3, or
[B] Those substances defined as hazardous wastes in 49 CFR 171.8.
Hazardous waste operation means any operation conducted within the scope of this standard.
Hazardous waste site or Site means any facility or location within the scope of this standard at which
hazardous waste operations take place.
Health hazard means a chemical or a pathogen where acute or chronic health effects may occur in
exposed employees. It also includes stress due to temperature extremes. The term health
hazard includes chemicals that are classified in accordance with the Hazard Communication Standard,
29 CFR 1910.1200, as posing one of the following hazardous effects: Acute toxicity (any route of
exposure); skin corrosion or irritation; serious eye damage or eye irritation; respiratory or skin
sensitization; germ cell mutagenicity; carcinogenicity; reproductive toxicity; specific target organ
toxicity (single or repeated exposure); aspiration toxicity or simple asphyxiant. (See Appendix A to §
1910.1200—Health Hazard Criteria (Mandatory) for the criteria for determining whether a chemical is
classified as a health hazard.)
IDLH or Immediately dangerous to life or health means an atmospheric concentration of any toxic,
corrosive or asphyxiant substance that poses an immediate threat to life or would interfere with an
individual's ability to escape from a dangerous atmosphere.
Oxygen deficiency means that concentration of oxygen by volume below which atmosphere supplying
respiratory protection must be provided. It exists in atmospheres where the percentage of oxygen by
volume is less than 19.5 percent oxygen.
Permissible exposure limit means the exposure, inhalation or dermal permissible exposure limit
specified in 29 CFR Part 1910, Subparts G and Z.
Published exposure level means the exposure limits published in "NIOSH Recommendations for
Occupational Health Standards" dated 1986, which is incorporated by reference as specified in §
1910.6, or if none is specified, the exposure limits published in the standards specified by the
American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists in their publication "Threshold Limit
Values and Biological Exposure Indices for 1987-88" dated 1987, which is incorporated by reference
as specified in § 1910.6.
Post emergency response means that portion of an emergency response performed after the
immediate threat of a release has been stabilized or eliminated and clean-up of the site has begun. If
post emergency response is performed by an employer's own employees who were part of the initial
emergency response, it is considered to be part of the initial response and not post emergency
response. However, if a group of an employer's own employees, separate from the group providing
initial response, performs the clean-up operation, then the separate group of employees would be
considered to be performing post-emergency response and subject to paragraph (q)(11) of this
section.
Qualified person means a person with specific training, knowledge and experience in the area for
which the person has the responsibility and the authority to control.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
266
Site safety and health supervisor (or official) means the individual located on a hazardous waste site
who is responsible to the employer and has the authority and knowledge necessary to implement the
site safety and health plan and verify compliance with applicable safety and health requirements.
Small quantity generator means a generator of hazardous wastes who in any calendar month
generates no more than 1,000 kilograms (2,205) pounds of hazardous waste in that month.
Uncontrolled hazardous waste site means an area identified as an uncontrolled hazardous waste site
by a governmental body, whether Federal, state, local or other where an accumulation of hazardous
substances creates a threat to the health and safety of individuals or the environment or both. Some
sites are found on public lands such as those created by former municipal, county or state landfills
where illegal or poorly managed waste disposal has taken place. Other sites are found on private
property, often belonging to generators or former generators of hazardous substance wastes.
Examples of such sites include, but are not limited to, surface impoundments, landfills, dumps, and
tank or drum farms. Normal operations at TSD sites are not covered by this definition.
Safety and health program.
NOTE TO (b): Safety and health programs developed and implemented to meet other federal, state,
or local regulations are considered acceptable in meeting this requirement if they cover or are
modified to cover the topics required in this paragraph. An additional or separate safety and health
program is not required by this paragraph.
General.
Employers shall develop and implement a written safety and health program for their employees
involved in hazardous waste operations. The program shall be designed to identify, evaluate, and
control safety and health hazards, and provide for emergency response for hazardous waste
operations.
The written safety and health program shall incorporate the following:
An organizational structure;
A comprehensive workplan;
A site-specific safety and health plan which need not repeat the employer's standard operating
procedures required in paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(F) of this section;
The safety and health training program;
The medical surveillance program;
The employer's standard operating procedures for safety and health; and
Any necessary interface between general program and site specific activities.
Site excavation. Site excavations created during initial site preparation or during hazardous waste
operations shall be shored or sloped as appropriate to prevent accidental collapse in accordance with
Subpart P of 29 CFR Part 1926.
Contractors and sub-contractors. An employer who retains contractor or sub-contractor services for
work in hazardous waste operations shall inform those contractors, sub-contractors, or their
representatives of the site emergency response procedures and any potential fire, explosion, health,
safety or other hazards of the hazardous waste operation that have been identified by the employer's
information program.
Program availability. The written safety and health program shall be made available to any contractor
or subcontractor or their representative who will be involved with the hazardous waste operation; to
employees; to employee designated representatives; to OSHA personnel, and to personnel of other
Federal, state, or local agencies with regulatory authority over the site.
Organizational structure part of the site program. -The organizational structure part of the program shall establish the specific chain of command and
specify the overall responsibilities of supervisors and employees. It shall include, at a minimum, the
following elements:
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
267
A general supervisor who has the responsibility and authority to direct all hazardous waste
operations.
A site safety and health supervisor who has the responsibility and authority to develop and
implement the site safety and health plan and verify compliance.
All other personnel needed for hazardous waste site operations and emergency response and their
general functions and responsibilities.
The lines of authority, responsibility, and communication.
The organizational structure shall be reviewed and updated as necessary to reflect the current status
of waste site operations.
Comprehensive workplan part of the site program. The comprehensive workplan part of the program
shall address the tasks and objectives of the site operations and the logistics and resources required
to reach those tasks and objectives.
The comprehensive workplan shall address anticipated clean-up activities as well as normal operating
procedures which need not repeat the employer's procedures available elsewhere.
The comprehensive workplan shall define work tasks and objectives and identify the methods for
accomplishing those tasks and objectives.
The comprehensive workplan shall establish personnel requirements for implementing the plan.
The comprehensive workplan shall provide for the implementation of the training required in
paragraph (e) of this section.
The comprehensive workplan shall provide for the implementation of the required informational
programs required in paragraph (i) of this section.
The comprehensive workplan shall provide for the implementation of the medical surveillance
program described in paragraph (f) if this section.
Site-specific safety and health plan part of the program. -General. The site safety and health plan, which must be kept on site, shall address the safety and
health hazards of each phase of site operation and include the requirements and procedures for
employee protection.
Elements. The site safety and health plan, as a minimum, shall address the following:
A safety and health risk or hazard analysis for each site task and operation found in the workplan.
Employee training assignments to assure compliance with paragraph (e) of this section.
Personal protective equipment to be used by employees for each of the site tasks and operations
being conducted as required by the personal protective equipment program in paragraph (g)(5) of
this section.
Medical surveillance requirements in accordance with the program in paragraph (f) of this section.
Frequency and types of air monitoring, personnel monitoring, and environmental sampling techniques
and instrumentation to be used, including methods of maintenance and calibration of monitoring and
sampling equipment to be used.
Site control measures in accordance with the site control program required in paragraph (d) of this
section.
Decontamination procedures in accordance with paragraph (k) of this section.
An emergency response plan meeting the requirements of paragraph (l) of this section for safe and
effective responses to emergencies, including the necessary PPE and other equipment.
Confined space entry procedures.
A spill containment program meeting the requirements of paragraph (j) of this section.
Pre-entry briefing. The site specific safety and health plan shall provide for pre-entry briefings to be
held prior to initiating any site activity, and at such other times as necessary to ensure that
employees are apprised of the site safety and health plan and that this plan is being followed. The
information and data obtained from site characterization and analysis work required in paragraph (c)
of this section shall be used to prepare and update the site safety and health plan.
1910.120(b)(4)(iv)
Effectiveness of site safety and health plan. Inspections shall be conducted by the site safety and
health supervisor or, in the absence of that individual, another individual who is knowledgeable in
occupational safety and health, acting on behalf of the employer as necessary to determine the
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
268
effectiveness of the site safety and health plan. Any deficiencies in the effectiveness of the site safety
and health plan shall be corrected by the employer.
Site characterization and analysis -General. Hazardous waste sites shall be evaluated in accordance with this paragraph to identify
specific site hazards and to determine the appropriate safety and health control procedures needed
to protect employees from the identified hazards.
Preliminary evaluation. A preliminary evaluation of a site's characteristics shall be performed prior to
site entry by a qualified person in order to aid in the selection of appropriate employee protection
methods prior to site entry. Immediately after initial site entry, a more detailed evaluation of the
site's specific characteristics shall be performed by a qualified person in order to further identify
existing site hazards and to further aid in the selection of the appropriate engineering controls and
personal protective equipment for the tasks to be performed.
Hazard identification. All suspected conditions that may pose inhalation or skin absorption hazards
that are immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH) or other conditions that may cause death or
serious harm shall be identified during the preliminary survey and evaluated during the detailed
survey. Examples of such hazards include, but are not limited to, confined space entry, potentially
explosive or flammable situations, visible vapor clouds, or areas where biological indicators such as
dead animals or vegetation are located.
Required information. The following information to the extent available shall be obtained by the
employer prior to allowing employees to enter a site:
Location and approximate size of the site.
Description of the response activity and/or the job task to be performed.
Duration of the planned employee activity.
Site topography and accessibility by air and roads.
Safety and health hazards expected at the site.
Pathways for hazardous substance dispersion.
Present status and capabilities of emergency response teams that would provide assistance to on-site
employees at the time of an emergency.
Hazardous substances and health hazards involved or expected at the site and their chemical and
physical properties.
Personal protective equipment. Personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be provided and used
during initial site entry in accordance with the following requirements:
Based upon the results of the preliminary site evaluation, an ensemble of PPE shall be selected and
used during initial site entry which will provide protection to a level of exposure below permissible
exposure limits and published exposure levels for known or suspected hazardous substances and
health hazards and which will provide protection against other known and suspected hazards
identified during the preliminary site evaluation. If there is no permissible exposure limit or published
exposure level, the employer may use other published studies and information as a guide to
appropriate personal protective equipment.
If positive-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus is not used as part of the entry ensemble, and
if respiratory protection is warranted by the potential hazards identified during the preliminary site
evaluation, an escape self-contained breathing apparatus of at least five minute's duration shall be
carried by employees during initial site entry.
If the preliminary site evaluation does not produce sufficient information to identify the hazards or
suspected hazards of the site an ensemble providing equivalent to Level B PPE shall be provided as
minimum protection, and direct reading instruments shall be used as appropriate for identifying IDLH
conditions. (See Appendix B for guidelines on Level B protective equipment.)
Once the hazards of the site have been identified, the appropriate PPE shall be selected and used in
accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.
Monitoring. The following monitoring shall be conducted during initial site entry when the site
evaluation produces information which shows the potential for ionizing radiation or IDLH conditions,
or when the site information is not sufficient reasonably to eliminate these possible conditions:
Monitoring with direct reading instruments for hazardous levels of ionizing radiation.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
269
Monitoring the air with appropriate direct reading test equipment for (i.e., combustible gas meters,
detector tubes) for IDLH and other conditions that may cause death or serious harm (combustible or
explosive atmospheres, oxygen deficiency, toxic substances.)
Visually observing for signs of actual or potential IDLH or other dangerous conditions.
An ongoing air monitoring program in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section shall be
implemented after site characterization has determined the site is safe for the start-up of operations.
Risk identification. Once the presence and concentrations of specific hazardous substances and health
hazards have been established, the risks associated with these substances shall be identified.
Employees who will be working on the site shall be informed of any risks that have been identified. In
situations covered by the Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, training required by
that standard need not be duplicated.
NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (c)(7). - Risks to consider include, but are not limited to:
[a] Exposures exceeding the permissible exposure limits and published exposure levels.
[b] IDLH Concentrations.
[c] Potential Skin Absorption and Irritation Sources.
[d] Potential Eye Irritation Sources.
[e] Explosion Sensitivity and Flammability Ranges.
[f] Oxygen deficiency.
Employee notification. Any information concerning the chemical, physical, and toxicologic properties
of each substance known or expected to be present on site that is available to the employer and
relevant to the duties an employee is expected to perform shall be made available to the affected
employees prior to the commencement of their work activities. The employer may utilize information
developed for the hazard communication standard for this purpose.
Site control. -General. Appropriate site control procedures shall be implemented to control employee exposure to
hazardous substances before clean-up work begins.
Site control program. A site control program for protecting employees which is part of the employer's
site safety and health program required in paragraph (b) of this section shall be developed during the
planning stages of a hazardous waste clean-up operation and modified as necessary as new
information becomes available.
Elements of the site control program. The site control program shall, as a minimum, include: A site
map; site work zones; the use of a "buddy system"; site communications including alerting means for
emergencies; the standard operating procedures or safe work practices; and, identification of the
nearest medical assistance. Where these requirements are covered elsewhere they need not be
repeated.
Training. -General.
All employees working on site (such as but not limited to equipment operators, general laborers and
others) exposed to hazardous substances, health hazards, or safety hazards and their supervisors
and management responsible for the site shall receive training meeting the requirements of this
paragraph before they are permitted to engage in hazardous waste operations that could expose
them to hazardous substances, safety, or health hazards, and they shall receive review training as
specified in this paragraph.
Employees shall not be permitted to participate in or supervise field activities until they have been
trained to a level required by their job function and responsibility.
Elements to be covered. The training shall thoroughly cover the following:
Names of personnel and alternates responsible for site safety and health;
Safety, health and other hazards present on the site;
Use of personal protective equipment;
Work practices by which the employee can minimize risks from hazards;
Safe use of engineering controls and equipment on the site;
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
270
Medical surveillance requirements including recognition of symptoms and signs which might indicate
over exposure to hazards; and
The contents of paragraphs (G) through (J) of the site safety and health plan set forth in paragraph
(b)(4)(ii) of this section.
Initial training.
General site workers (such as equipment operators, general laborers and supervisory personnel)
engaged in hazardous substance removal or other activities which expose or potentially expose
workers to hazardous substances and health hazards shall receive a minimum of 40 hours of
instruction off the site, and a minimum of three days actual field experience under the direct
supervision of a trained experienced supervisor.
Workers on site only occasionally for a specific limited task (such as, but not limited to, ground water
monitoring, land surveying, or geophysical surveying) and who are unlikely to be exposed over
permissible exposure limits and published exposure limits shall receive a minimum of 24 hours of
instruction off the site, and the minimum of one day actual field experience under the direct
supervision of a trained, experienced supervisor.
Workers regularly on site who work in areas which have been monitored and fully characterized
indicating that exposures are under permissible exposure limits and published exposure limits where
respirators are not necessary, and the characterization indicates that there are no health hazards or
the possibility of an emergency developing, shall receive a minimum of 24 hours of instruction off the
site, and the minimum of one day actual field experience under the direct supervision of a trained,
experienced supervisor.
Workers with 24 hours of training who are covered by paragraphs (e)(3)(ii) and (e)(3)(iii) of this
section, and who become general site workers or who are required to wear respirators, shall have the
additional 16 hours and two days of training necessary to total the training specified in paragraph
(e)(3)(i).
Management and supervisor training. On-site management and supervisors directly responsible for,
or who supervise employees engaged in, hazardous waste operations shall receive 40 hours initial
training, and three days of supervised field experience (the training may be reduced to 24 hours and
one day if the only area of their responsibility is employees covered by paragraphs (e)(3)(ii) and
(e)(3)(iii)) and at least eight additional hours of specialized training at the time of job assignment on
such topics as, but not limited to, the employer's safety and health program and the associated
employee training program, personal protective equipment program, spill containment program, and
health hazard monitoring procedure and techniques.
Qualifications for trainers. Trainers shall be qualified to instruct employees about the subject matter
that is being presented in training. Such trainers shall have satisfactorily completed a training
program for teaching the subjects they are expected to teach, or they shall have the academic
credentials and instructional experience necessary for teaching the subjects. Instructors shall
demonstrate competent instructional skills and knowledge of the applicable subject matter.
Training certification. Employees and supervisors that have received and successfully completed the
training and field experience specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(4) of this section shall be
certified by their instructor or the head instructor and trained supervisor as having completed the
necessary training. A written certificate shall be given to each person so certified. Any person who
has not been so certified or who does not meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(9) of this section
shall be prohibited from engaging in hazardous waste operations.
Emergency response. Employees who are engaged in responding to hazardous emergency situations
at hazardous waste clean-up sites that may expose them to hazardous substances shall be trained in
how to respond to such expected emergencies.
Refresher training. Employees specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, and managers and
supervisors specified in paragraph (e)(4) of this section, shall receive eight hours of refresher training
annually on the items specified in paragraph (e)(2) and/or (e)(4) of this section, any critique of
incidents that have occurred in the past year that can serve as training examples of related work, and
other relevant topics.
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
271
Equivalent training. Employers who can show by documentation or certification that an employee's
work experience and/or training has resulted in training equivalent to that training required in
paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(4) of this section shall not be required to provide the initial training
requirements of those paragraphs to such employees and shall provide a copy of the certification or
documentation to the employee upon request. However, certified employees or employees with
equivalent training new to a site shall receive appropriate, site specific training before site entry and
have appropriate supervised field experience at the new site. Equivalent training includes any
academic training or the training that existing employees might have already received from actual
hazardous waste site experience.
Medical surveillance -General. Employees engaged in operations specified in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iv) of this
section and not covered by (a)(2)(iii) exceptions and employers of employees specified in paragraph
(q)(9) shall institute a medical surveillance program in accordance with this paragraph.
Employees covered. The medical surveillance program shall be instituted by the employer for the
following employees:
All employees who are or may be exposed to hazardous substances or health hazards at or above the
Rev. (12/3/08)
Page
272